ar_tn/tn_LEV.tsv

1	Reference	ID	Tags	SupportReference	Quote	Occurrence	Note
2	front:intro	nxz4				0
3	1:intro	ecv8				0
4	1:1	y78a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	מֵ⁠אֹ֥הֶל מוֹעֵ֖ד	1	The author of Leviticus is using the possessive to describe Yahweh's meeting with Moses (and, by extension, the whole people) within the physical location of the tent. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an adjective that better describes the locale of divine presence. Alternative translation: “from the tent where Yahweh met with Moses and lived among the Israelites”
5	1:1	zbz1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לֵ⁠אמֹֽר	1	The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.
6	1:1-2	rivr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	לֵ⁠אמֹֽר & דַּבֵּ֞ר אֶל־בְּנֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֔ם	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: “He told Moses to speak to the sons of Israel and to say to them”
7	1:2	l7kq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	דַּבֵּ֞ר אֶל־בְּנֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֔ם	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition emphasizes that Moses is to deliver the following speech to the people of Israel. (The speech makes up the first seven chapters of the book.) If your language does not use repetition for emphasis, you could use a single phrase and convey the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Make sure you say to the people of Israel”
8	1:2	o3rs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙	1	This expression speaks of the people of Israel in the time of Moses as if they were literally the sons of Israel. It means that they are the physical and spiritual descendants of Jacob, whose name God changed to Israel. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Israel”
9	1:2	jqkz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	בְּנֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙	1	Although the word translated sons is masculine and plural, it has a generic sense that applies to both men and women. In your translation, you may wish to use a term that is clearly inclusive of men and women. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel”
10	1:2	fjhs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣	1	As the General Introduction to Leviticus discusses, here and throughout the book, the author of Leviticus uses a future form to give an instruction or command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these verbs using a command or instruction form. Alternate translation: “and say”
11	1:2	yiq7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	אָדָ֗ם כִּֽי־יַקְרִ֥יב מִ⁠כֶּ֛ם	1	Although the word translated A man is masculine, it has a generic sense that refers to any person who approaches the tent to make a sacrifice. Alternate translation: “When one of you presents” or “When someone presents”
12	1:2	aps3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	אָדָ֗ם & מִ⁠כֶּ֛ם & תַּקְרִ֖יבוּ אֶת־קָרְבַּנְ⁠כֶֽם׃	1	As the General Introduction to Leviticus discusses, the book often speaks of the Israelites and to the Israelites in the third person, even though it is a direct address to them. Here and throughout the book, if it would be helpful in your language, you could either (1) use the second person in your translation. Alternate translation: “One of you Israelites ... you shall present your offering” or (2) use the third person in your translation. Alternate translation: “An Israelite ... he shall present his offering”
13	1:2	gmsf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	מִ⁠כֶּ֛ם & תַּקְרִ֖יבוּ אֶת־קָרְבַּנְ⁠כֶֽם׃	1	The words you and your here are plural. These words apply to the entire Israelite community. Use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
14	1:2	dlfh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	יַקְרִ֥יב & קָרְבָּ֖ן	1	The word presents translates a verb that is related to the noun translated offering. The repetition of related words adds emphasis to the statement. If your language can repeat words for emphasis, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation.
15	1:2	kqu4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֗ה & הַ⁠בָּקָר֙ & הַ⁠צֹּ֔אן	1	The expressions the livestock, the cattle, and the flock do not refer to specific groups of animals. They describe any groups of animals that an Israelite might own. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “his livestock … his cattle … his flock”
16	1:2	uwp3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	מִן־הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֗ה	1	The word translated livestock refers generally to land animals as opposed to birds or fish. In the context of Leviticus, it refers specifically to domesticated bovines, sheep, goats, and all other animals used for commercial and agrarian purposes, including work and food. If your readers would not be familiar with these animals, you could use a general expression in your translation. Alternate translation: “from the animals he is raising”
17	1:2	fp0a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	מִן־הַ⁠בָּקָר֙	1	The word translated cattle refers to a subgroup of the word translated livestock. It describes a group of bovines—whether cows, bulls, or oxen. If your readers would not be familiar with these animals, you could use a general expression in your translation. Alternate translation: “either from his bovines”
18	1:2	zd59		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וּ⁠מִן־הַ⁠צֹּ֔אן	1	The word translated flock refers to a subgroup of the word translated livestock. It describes a group of sheep or goats. If your readers would not be familiar with these animals, you could use a general expression in your translation. Alternate translation: “or from his sheep or goats”
19	1:2	a09b			תַּקְרִ֖יבוּ	1	Alternate translation: “you must present”
20	1:3	bgfy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	קָרְבָּנ⁠וֹ֙ & יַקְרִיבֶ֑⁠נּוּ & יַקְרִ֣יב	1	Here, a verb and its object come from the same root. The ULT translates with the noun offering and the verb present. Your language may have comparable terms that you can use in your own translation.
21	1:3	dek9			זָכָ֥ר תָּמִ֖ים יַקְרִיבֶ֑⁠נּוּ	1	Alternate translation: “he shall present a perfect male”
22	1:3	tdgu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	זָכָ֥ר תָּמִ֖ים	1
23	1:3	ds3f		rc://*/ta/man/grammar-connect-logic-goal	זָכָ֥ר תָּמִ֖ים יַקְרִיבֶ֑⁠נּוּ אֶל־פֶּ֝תַח אֹ֤הֶל מוֹעֵד֙ יַקְרִ֣יב אֹת֔⁠וֹ לִ⁠רְצֹנ֖⁠וֹ לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה	1	The word translated for indicates the goal or purpose for offering a sacrifice in the manner prescribed here. If it would be more natural in your language, you could put the last of these phrases first, since the last phrase gives the reason for the actions that the first two phrases describe. Alternate translation: “in order for Yahweh to consider the offering acceptable, he shall present a perfect male at the entrance of the tent of meeting”
24	1:3	l23i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לִ⁠רְצֹנ֖⁠וֹ	1	The word translated its could refer to (1) the offering. Alternate translation: “for the acceptance of the animal” or (2) the worshiper. Alternate translation: “for the acceptance of the one offering the animal”
25	1:3	wwof		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה	1	As the General Introduction to Leviticus discusses, in contexts such as this, the expression to the face of Yahweh means “where Yahweh can see” and, by extension, “from Yahweh’s perspective” or “in Yahweh’s judgment.” Alternate translation: “from Yahweh’s perspective” or “in Yahweh's judgment” or “before Yahweh”
26	1:3	r66a				1	Alternate translation: “But the rest of the meat and bread”
27	1:4	n7j5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וְ⁠סָמַ֣ךְ יָד֔⁠וֹ עַ֖ל רֹ֣אשׁ הָ⁠עֹלָ֑ה	1	This is a symbolic action that identifies the person with the animal he is offering. The implication seems to be that the person is ritually placing his sins on the sacrificial animal so that God will forgive the sins when the animal is sacrificed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “And he shall lay his hand on the head of the burnt offering. He should do this to ritually place his sins on the animal”
28	1:4	el3u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִרְצָ֥ה	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh will accept it”
29	1:4	mygh		rc://*/ta/man/grammar-connect-logic-goal	לְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר עָלָֽי⁠ו	1	The words in order to introduce the purpose of the animal's acceptance as an appropriate sacrifice. Use an expression in your language that makes it clear that what follows is the purpose.
30	1:4	rvk3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	לְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר עָלָֽי⁠ו	1	For the metaphors potentially lying behind the idea of atonement, refer back to the General Introduction to Leviticus. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of atonement, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to restore him to a relationship with Yahweh”
31	1:5	bs53		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אֶת־בֶּ֥ן הַ⁠בָּקָ֖ר	1	The expression son of describes a person or animal that shares the essential qualities of something. Here the phrase describes this animal as the son of the cattle because it is a male animal that shares the distinguishing qualities characteristic of the class of bovines. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use an equivalent idiom from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the bull” or “the bovine”
32	1:5	fgym		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה	1	Here, face represents the presence of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in Yahweh's presence” or “within the sacred precincts of the tent of meeting, where Yahweh lives among the Israelites”
33	1:5	sudx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֤ן	1	As the General Introduction to Leviticus discusses, at the time when Yahweh spoke to Moses from the tent of meeting, the priests literally were the sons of Aaron. But the instructions in the book also applied to future generations, when the term “sons” would be a way of referring to the priests as Aaron's “descendants” (with the exception of Leviticus chs. 8–10). Here and throughout the book, if it would be clearer in your language, in your translation you could generally use that term, which would apply to both the original priests and to their successors.
34	1:5	qcc2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ֠⁠הִקְרִיבוּ בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֤ן הַֽ⁠כֹּֽהֲנִים֙ אֶת־ הַ⁠דָּ֔ם	1	It is implied that the priests would catch the blood in a bowl as it drained out of the animal. Then they would bring the bowl with the blood in it and present it to Yahweh at the altar. If this would not be clear in your language, you could supply this information here and in later instances in the book. Alternative translation: “And after catching the blood in a bowl as it drains from the animal, the sons of Aaron, the priests, will present the blood to Yahweh”
35	1:5	d5hh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠זָרְק֨וּ אֶת־הַ⁠דָּ֤ם עַל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֨חַ֙ סָבִ֔יב אֲשֶׁר־פֶּ֖תַח אֹ֥הֶל מוֹעֵֽד	1	The act of splashing the blood on the sides of the altar is a ritual action. The blood of the animal, being its life (see Leviticus 17:11), was given by God to purify ritually and to remove sin. Here, the blood is splashed against the side of the altar to keep it free from sin. If this would not be clear to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action in the text or in a footnote here and in subsequent instances in the book. Alternate translation: “and they shall splash the blood all around on the holy altar that is at the entrance of the tent of meeting in order to keep the altar clean from sin”
36	1:6	u7di		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠הִפְשִׁ֖יט	1	The pronoun he refers to the person making the offering. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make the subject explicit. You could also keep using a second-person pronoun if you have been doing that. Alternate translation: “And the one offering the sacrifice shall skin”
37	1:6	cshr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠נִתַּ֥ח אֹתָ֖⁠הּ לִ⁠נְתָחֶֽי⁠הָ	1	The author of Leviticus assumes his audience will know what portions of the animal constituted its pieces. These would have included, but perhaps not been limited to, the legs and entrails, as 1:9 suggests. If the phrase its pieces would not be clear in your context, consider listing what pieces these are. Alternate translation: “and he shall cut it into its appropriate portions, removing the legs and entrails”
38	1:6	h71g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	וְ⁠נִתַּ֥ח אֹתָ֖⁠הּ לִ⁠נְתָחֶֽי⁠הָ׃	1	This expression is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that come from the same root. The word cut translates a verb that comes from the same root as the noun pieces. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis.
39	1:7	tm1b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ֠⁠נָתְנוּ בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֧ן הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן אֵ֖שׁ עַל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חַ	1	The expression to give fire on the altar means “to put a fire on top of the altar.” It may mean that the priests were to place hot coals on the altar and perhaps kindling, on top of which they would place the wood. If the phrase give fire does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an expression in your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And the sons of Aaron the priest will light a fire on the altar”
40	1:7	o3og		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אֵ֖שׁ & הָ⁠אֵֽשׁ׃	1	Here, the word fire represents the coals that produce fire. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “burning coals ... those burning coals” or “live coals ... those live coals”
41	1:8	egek		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠פָּ֑דֶר	1	The term fat refers to suet, that is, the hard, lumpy fat that surrounds the kidneys and liver of sheep, goats, and bovines. If your language has a word for this portion of fatty tissue, consider using it here.
42	1:9	y5xf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	וְ⁠קִרְבּ֥⁠וֹ וּ⁠כְרָעָ֖י⁠ו יִרְחַ֣ץ בַּ⁠מָּ֑יִם	1	It might seem that the expression and he shall wash its innards and its legs with water contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “And he shall wash its innards and its legs”
43	1:9	b3s6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	יִרְחַ֣ץ	1	The pronoun he could refer either to the worshiper or to the priest. But given that every other reference to the priest has been explicit, it is likely that it refers to the worshiper. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this explicit or continue using the same second-person pronoun used thus far. Alternate translation: “the one offering the sacrifice shall wash”
44	1:9	f91i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	יִרְחַ֣ץ	1	The implication seems to be that the worshiper must wash the innards and legs before the priest arranges them on the wood, as 1:8 describes. You can indicate this in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “before the priest arranges the pieces, the one offering the sacrifice shall wash”
45	1:9	tnez		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠הִקְטִ֨יר הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֤ן אֶת־הַ⁠כֹּל֙ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חָ⁠ה	1	The act of burning the offering in such a way that it rises as smoke allows for the sacrifice to go up to Yahweh in heaven, where he would then smell the smoke and be pleased. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall cause everything on the altar to become smoke and ascend toward God in heaven”
46	1:10	e4nb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	מִן־הַ⁠צֹּ֨אן & מִן־הַ⁠כְּשָׂבִ֛ים א֥וֹ מִן־הָ⁠עִזִּ֖ים	1	The expressions, the flock, the lambs, and the goats, do not refer to specific groups of animals. They describe any groups of animals that an Israelite might own. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “from his flock, whether from his sheep or from his goats”
47	1:10	xwnf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	זָכָ֥ר תָּמִ֖ים	1	See how you translated the expression a perfect male in 1:3. Alternate translation: “an unblemished male” or “a male without blemish”
48	1:11	k2uc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה	1	See how you translated the expression to the face of Yahweh in 1:5. Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “within the sacred precincts of the tent of meeting where Yahweh lives among the Israelites”
49	1:11	uqy1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠זָרְק֡וּ בְּנֵי֩ אַהֲרֹ֨ן הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֧ים אֶת־דָּמ֛⁠וֹ עַל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֖חַ סָבִֽיב׃	1	See how you handled the symbolic action involving the blood in 1:5.
50	1:12	q6a3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠נִתַּ֤ח אֹת⁠וֹ֙	1	The pronoun he refers to the person offering the sacrifice. Alternate translation: “And the one offering the sacrifice shall cut it”
51	1:12	zxh1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	וְ⁠נִתַּ֤ח אֹת⁠וֹ֙ לִ⁠נְתָחָ֔י⁠ו	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 1:6.
52	1:12	cmv5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	עַל־הָֽ⁠עֵצִים֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל־הָ⁠אֵ֔שׁ אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּֽחַ׃	1	See how you translated the word fire in 1:7.
53	1:13	bky3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	יִרְחַ֣ץ בַּ⁠מָּ֑יִם	1	See how you translated the expression wash with water in 1:9. Alternate translation: “he shall wash thoroughly”
54	1:13	cztr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠הַ⁠קֶּ֥רֶב וְ⁠הַ⁠כְּרָעַ֖יִם יִרְחַ֣ץ בַּ⁠מָּ֑יִם	1	The implication seems to be that the worshiper must wash the innards and legs before the priest arranges them on the altar, as 1:12 describes. You can indicate this in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Before the priest arranges the pieces, the one offering the sacrifice shall wash the innards and legs with water”
55	1:13	mf7x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠הִקְטִ֣יר הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חָ⁠ה	1	The act of burning the offering in such a way that it rises as smoke depicts the sacrifice as going up to Yahweh in heaven, where he would then smell the smoke and be pleased. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “and he shall cause everything to become smoke on the altar and ascend toward God in heaven”
56	1:13	hpef		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	וְ⁠הִקְטִ֣יר הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חָ⁠ה	1	The pronoun he refers to the priest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “and that same priest shall cause them to become smoke on the altar”
57	1:14	kfag		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	מִן־הָ⁠ע֛וֹף & מִן־הַ⁠תֹּרִ֗ים א֛וֹ מִן־בְּנֵ֥י הַ⁠יּוֹנָ֖ה	1	The expressions from the birds, from the turtledoves, and from the sons of the pigeon do not refer to specific birds, that is, to a specific group of turtledoves or pigeons. Rather, these expressions describe any birds (that is, any turtledoves or pigeons) that an Israelite might own or be able to purchase for sacrifice. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “from his birds … from his turtledoves or from his pigeons”
58	1:14	c42w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	מִן־בְּנֵ֥י הַ⁠יּוֹנָ֖ה	1	The expression sons of describes a person or animal that shares the essential qualities of something. The author of Leviticus uses this phrase to describe a group of birds as the sons of the pigeon since they were birds that shared the essential qualities of that class of birds. If it would be helpful, you could use an equivalent idiom from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the pigeons”
59	1:15	sggt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠הִקְטִ֖יר הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חָ⁠ה	1	The act of burning the offering in a way that causes smoke to rise depicts the sacrifice as going to God in heaven, where he would smell the smoke and be pleased. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “and he shall cause it to become smoke on the altar and ascend toward God in heaven”
60	1:15	kk8b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וּ⁠מָלַק֙ אֶת־רֹאשׁ֔⁠וֹ	1	The pronoun he is ambiguous and could refer to either the worshiper or the priest. However, because it is explicitly the priest who brings the bird to the altar before it is sacrificed and prepared for burning, it is likely that throughout this verse and the next one, the pronoun he refers to the priest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “and that same priest shall twist off its head”
61	1:15	v06b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠הִקְטִ֖יר הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חָ⁠ה	1	As the previous note explains, the pronoun he refers to the priest. If this is unclear in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “and that same priest shall cause everything to become smoke on the altar”
62	1:15	etrw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠הִקְטִ֖יר הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חָ⁠ה	1	The object that is to be burned on the altar is not specified. However, because the blood has not yet been removed from the bird and the burning of blood is expressly forbidden in Leviticus, it seems likely that the supplied pronoun it here refers to the head of the bird. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “and he shall cause the head that he removed to become smoke on the altar”
63	1:15	sur7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִמְצָ֣ה דָמ֔⁠וֹ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then the priest shall drain its blood”
64	1:16	x2cz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠הֵסִ֥יר	1	The pronoun he refers to the priest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall remove”
65	1:16	zqs8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	אֶת־ מֻרְאָת֖⁠וֹ	1	A craw is a pouch in a bird’s throat where pre-digested food is stored. If your language has its own term for this anatomical feature, consider using that word here. If not, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the bird’s throat pouch”
66	1:16	x63v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠הִשְׁלִ֨יךְ אֹתָ֜⁠הּ	1	The word it refers to the craw, but since the worshiper is supposed to throw it beside the altar along with the feathers, it may be more natural in your language to use the plural pronoun “them,” as modeled by the UST.
67	1:16	of8a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠הִשְׁלִ֨יךְ אֹתָ֜⁠הּ	1	The pronoun he is ambiguous, but appears to continue the action taken by the priest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “and the priest shall cast it”
68	1:16	zb2d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	מְק֖וֹם הַ⁠דָּֽשֶׁן	1	The place of the fatty ashes is the specified spot where the priest would dump the ashes that had accumulated from previous sacrifices, along with the rendered fat from the altar. If your language has a technical term for such a place, consider using it here. If not, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the spot where the ashes and the burnt fat are dumped” or “the location where the ashes and the burnt fat are dumped”
69	1:17	zxzv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	וְ⁠שִׁסַּ֨ע אֹת֣⁠וֹ	1	Given the action taken by the priest in 1:15-16, the pronoun he likely refers to the priest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall tear it open”
70	1:17	ua00		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	לֹ֣א יַבְדִּיל֒	1	The pronoun he is ambiguous but likely refers to the priest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “the priest shall not divide it”
71	1:17	bxu3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠הִקְטִ֨יר אֹת֤⁠וֹ הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חָ⁠ה עַל־הָ⁠עֵצִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל־הָ⁠אֵ֑שׁ	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 1:9. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall cause it to become smoke on the altar, on the wood that is on the fire, and ascend towards God in heaven”
72	2:intro	t6wy				0
73	2:1	dk2w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	וְ⁠נֶ֗פֶשׁ כִּֽי־תַקְרִ֞יב קָרְבַּ֤ן מִנְחָה֙ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה & קָרְבָּנ֑⁠וֹ	1	Here a verb and its object come from the same root. The word presents translates a verb that is related to the noun translated offering. The repetition of related words adds emphasis to the statement. If your language can repeat words for emphasis, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation.
74	2:1	c9yl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	וְ⁠נֶ֗פֶשׁ כִּֽי־תַקְרִ֞יב קָרְבַּ֤ן מִנְחָה֙ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה & קָרְבָּנ֑⁠וֹ	1	As the General Introduction to Leviticus discusses, the book often speaks of the Israelites and to the Israelites in the third person, even though it is a direct address. Here and throughout the book, if it would be helpful in your language, you could use the second person in your translation.
75	2:1	oa9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠נֶ֗פֶשׁ כִּֽי־תַקְרִ֞יב	1	The word translated as a person is feminine, but it has a generic sense that refers to any person who approaches the tent to make a sacrifice. Alternate translation: “And when one of you presents” or “And when someone presents”
76	2:1	djff		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	קָרְבַּ֤ן מִנְחָה֙	1	The expression a grain offering refers to a sacrifice that consists of grain products, usually dried wheat or barley. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of offering or this type of agricultural produce, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “an offering of dried wheat or barley produce”
77	2:1	te9y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	סֹ֖לֶת יִהְיֶ֣ה קָרְבָּנ֑⁠וֹ וְ⁠יָצַ֤ק עָלֶ֨י⁠הָ֙ שֶׁ֔מֶן וְ⁠נָתַ֥ן עָלֶ֖י⁠הָ לְבֹנָֽה׃	1	As the General Introduction discusses, Leviticus often uses future statements to give instructions or commands. If it would be helpful in your language, here and throughout the book you could translate these future statements using command or instruction forms. Alternate translation: “his offering should be flour. And he should pour oil on it, and he should put incense on it”
78	2:1	tf2u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	סֹ֖לֶת	1	As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, the term translated flour refers to the food product made from grinding roasted and dried grains of wheat. Here, flour could mean: (1) the finely ground grain that falls through a sieve when sifted. Alternate translation: “fine wheat flour” or (2) the large lumps of crushed grain that remain on top of a sieve when sifted. Alternate translation: “wheat semolina”
79	2:1	hdh9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	שֶׁ֔מֶן	1	As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, oil here refers to the agricultural product made from pressing ripe olives. If your language has a specific word for this term, consider using it here.
80	2:1	v7wo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠נָתַ֥ן עָלֶ֖י⁠הָ לְבֹנָֽה׃	1	The expression he shall give incense to it is an idiom that means to place or put incense on top of the grain offering. If your language has a similar idiom, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and he shall put incense on it”
81	2:1	x1p5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	לְבֹנָֽה	1	As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, the word incense refers to an expensive, fragrant gum resin tapped from specific trees. It would be routinely burned in ritual settings, such as grain offerings, for its fragrance. If your language has a word for this kind of religious item, consider using it here. Alternate translation: “a lump of frankincense”
82	2:2	b2x5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וֶֽ⁠הֱבִיאָ֗⁠הּ	1	The pronoun it refers to the grain offering, that is, the mixture of oil and wheat flour with the lump of incense, that 2:1 describes. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “And he shall bring the mixture of flour, oil, and incense”
83	2:2	fxgx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י אַהֲרֹן֮	1	See how you translated the same expression in 1:5. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Aaron”
84	2:2	z8gn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	וְ⁠קָמַ֨ץ מִ⁠שָּׁ֜ם מְלֹ֣א קֻמְצ֗⁠וֹ	1	Here a verb and its object come from the same root. The word grab translates a verb that is related to the noun translated handful. The use of related words adds clarity to the statement. If your language can use related words for clarity and your language has comparable terms that you can use in your own translation, it would be appropriate to use that construction here.
85	2:2	ufqr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠קָמַ֨ץ	1	The pronoun he is ambiguous in the context and could refer either to the priest or the worshiper. However, based on the description in 2:9, it is likely that he refers to the priest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall grab”
86	2:2	zyrv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	מִ⁠סָּלְתָּ⁠הּ֙ וּ⁠מִ⁠שַּׁמְנָ֔⁠הּ עַ֖ל כָּל־לְבֹנָתָ֑⁠הּ	1	The pronoun translated its refers to the grain offering that 2:1 describes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “some of the flour and oil of the grain offering and all of the incense on it”
87	2:2	jwx6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠הִקְטִ֨יר הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֜ן אֶת־אַזְכָּרָתָ⁠הּ֙ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חָ⁠ה	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 1:9. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall cause the memorial portion to become smoke on the altar and ascend toward God in heaven”
88	2:2	gdy0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	אֶת־ אַזְכָּרָתָ⁠הּ֙	1	The pronoun translated its refers to the grain offering that 2:1 describes. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “the memorial portion of the grain offering”
89	2:3	uf6q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֖ים	1	Here, the phrase a holy thing of holy things uses the possessive form to describe an offering that should be considered even more holy than those offerings that are also called holy; it is set apart for the special use of the priests. If this form would not express the idea of unique holiness in your language, consider a more generic way to express this idea. Alternate translation: “a most holy offering” or “an exceptionally holy offering”
90	2:3	dtv0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	מֵ⁠אִשֵּׁ֥י יְהוָֽה	1	In this possessive form, Yahweh is the object rather than the subject of gifts. That is, this does not mean gifts that Yahweh gives, it means gifts that are given to Yahweh. Alternative translation: “from the gifts that people offer to Yahweh”
91	2:4	ggpx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	וְ⁠כִ֥י תַקְרִ֛ב קָרְבַּ֥ן מִנְחָ֖ה	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 1:2 and 2:1.
92	2:4	q954		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	תַקְרִ֛ב	1	As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, to this point the author of Leviticus has been using third-person singular pronouns. In this verse, the author of Leviticus starts using second-person singular pronouns. If you have been using the third-person pronouns and the switch to the second-person pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could continue to use the third-person pronouns in your translation.
93	2:4	q6ll		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	מַאֲפֵ֣ה תַנּ֑וּר	1	The term baked item may seem like a passive verbal form that your language would not use. If so, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “an item that you baked in the oven” or, in the third person: “an item that a person baked in the oven”
94	2:4	i7vg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	מַאֲפֵ֣ה תַנּ֑וּר	1	In the world of ancient Israel, an oven was a cylindrical object likely made of clay or rock. A wood fire was lit under or at the bottom portion of the oven, and the resulting heat would bake the dough inside. If your readers would not be familiar with what an oven is, you could use the name of a comparable object in your culture or you could use a general expression.
95	2:4	t9ee		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	סֹ֣לֶת חַלּ֤וֹת מַצֹּת֙ בְּלוּלֹ֣ת בַּ⁠שֶּׁ֔מֶן וּ⁠רְקִיקֵ֥י מַצּ֖וֹת מְשֻׁחִ֥ים בַּ⁠שָּֽׁמֶן׃ס\n	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you shall mix flour of unleavened loaves with oil or you shall anoint unleavened wafers with oil” or, in the third person, “he shall mix flour of unleavened loaves with oil or he shall anoint unleavened wafers with oil”
96	2:4	jr21		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	סֹ֣לֶת חַלּ֤וֹת מַצֹּת֙ בְּלוּלֹ֣ת בַּ⁠שֶּׁ֔מֶן	1	This possessive form describes flour that has been kneaded and formed into loaves that, once baked, would consist of unleavened bread. If your language would not use a possessive form in this way, you could express the same meaning in another way. Alternative translation: “flour that you have mixed with oil and shaped into unleavened loaves” or, in the third person, “flour that he mixed with oil and shaped into unleavened loaves”
97	2:4	nj1d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וּ⁠רְקִיקֵ֥י מַצּ֖וֹת	1	This wafer was a thin, cracker-like cake made from wheat flour. If your language has a word for a breaded loaf of this kind, consider using it here.
98	2:5	ha7g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠אִם־ מִנְחָ֥ה עַל־ הַֽ⁠מַּחֲבַ֖ת קָרְבָּנֶ֑⁠ךָ	1	The phrase a grain offering on the griddle leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if that would be helpful in your language. Alternate translation: “And if your offering is a grain offering that you have prepared on a griddle” or, in the third person, “And if his offering is a grain offering that he has prepared on a griddle”
99	2:5	qg9n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הַֽ⁠מַּחֲבַ֖ת	1	This griddle was a thick but shallow plate made of either clay or metal that was placed over a fire. The dough was placed on the shallow plate; the heat from the fire would cook or lightly fry or toast the dough on top of the plate. If your readers would not be familiar with what a griddle is, in your translation, you could use the name of a comparable object in your culture, or you could use a general expression.
100	2:5	pk7f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	סֹ֛לֶת בְּלוּלָ֥ה בַ⁠שֶּׁ֖מֶן מַצָּ֥ה תִהְיֶֽה׃	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you shall mix flour with oil and then shape it into unleavened loaves” or, in the third person “he shall mix flour with oil and then shape it into unleavened loaves”
101	2:6	jmbo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	פָּת֤וֹת אֹתָ⁠הּ֙ פִּתִּ֔ים	1	Here, a verb and its object come from the same root. The word piece translates a verb that comes from the same root as the noun pieces. The use of related words adds clarity and emphasis to the statement. If your language can repeat words for emphasis and your language has comparable terms that you can use in your own translation, it would be appropriate to use that construction here.
102	2:6	bq8a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	פָּת֤וֹת אֹתָ⁠הּ֙ פִּתִּ֔ים	1	The pronoun it refers to the grain offering, whether baked in an oven (see 2:4) or cooked on a griddle (see 2:5). It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Place either kind of grain offering into pieces”
103	2:7	b7fj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠אִם־ מִנְחַ֥ת מַרְחֶ֖שֶׁת קָרְבָּנֶ֑⁠ךָ	1	The phrase a grain offering of a pan leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be helpful in your language. Alternate translation: “And if your offering is a grain offering that you have prepared in a pan” or, in the third person, “And if his offering is a grain offering that he has prepared in a pan”
104	2:7	l1pm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	מַרְחֶ֖שֶׁת	1	The word pan refers to a plate of metal or clay with rounded edges, possibly with a lid. This plate was deeper than the griddle described in 2:5, and, as a result, the dough was placed into the pan and cooked over a hot fire in the oil, resulting in something like deep-frying. If your readers would not be familiar with what a pan is, in your translation you could use the name of a comparable object in your culture, or you could use a general expression.
105	2:7	s232		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	סֹ֥לֶת בַּ⁠שֶּׁ֖מֶן תֵּעָשֶֽׂה	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you should prepare flour with oil” or, in the third person, “he should prepare flour with oil”
106	2:8	m5r9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠הֵבֵאתָ֣ אֶת־הַ⁠מִּנְחָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֧ר יֵעָשֶׂ֛ה מֵ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה לַ⁠יהוָ֑ה	1	The expression to Yahweh refers to bringing the sacrifice to the altar that was located inside the tent of meeting. Because of the altar's proximity to the Holy of Holies where Yahweh lived among the Israelites, bringing the offering to the altar was considered bringing it directly to Yahweh himself. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And you shall bring the grain offering that is made from these things to the altar that is inside the tent of meeting, where Yahweh lives among the Israelites” or, in the third person, “And he shall bring the grain offering that is made from these things to the altar that is inside the tent of meeting, where Yahweh lives among the Israelites”
107	2:8	vy42		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	אֲשֶׁ֧ר יֵעָשֶׂ֛ה מֵ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that you made from these” or, in the third person, “that he made from these”
108	2:8	bcuy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	מֵ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה	1	The phrase from these could mean: (1) the ingredients described in 2:4-7. Alternate translation: “from these ingredients” or (2) the methods described in 2:4-7. Alternate translation: “in these ways”
109	2:8	j9l1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	וְ⁠הִקְרִיבָ⁠הּ֙	1	As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, at this point Leviticus switches from using second-person singular pronouns to using a third-person singular pronoun. If you have been using the second person in your translation and the switch to the third person would not be natural in your language, you could continue to use the second person here. Alternatively, if you have been using third-person pronouns, you could continue to do so here.
110	2:9	ofof		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠הִקְטִ֖יר הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חָ⁠ה	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 1:9. Alternate translation: “and he shall burn it on the altar and cause it to become smoke and ascend toward God in heaven”
111	2:10	d8iq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֖ים	1	See how you translated this expression in 2:3. Alternate translation: “a most holy offering” or “an exceptionally holy offering”
112	2:10	c6hv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	מֵ⁠אִשֵּׁ֥י יְהוָֽה	1	See how you translated this phrase in 2:3. Alternative translation: “from the gifts that people offer to Yahweh”
113	2:11	r3y3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	כָּל־ הַ⁠מִּנְחָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֤ר תַּקְרִ֨יבוּ֙ לַ⁠יהוָ֔ה לֹ֥א תֵעָשֶׂ֖ה חָמֵ֑ץ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do not present to Yahweh any grain offering that you have made with leaven” or, in the third person, “He shall not present to Yahweh any grain offering that he has made with leaven”
114	2:11	n7g4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	תַּקְרִ֨יבוּ֙ & לֹֽא־תַקְטִ֧ירוּ	1	As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, at this point Leviticus starts using second-person plural forms. Yahweh is speaking about everyone who will offer grain offerings at the altar located at the entrance to the tent of meeting. If you have been using second-person singular forms in your translation and the switch to the plural form would not be natural in your language, you could continue to use singular forms here. Alternatively, if you have been using third-person forms, you could continue to do so throughout this chapter.
115	2:11	ldsh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	חָמֵ֑ץ & שְׂאֹר֙	1	As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, the word leaven refers to a combination of flour and water (and sometimes salt or oil) that contains a live leaven culture as its raising agent in the form of wild, natural yeast. If your readers would not be familiar with leaven or leaven culture, in your translation you could use the names of comparable substances in your culture, or you could use general expressions. Alternate translation: “with yeast … yeast” or “with a natural raising agent … natural raising agent”
116	2:11	gjrt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּ֤י	1	The word translated for indicates that what follows is the reason or grounds for what came before. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider using a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: “For this reason”
117	2:11	dwkz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	מִמֶּ֛⁠נּוּ אִשֶּׁ֖ה לַֽ⁠יהוָֽה	1	The pronoun it refers to a grain offering that is designated to be burned on the offering as a sacrifice to Yahweh and, thus, will be considered a gift to Yahweh. If this is not clear in your language, consider making the referent of the pronoun explicit. Alternate translation: “from such a grain offering that you present as a gift to Yahweh” or, in the third person, “from such a grain offering that people present as a gift to Yahweh”
118	2:12	mmz0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	קָרְבַּ֥ן רֵאשִׁ֛ית תַּקְרִ֥יבוּ אֹתָ֖⁠ם לַ⁠יהוָ֑ה	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 1:2, possibly using a verb and a noun that come from the same root in your language.
119	2:12	b9d5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	תַּקְרִ֥יבוּ אֹתָ֖⁠ם	1	The pronoun them refers to grain offerings that are prepared with leaven or honey, as described in 2:11. Alternate translation: “You may offer grain offerings made with leaven or honey” or, in the third person, “Anyone may offer grain offerings made with leaven or honey”
120	2:12	ko94		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	קָרְבַּ֥ן רֵאשִׁ֛ית	1	The expression offering of first things refers to a grain offering that consists of the best produce of the first harvest of a particular crop. If your language and culture have a word for this concept, consider using it here, or consider using a general term.
121	2:12	s2hf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠אֶל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֥חַ לֹא־יַעֲל֖וּ לְ⁠רֵ֥יחַ נִיחֹֽחַ׃	1	When Leviticus says of grain offerings that contain leaven or honey, on the altar they will not go up, it means that the Israelites should not give them to the priests to burn on the altar in a way that causes smoke from the altar to go up to Yahweh in heaven. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but the priests shall not burn them on the altar in a way that causes them to become smoke and go up to Yahweh in heaven as a pleasant smell”
122	2:13	ekv0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	בַּ⁠מֶּ֣לַח תִּמְלָח֒	1	Here, a verb and its object come from the same root. The phrase you shall salt translates a verb that is related to the noun translated salt. The repetition of related words adds emphasis to the statement. If your language can repeat words for emphasis and your language has comparable terms that you can use in your own translation, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation.
123	2:13	gjig		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	תִּמְלָח֒	1	As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, Leviticus uses second-person singular forms in this verse and for the rest of the chapter. If you have been using second-person plural forms in your translation and switching to singular forms would not be natural in your language, you could continue to use plural forms in your translation. Alternatively, if you have been using third-person forms throughout, you could consider using these forms in your translation.
124	2:13	hl5q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מֶ֚לַח בְּרִ֣ית אֱלֹהֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	When Leviticus speaks of the salt of the covenant of your God, given the parallel expression covenant of salt in Numbers 18:19, the implication seems to be that the use of salt on grain offerings should remind the Israelites of Yahweh's covenant, likely because of salt’s association with preservation and, by extension, permanence. You can indicate this in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the salt that preserves food and so should remind you of the binding and permanent nature of God’s covenant with you”
125	2:14	lg2j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	מִנְחַ֥ת בִּכּוּרִ֖ים & אֵ֖ת מִנְחַ֥ת בִּכּוּרֶֽי⁠ךָ׃	1	A grain offering of first ripe grains was an offering that consisted of the first harvest of ripened grains, whether wheat or barley. If your language and culture have a term for this portion of the harvest, consider using it here. If not, you could use a general expression. The UST models one way to do that.
126	2:14	hq1w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	אָבִ֞יב קָל֤וּי בָּ⁠אֵשׁ֙	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a tender ear that you have roasted over a fire”
127	2:14	b2l4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	אָבִ֞יב	1	Here, a tender ear refers to an intermediate stage, between fruitless stalks and fully ripened ears, in the growth of wheat or barley grain. If your culture and language have a word for this stage of grain ripening, consider using it here.
128	2:14	xgvx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	גֶּ֣רֶשׂ כַּרְמֶ֔ל	1	Here, crushed grain refers to harvest grain, whether wheat or barley, that has been roughly crushed into large lumps. If your culture and language have a word for this stage of grain ripening, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “groats of a ripe ear”
129	2:14	tzyl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	כַּרְמֶ֔ל	1	Here, a ripe ear refers to the freshly ripened ear of wheat or barley grain. If your culture and language has a word for this stage of grain ripening, consider using it here.
130	2:15	jaa3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠נָתַתָּ֤ עָלֶ֨י⁠הָ֙ שֶׁ֔מֶן	1	The expression you shall give oil on it is an idiom that means to put oil on top of the grain offering. If your language has a similar idiom, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “And you shall put oil on top of it”
131	2:16	ok9p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וְ⁠הִקְטִ֨יר הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֜ן אֶת־אַזְכָּרָתָ֗⁠הּ	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 1:2 and 2:2. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall cause the memorial portion to become smoke on the altar and ascend towards God in heaven”
132	2:16	xy46		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	מִ⁠גִּרְשָׂ⁠הּ֙	1	See how you translated this word in 2:14.
133	3:intro	ur1s				0
134	3:1	ausb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	קָרְבָּנ֑⁠וֹ & ה֣וּא מַקְרִ֔יב & יַקְרִיבֶ֖⁠נּוּ	1	For this and similar expressions throughout this chapter, see how you translated the expression in 1:2.
135	3:1	c4u7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	קָרְבָּנ֑⁠וֹ & ה֣וּא מַקְרִ֔יב & יַקְרִיבֶ֖⁠נּוּ	1	As the General Introduction to Leviticus discusses, the book often speaks of the Israelites and to the Israelites in the third person, even though it is a direct address. Here and throughout the book, if it would be helpful in your language, you could use the second person in your translation. Alternatively, if you have been using third-person forms throughout, consider continuing to do so here. Alternate translation: “your offering … you are presenting … you shall present it”
136	3:1	c260		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	שְׁלָמִ֖ים	1	As the general introduction to this chapter discusses, a peace offering is a sacrifice that was intended to promote friendship and fellowship either between an individual and God or between two individuals or parties. As 7:11–21 describes, peace offerings could take a variety of forms, including as an offering of thanksgiving for God’s generosity or deliverance, or as an auxiliary to the fulfillment of a vow.
137	3:1	xipk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	אִ֤ם מִן־הַ⁠בָּקָר֙ ה֣וּא מַקְרִ֔יב אִם־זָכָר֙ אִם־נְקֵבָ֔ה	1	The word translated cattle refers to a group of bovines—whether cows, bulls, or oxen. If your readers would not be familiar with these animals, you could use a general expression in your translation. Alternate translation: “if he is presenting from his bovines, whether male or female”
138	3:1	cxo9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	מִן־הַ⁠בָּקָר֙	1	The phrase from the cattle does not refer to a specific group of animals. It describes any groups of bovines that an Israelite might own. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “from the bovines that he owns”
139	3:1	qet0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	תָּמִ֥ים יַקְרִיבֶ֖⁠נּוּ	1	As the General Introduction to Leviticus discusses, the word perfect here refers to a male or female bovine that is completely healthy and an exemplary representative of its species. Alternate translation: “he should offer an unblemished bovine” or “he should offer a bovine without blemish”
140	3:1	vh99		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	יַקְרִיבֶ֖⁠נּוּ לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה	1	See how you translated the expression to the face of Yahweh in 1:5. Alternate translation: “he shall present it in the presence of Yahweh” or “he shall present it within the sacred precincts of the tent of meeting, where Yahweh is”
141	3:2	lluf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠סָמַ֤ךְ יָד⁠וֹ֙ עַל־רֹ֣אשׁ קָרְבָּנ֔⁠וֹ וּ⁠שְׁחָט֕⁠וֹ פֶּ֖תַח אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד	1	Here and throughout this chapter, the pronoun he refers to the worshiper and not to the priest. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And the one offering the sacrifice shall lay his hand on the head of his offering, and that individual shall slaughter it at the entrance of the tent of meeting”
142	3:2	wq58		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וְ⁠סָמַ֤ךְ יָד⁠וֹ֙ עַל־רֹ֣אשׁ קָרְבָּנ֔⁠וֹ	1	This is a symbolic action that identifies the person with the animal he is offering. The implication seems to be that the person is ritually placing his sins on the sacrificial animal so that God will forgive the sins when the animal is sacrificed. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And he shall lay his hand on the head of his offering in order to place his sins on the animal, that they may be removed from him”
143	3:2	p8xf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠זָרְק֡וּ בְּנֵי֩ אַהֲרֹ֨ן הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֧ים אֶת־הַ⁠דָּ֛ם עַל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֖חַ סָבִֽיב׃	1	As in 1:5, splashing the blood of the animal on the altar is a ritual action. The blood, being the life of the animal (see 17:11), was given by God to purify ritually and to remove sin. Here, the blood is splashed on the sides of the altar to keep it free from sin. If this would not be clear to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action in the text or in a footnote here and in subsequent instances in the book. If your language has a specific word for applying liquids in a religious context, consider using that word here. Alternate translation: “And the sons of Aaron, the priests, shall splash the blood all around on the holy altar in order to keep the altar clean from sin”
144	3:2	tf9p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠זָרְק֡וּ בְּנֵי֩ אַהֲרֹ֨ן הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֧ים אֶת־ הַ⁠דָּ֛ם	1	It is implied that the priests would catch the blood in a bowl as it drained out of the bovine. Then they would bring the bowl with the blood in it and present it to Yahweh at the altar. If this would not be clear in your language, you could supply this information, here and in later instances in the book. Alternative translation: “And after catching the blood as it drains from the bovine, the sons of Aaron, the priests, shall splash the blood”
145	3:2	fyko		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי֩ אַהֲרֹ֨ן הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֧ים	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 1:5. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Aaron, who are priests”
146	3:3	u5fg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	אֶת־הַ⁠חֵ֨לֶב֙ הַֽ⁠מְכַסֶּ֣ה אֶת־הַ⁠קֶּ֔רֶב	1	Here, the fat covering the innards refers to caul fat, or the thin, lacy membrane that surrounds the internal organs of some animals, such as cows, sheep, and pigs. If your language has a word for this portion of fat, consider using it here. If not, consider using a general term.
147	3:3	t5ou		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל־הַ⁠חֵ֔לֶב אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל־הַ⁠קֶּֽרֶב׃	1	Here, all the fat that is on the innards refers to visceral fat, or the fat accumulated within the abdominal wall, which surrounds internal organs such as the stomach, intestines, and liver of animals. If your language has a word for this portion of fat, consider using it here. If not, consider using a general term.
148	3:4	z37a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠חֵ֨לֶב֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עֲלֵ⁠הֶ֔ן אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל־הַ⁠כְּסָלִ֑ים	1	Here, the fat that is on them that is near the loins refers to suet, that is, the hard, lumpy fat that surrounds the kidneys and liver of sheep, goats, and bovines. If your language has a word for this portion of fat, consider using it here. If not, consider using a general term. Alternate translation: “and the leaf lard that is accumulated on the loins”
149	3:4	p1xl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הַ⁠כְּסָלִ֑ים	1	Here, the word loins refers to that part of a animal’s muscles that resides between the upper part of the hipbone and the last of the false ribs on either side of the backbone. If your language has a word for this choice portion of meat, consider using it here. If not, consider using a general term.
150	3:4	gs74		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הַ⁠יֹּתֶ֨רֶת֙ עַל־ הַ⁠כָּבֵ֔ד	1	The the lobe on the liver refers to one of the four curved portions of the liver. Although which of the four lobes of the liver is left unspecified, in the ancient world, the liver’s lobe was considered a delicacy and the choice part of the liver. If your language has a word for this choice portion of meat, consider using it here. If not, consider using a general term. Alternate translation: “the choice part of the liver”
151	3:4	augf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	עַל־הַ⁠כְּלָי֖וֹת יְסִירֶֽ⁠נָּה	1	Here, it refers to the lobe of the liver. If it would be helpful, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “he shall remove the lobe of the liver with the kidneys”
152	3:5	t26a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠הִקְטִ֨ירוּ אֹת֤⁠וֹ בְנֵֽי־אַהֲרֹן֙ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חָ⁠ה	1	Although the pronoun it here is singular, it refers to all the portions of fat and the internal organs that were described in 3:3–4. If it would be helpful, consider using a plural pronoun as 3:16 does, or making the referents explicit, as the UST models. Alternate translation: “And the sons of Aaron shall cause them to become smoke on the altar”
153	3:5	sbr2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠הִקְטִ֨ירוּ אֹת֤⁠וֹ בְנֵֽי־אַהֲרֹן֙ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חָ⁠ה	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 1:9.
154	3:6	uz3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	קָרְבָּנ֛⁠וֹ & יַקְרִיבֶֽ⁠נּוּ	1	See how you translated the similar expressions in 1:2.
155	3:6	tm7a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	שְׁלָמִ֖ים	1	See how you translated this term in 3:1.
156	3:6	g1co		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	מִן־הַ⁠צֹּ֧אן	1	See how you translated this expression in 1:10.
157	3:6	pfsm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	מִן־הַ⁠צֹּ֧אן	1	The expression the flock does not refer to a specific group of animals. Rather, it describes any groups of sheep or goats that an Israelite might own. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is from the sheep or goats that he owns”
158	3:6	eign		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	תָּמִ֖ים	1	See how you translated this term in 1:3.
159	3:7	dcyq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	הֽוּא־מַקְרִ֖יב אֶת־קָרְבָּנ֑⁠וֹ וְ⁠הִקְרִ֥יב אֹת֖⁠וֹ	1	See how you handled the emphatic use of a verb and a related noun in 1:2. Specifically, see how you translated the similar form of this expression in 3:1.
160	3:7	vda3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה	1	See how you translated the expression to the face of Yahweh in 1:5.
161	3:8	j6nx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וְ⁠סָמַ֤ךְ אֶת־ יָד⁠וֹ֙ עַל־ רֹ֣אשׁ	1	This is a symbolic action. See how you translated this phrase in 1:4.
162	3:8	zpyt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד	1	Here, to the face of the tent of meeting is an idiom that means “before the tent of meeting” and is synonymous with the expression “at the entrance of the tent of meeting” (see 3:2). If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before the tent of meeting” or “in front of the tent of meeting”
163	3:8	kp5e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ֠⁠זָרְקוּ בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֧ן אֶת־דָּמ֛⁠וֹ עַל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֖חַ סָבִֽיב׃	1	As in 3:2, splashing the blood of the animal on the the altar is a ritual action. See how you translated this phrase in 1:5.
164	3:8	grd8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ֠⁠זָרְקוּ בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֧ן אֶת־ דָּמ֛⁠וֹ	1	As in 3:2, it is implied that the priests would catch the blood in a bowl as it drained out of the animal. Then they would bring the bowl with the blood in it and present it to Yahweh at the altar. See how you handled this implied information in 1:5.
165	3:8	ausr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֧ן	1	See how you translated this description of the priests in 1:5.
166	3:9	c2bm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠הִקְרִ֨יב מִ⁠זֶּ֣בַח הַ⁠שְּׁלָמִים֮	1	The pronoun he refers to the worshiper and not to the priests. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And from the sacrifice of the peace offerings, the one offering the sacrifice shall present”
167	3:9	e5hx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	חֶלְבּ⁠וֹ֙	1	The possessive pronoun its refers to the lamb described in 3:7-8. If it would be helpful, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “the fat of the lamb that he sacrificed”
168	3:9	j687		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הָ⁠אַלְיָ֣ה תְמִימָ֔ה	1	Here, the fatty tail refers to the fat that accumulates in the hind parts of a sheep on both sides of its tail and on the first few vertebrae of the tail. If your language has a special term for this portion of fat, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic phrase, as the UST models.
169	3:9	q1kt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠חֵ֨לֶב֙ הַֽ⁠מְכַסֶּ֣ה אֶת־הַ⁠קֶּ֔רֶב	1	See how you translated this expression in 3:3.
170	3:9	on7o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל־הַ⁠חֵ֔לֶב אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל־הַ⁠קֶּֽרֶב׃\n	1	See how you translated this expression in 3:3.
171	3:10	v2hz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠אֶת־ הַ⁠חֵ֨לֶב֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עֲלֵ⁠הֶ֔ן אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל־ הַ⁠כְּסָלִ֑ים וְ⁠אֶת־ הַ⁠יֹּתֶ֨רֶת֙ עַל־ הַ⁠כָּבֵ֔ד\n	1	See how you translated these terms in 3:4.
172	3:11	sm2s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠הִקְטִיר֥⁠וֹ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חָ⁠ה	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 1:9.
173	3:11	eron		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠הִקְטִיר֥⁠וֹ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חָ⁠ה	1	Although the word it here is singular, it refers to all the portions of fat and the internal organs that were described in 3:3–4. If it would be helpful, consider using a plural pronoun as 3:16 does, or making this explicit, as the UST models. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall cause them to become smoke on the altar”
174	3:11	w7se		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לֶ֥חֶם אִשֶּׁ֖ה לַ⁠יהוָֽה	1	Here, the phrase food of a gift to Yahweh uses the possessive form to describe a gift to Yahweh that consists of edible food. This does not mean that Yahweh eats the food, but only that the offering to Yahweh takes the form of food. If it would be helpful, consider making this more explicit. Alternate translation: “food that is offered to Yahweh as a gift” or “a gift to Yahweh that consists of food”
175	3:12	satb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	קָרְבָּנ֑⁠וֹ וְ⁠הִקְרִיב֖⁠וֹ	1	See how you translated the similar expressions in 1:2.
176	3:12	blm6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה	1	See how you translated this expression in 1:5.
177	3:13	a245		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וְ⁠סָמַ֤ךְ אֶת־ יָד⁠וֹ֙ עַל־ רֹאשׁ֔⁠וֹ	1	See how you translated this symbolic action in 1:4.
178	3:13	ec0k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד	1	See how you translated this expression in 3:8.
179	3:13	shc1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ֠⁠זָרְקוּ בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֧ן אֶת־ דָּמ֛⁠וֹ	1	It is implied that the priests would catch the blood in a bowl as it drained out of the animal. Then they would bring the bowl with the blood in it and present it to Yahweh at the altar. See how you translated this phrase in 1:5.
180	3:13	rkkp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֧ן	1	See how you translated this description of the priests in 1:5.
181	3:14	j58j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠הִקְרִ֤יב מִמֶּ֨⁠נּוּ֙	1	The word he refers to the worshiper and not to the priests. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And from it, the one offering the sacrifice shall present”
182	3:14	weip		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	אֶת־הַ⁠חֵ֨לֶב֙ הַֽ⁠מְכַסֶּ֣ה אֶת־הַ⁠קֶּ֔רֶב וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל־הַ⁠חֵ֔לֶב אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל־הַ⁠קֶּֽרֶב	1	See how you translated these terms in 3:3.
183	3:15	s33p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠חֵ֨לֶב֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עֲלֵ⁠הֶ֔ן אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל־הַ⁠כְּסָלִ֑ים וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠יֹּתֶ֨רֶת֙ עַל־הַ⁠כָּבֵ֔ד	1	See how you translated these terms in 3:4.
184	3:16	hj5b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠הִקְטִירָ֥⁠ם הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חָ⁠ה	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 1:9.
185	3:16	c52y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לֶ֤חֶם אִשֶּׁה֙	1	See how you translated this expression in 3:11.
186	3:17	d5fs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	חֻקַּ֤ת עוֹלָם֙ לְ⁠דֹרֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם בְּ⁠כֹ֖ל מֽוֹשְׁבֹתֵי⁠כֶ֑ם	1	The expression An enduring statute for your generations in all your dwelling places leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. It implies that every Israelite should always obey this commandment wherever they live. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “No matter where they live, every generation should always obey this statute”
187	3:17	viwv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	לְ⁠דֹרֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם בְּ⁠כֹ֖ל מֽוֹשְׁבֹתֵי⁠כֶ֑ם	1	In this verse, the words your and you are plural. Yahweh is speaking about everyone who will offer sacrifices, regardless of age or location. If you have been using second-person singular forms in your translation and the switch to the plural form would not be natural in your language, you could continue to use singular forms here. Alternatively, if you have been using third-person forms throughout this chapter, consider using whatever form would be clearest in your language.
188	3:17	q2wd			וְ⁠כָל־ דָּ֖ם	1	Alternate translation: “or consume any blood”
189	4:intro	wrl4				0	#Leviticus 4 General Notes ##Structure and Formatting This chapter begins with a new introduction that continues the narrative framing at the beginning of the book. As such, Leviticus 4:1–5:13 should be taken as a discrete unit, continuing on from Leviticus 1–3. This chapter gives instructions on how to offer a sacrifice for unintentional sins, called a purification offering because of its ability to purify the sacred space and sacred objects that are dedicated to Yahweh from the impurities generated by unintentional sin. The structure of the chapter offers can be mapped out as follows: The Purification Offering (4:1–5:13) I. Unintentional Sins (4:1–35) i. scenario #1: The High Priest (4:3–12) ii. scenario #2: The Community (4:13–21) iii. scenario #3: A Leader (4:22–26) iv. scenario #4: An Individual (4:27–35) The chapter addresses four hypothetical situations where this kind of sacrifice is needed: the high priest unintentionally sins (4:3–12) the whole community unintentionally sins (4:13–21) a leader in the community unintentionally sins (4:22–26) an ordinary individual unintentionally sins (4:27–35) that individual offers a goat (4:27–31) that individual offers a sheep (4:32–35) As in Leviticus 1, the instructions offer a detailed outline of the procedure for the sacrifice. The instructed steps include: presenting a perfect animal to the priest (4:3, 14) for the high priest, a young bull (4:3) for the community, a young bull (4:13) for the leader, a male goat (4:23) for the individual, a male goat (4:28) or a female sheep (4:32) bringing the animal to the tent of meeting (4:4, 14, 23, 28, 32) laying hands on the animal (4:4, 15, 24, 29, 33) killing the animal (4:4, 15, 24, 29, 33) bringing the blood into the tent of meeting (4:5, 16) sprinkling the blood seven times before Yahweh towards the curtain (4:6, 17) putting some blood on each of the four horns of an altar (4:7, 18, 25, 30, 34) for the high priest and the community, the blood is applied to the horns of the incense altar (4:7, 18) for the leader and the individual, the blood is applied to the horns of the burnt-offering altar (4:25, 30, 34) pouring the rest of the blood out on the base of the burnt-offering altar (4:8, 18, 25, 30, 34) properly butchering the animal into the fat portions (4:9–10, 19–20, 26, 31, 35) burning the fat portions and creating the pleasant-smelling smoke (4:10, 19–20, 26, 31, 35) bringing the rest of the sacrificed animal portions outside the camp to burn them (4:11–12, 21) ##Special Concepts in this Chapter ###Unintentional sins [INSERT TEXT] ###Guilt [INSERT TEXT] ###Sprinkling Blood [INSERT TEXT] ###The various altars and the sacred curtain ###Disposing of the portions of the sacrifice that are not burned [INSERT TEXT]
190	4:1	ymeo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר	1	The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.
191	4:1-2	vi29		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר & דַּבֵּ֞ר אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֘ל לֵ⁠אמֹר֒	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: “He told Moses to tell the sons of Israel”
192	4:2	gdkg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֘ל	1	This expression speaks of the people of Israel in the time of Moses as if they were literally the sons of Israel. It means that they are the physical and spiritual descendants of Jacob, whose name God changed to Israel. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Israel”
193	4:2	skxw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֘ל	1	Although the word translated sons is masculine and plural, it has a generic sense that applies to both men and women. In your translation, you may wish to use a term that is clearly inclusive of men and women. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel”
194	4:2	hgnv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לֵ⁠אמֹר֒	1	The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.
195	4:2	wdps		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	נֶ֗פֶשׁ כִּֽי־תֶחֱטָ֤א	1	Although the word translated A person is feminine, it has a generic sense that refers to any person who approaches the tent to make a sacrifice. As the General Introduction to this chapter suggests, the people of Israel are here referred to by using a generic feminine noun, which intentionally balances the use of the generic masculine noun in 1:2. If your language has a generic word for an individual that is grammatically feminine, consider using it here, or use a generic noun. Alternate translation: “When any person offers” or “When someone offers”
196	4:2	lnfi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כִּֽי־תֶחֱטָ֤א בִ⁠שְׁגָגָה֙ מִ⁠כֹּל֙ מִצְוֺ֣ת יְהוָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֖ר לֹ֣א תֵעָשֶׂ֑ינָה	1	The expression which shall not be done could refer to: (1) the commands of Yahweh, that is, to commandments that proscribe certain actions or behaviors. Alternate translation: “when he sins by mistake from all the commands of Yahweh that say what you should not do” or (2) the act of sinning against God by violating any of the commands of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “when he sins by mistake from all the commands of Yahweh, which is something that you should not do”
197	4:2	yyyi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כִּֽי־תֶחֱטָ֤א בִ⁠שְׁגָגָה֙ מִ⁠כֹּל֙ מִצְוֺ֣ת יְהוָ֔ה	1	The expression sins by mistake from any of the commands of Yahweh could refer to: (1) doing wrong against God by mistakenly not doing something that the commands of Yahweh say to do. Alternate translation: “when he sins by mistake, unintentionally not doing something that the commands of Yahweh say you should do” or (2) doing wrong against God by mistakenly doing something that the commands of Yahweh expressly forbid. Alternate translation: “when he sins by mistake by doing something that the commands of Yahweh say you should not do”
198	4:2	czo5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	וְ⁠עָשָׂ֕ה מֵ⁠אַחַ֖ת מֵ⁠הֵֽנָּה	1	The expression from one from them uses repetition to refer to any individual command from the body of the commands of Yahweh. If your language can use repetition for emphasis in this manner, consider using a similar expression here. If not, then consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and he does any one of them”
199	4:3	iy0r		rc://*/ta/man/grammar-connect-logic-result	אִ֣ם הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֧ן הַ⁠מָּשִׁ֛יחַ יֶחֱטָ֖א לְ⁠אַשְׁמַ֣ת הָ⁠עָ֑ם	1	The expression sins to the guilt of the people refers to an act of wrongdoing against Yahweh that results in the collective guilt of the people in some way. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate explanation: “if the anointed priest sins in such a way that it causes the people to become guilty”
200	4:3	jsnr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֧ן הַ⁠מָּשִׁ֛יחַ	1	The anointed priest refers to the high priest, or the member of the priest who has been anointed to lead the priesthood. If your language has a similar way of referring to a leading spiritual figure, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “the priest whom Yahweh anointed to be the high priest”
201	4:3	g1z4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	לְ⁠אַשְׁמַ֣ת הָ⁠עָ֑ם	1	The abstract noun guilt refers both to the emotional experience of feeling guilty and to the legal status of having done wrong and needing to offer restitution for the wrongdoing. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of guilt, you can express the same idea with an adjective. Alternate translation: “so as to cause the people to be guilty”
202	4:3	dr8l			וְ⁠הִקְרִ֡יב	1	Alternate translation: “then he should present”
203	4:3	l49l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	עַ֣ל חַטָּאת⁠וֹ֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר חָטָ֜א	1	Here, a verb and its object come from the same root. The phrase he sinned translates a verb that is related to the noun translated sin. The repetition of related words adds emphasis to the statement. If your language can repeat words for emphasis and your language has comparable terms that you can use in your own translation, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation.
204	4:3	hev1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	פַּ֣ר	1	A bull is a domesticated, adult male ox or bullock. If your language has a word for this animal, consider using it here. If not, then consider using a generic noun. Alternate translation: “a male bovine”
205	4:3	w2tz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	בֶּן־בָּקָ֥ר תָּמִ֛ים	1	The expression son of describes a person or animal that shares the essential qualities of something. Here the phrase describes this bull as a son of the cattle because it is a male animal that shares the essential qualities of the class of domesticated bovines. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use an equivalent idiom from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a perfect male bovine”
206	4:3	wv3q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	בָּקָ֥ר	1	See how you translated the word cattle in 1:2. Alternate translation: “the domesticated bovines”
207	4:3	oklv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	בָּקָ֥ר	1	The expression the cattle does not refer to specific groups of animals. It describes any group of bovines that an Israelite might own. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the cattle that he owns or can buy”
208	4:3	ixx1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	תָּמִ֛ים	1	See how you translated this word in 1:3.
209	4:3	hxl6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	לְ⁠חַטָּֽאת׃	1	As the General Introduction to this chapter discusses, a sin offering is a sacrifice that was offered by an individual person or the community as a whole to purify the sacred altar, the sanctuary, and the sacred objects from impurity caused by sin.
210	4:4	xx9l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠הֵבִ֣יא אֶת־ הַ⁠פָּ֗ר	1	The pronoun he refers to the anointed priest, that is, to the high priest who has unintentionally sinned and made the people guilty. If it would be helpful, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And the anointed priest shall bring the bull”
211	4:4	z9am		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה	1	See how you translated the expression to the face of Yahweh in 1:5. Alternate translation: “into the presence of Yahweh” or “to the sacred precincts of the tent of meeting where Yahweh lives among the Israelites”
212	4:4	zy1f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וְ⁠סָמַ֤ךְ אֶת־יָד⁠וֹ֙ עַל־רֹ֣אשׁ הַ⁠פָּ֔ר	1	See how you translated this symbolic action in 1:4.
213	4:4	yejs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠שָׁחַ֥ט אֶת־הַ⁠פָּ֖ר לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃	1	See how you translated the similar phrase in 1:5.
214	4:5	m58i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠לָקַ֛ח הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֥ן הַ⁠מָּשִׁ֖יחַ מִ⁠דַּ֣ם הַ⁠פָּ֑ר	1	It is implied that the anointed priest would catch the blood in a bowl as it drained out of the bull. Then he would bring the bowl with the blood in it and present it to Yahweh at the altar, before applying it to the altar in the manner that 4:6–7 describes. If this would not be clear in your language, you could supply this information, here and in later instances in the book. Alternative translation: “After catching the blood in a bowl as it drains from the bull that he slaughtered, the anointed priest shall take some of the blood of the bull”
215	4:5	i2aa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֥ן הַ⁠מָּשִׁ֖יחַ	1	See how you translated this way of referring to the high priest in 4:3.
216	4:6	hnz4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠הִזָּ֨ה מִן־הַ⁠דָּ֜ם שֶׁ֤בַע פְּעָמִים֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה	1	Here, to sprinkle the blood of the bull to the face of Yahweh means to sprinkle the blood in the direction of the curtain of the holy place, which separated the worshiper from the Holy of Holies, the location where Yahweh was enthroned above the cherubim on the ark of the covenant. Alternate translation: “and he shall sprinkle some of the blood seven times toward the Holy of Holies, where Yahweh lives among the Israelites”
217	4:6	uk96		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠הִזָּ֨ה מִן־הַ⁠דָּ֜ם שֶׁ֤בַע פְּעָמִים֙	1	Just as the blood is splashed against the altar in 1:5 and elsewhere, here, in a similar ritual action, the high priest sprinkles the blood on the altar and the curtain with his finger. The blood, being the life of the animal (see 17:11), was given by God to purify and remove the defiling impurities caused by the high priests’ unintentional sin. If this would not be clear to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action in the text or in a footnote here and in subsequent instances in the book. If your language has a word for sprinkling liquids in a religious context, consider using it here. Alternate translation: “and he shall sprinkle some of the blood seven times in order to clean the sacred place from the defiling impurities of sin”
218	4:6	z4pg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אֶת־פְּנֵ֖י פָּרֹ֥כֶת הַ⁠קֹּֽדֶשׁ	1	The face of the curtain is an idiom that means the front of the curtain. If your language has a similar idiom, consider using it here. If not, consider using a general expression. Alternate translation: “the front of the curtain”
219	4:6	htr0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	אֶת־פְּנֵ֖י פָּרֹ֥כֶת הַ⁠קֹּֽדֶשׁ׃	1	The curtain of the holy place was a thick cloth of blue, purple, and scarlet linen that hung between the holy place of the altar and the Holy of Holies, concealing the Holy of Holies from view, as described in Exodus 26:31–35. If it would be helpful, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “the front of the sacred screen that separates the Holy of Holies from the rest of the tent”
220	4:7	c0um		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וְ⁠נָתַן֩ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֨ן מִן־הַ⁠דָּ֜ם עַל־קַ֠רְנוֹת מִזְבַּ֨ח קְטֹ֤רֶת הַ⁠סַּמִּים֙	1	This is a symbolic action. By daubing the blood on the extremities of the altar, the priest is ritually removing from the sacred altar the impurities caused by the unintentional sin. If this would not be clear to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action in the text or in a footnote here and in subsequent instances in the book. Alternate translation: “And the priest should put some of the blood on the horns of the altar of incense of the spices in order to purify the altar from the defiling impurities caused by the priest’s unintentional sin”
221	4:7	ykir		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠נָתַן֩ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֨ן מִן־הַ⁠דָּ֜ם עַל־קַ֠רְנוֹת מִזְבַּ֨ח קְטֹ֤רֶת הַ⁠סַּמִּים֙	1	The expression he shall give ... on is an idiom that means to put some of the blood onto the horns of the altar. If your language has a similar idiom, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “And he shall put some of the blood onto the horns of the altar of incense of the spices”
222	4:7	rrcr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	קַ֠רְנוֹת מִזְבַּ֨ח קְטֹ֤רֶת הַ⁠סַּמִּים֙	1	The horns of the altar refer to the four projections at the corners of the altar. They are shaped like the horns of an ox. Alternate translation: “the horn-shaped projections at the corners of the altar of incense of the spices”
223	4:7	n7r6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	מִזְבַּ֨ח קְטֹ֤רֶת הַ⁠סַּמִּים֙	1	The altar of incense of the spices refers to the place where priests burned fragrance incense twice a day, located directly in front of the curtain which separated the Holy of Holies from the rest of the tent of meeting. It is described in detail in Exodus 30:1–10. Alternate translation: “the altar of the fragrant incenses”
224	4:7	hgoz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה	1	Because this verse specifies that the incense altar is located inside the tent of meeting, here the expression to the face of Yahweh means directly in front of the Holy of Holies, the location where Yahweh was enthroned above the cherubim on the ark of the covenant. Alternate translation: “in the sacred vicinity of the tent of meeting where Yahweh ” or “directly in front of Yahweh’s presence in the Holy of Holies”
225	4:7	w9my		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠אֵ֣ת ׀ כָּל־דַּ֣ם הַ⁠פָּ֗ר	1	Given that the priest has just sprinkled some of the blood and dripped some of the blood on the horns of the altar, the phrase all the blood of the bull refers to the blood that remains after these first two applications. If this would be unclear in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And any remaining blood of the bull”
226	4:8	opbk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	יָרִ֣ים מִמֶּ֑⁠נּוּ	1	The pronoun he here refers to the anointed priest because he is both the one offering the sacrifice and the one performing the sacrificial rite. If this is unclear in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “the anointed priest shall lift up from it”
227	4:8	rd3l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	יָרִ֣ים מִמֶּ֑⁠נּוּ	1	The expression he shall lift up is an idiom that means to carefully remove and set aside. If it would be helpful in your language, consider using a word or phrase that expresses the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he shall trim from it and set aside”
228	4:8	c7cy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	אֶת־הַ⁠חֵ֨לֶב֙ הַֽ⁠מְכַסֶּ֣ה עַל־הַ⁠קֶּ֔רֶב	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 3:3.
229	4:8	vd6f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל־הַ⁠חֵ֔לֶב אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל־הַ⁠קֶּֽרֶב׃	1	See how you translated this expression in 3:3.
230	4:9	r448		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠חֵ֨לֶב֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֔ן אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל־הַ⁠כְּסָלִ֑ים וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠יֹּתֶ֨רֶת֙ עַל־הַ⁠כָּבֵ֔ד	1	See how you translated these terms in 3:4.
231	4:9	li4m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	יְסִירֶֽ⁠נָּה׃	1	As in 3:4, 3:10, and 3:15, the one who removes the fat from the sacrificial animal is the worshiper, not the priest. However, because here the anointed priest is both the one offering the sacrifice and the one performing the sacrifice, the pronoun he refers to the priest. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “the anointed priest shall remove it”
232	4:10	dy4e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר יוּרַ֔ם מִ⁠שּׁ֖וֹר זֶ֣בַח הַ⁠שְּׁלָמִ֑ים	1	Here, it refers to all the fat that was described in the instructions about peace offerings in 3:3–4. If it would be helpful, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “just as the fat is removed from the ox of the sacrifice of the peace offering”
233	4:10	xvzf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר יוּרַ֔ם מִ⁠שּׁ֖וֹר זֶ֣בַח הַ⁠שְּׁלָמִ֑ים	1	Here, the author of Leviticus does not use the present tense to describe contemporaneous or ongoing action, as if he is here referring to a specific instance where an individual is preparing a peace offering. Rather, the present tense is being used both to describe an action that was previously described in the book of Leviticus and to depict a hypothetical situation. If it would be helpful in your language, consider choosing language that makes it plain that the author is not referring to specific past actions. Alternate translation: “in the same manner as it would be removed from the ox of the sacrifice of the peace offering”
234	4:10	cded		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר יוּרַ֔ם	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “just as people remove the fat”If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “just as the individual removed the fat” or, if you used the second-person form in chapter 3, “just as you removed the fat”
235	4:10	peg9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠הִקְטִירָ⁠ם֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן	1	The pronoun them refers to all the pieces of fat and the internal organs described in 4:8–9. If it would be helpful, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall cause all the fat pieces and the internal organs to become smoke”
236	4:10	ub9m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠הִקְטִירָ⁠ם֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 1:9. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall cause them to become smoke and ascend toward God in heaven by burning them”
237	4:11	fr9j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠אֶת־ ע֤וֹר הַ⁠פָּר֙ וְ⁠אֶת־ כָּל־ בְּשָׂר֔⁠וֹ עַל־ רֹאשׁ֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠עַל־ כְּרָעָ֑י⁠ו וְ⁠קִרְבּ֖⁠וֹ וּ⁠פִרְשֽׁ⁠וֹ	1	This list of animal parts tells the reader what is meant by the expression “all of the bull” in 4:12. If this would be unclear, consider using a phrase to indicate that this list introduces the subject of the verse, which will be restated in 4:12. Alternate translation: “As for the skin of the bull and all its flesh, with its head and with its legs and its innards and its dung”
238	4:11	ovny			וְ⁠אֶת־כָּל־בְּשָׂר֔⁠וֹ	1	Alternate translation: “all of the bull’s meat”
239	4:12	xwxo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠הוֹצִ֣יא	1	The pronoun he cannot refer to the priest making the sacrifice, because this action would cause the priest to become impure. Rather, it refers to another, unspecified Israelite. If it would be helpful in your language, consider using a generic word for a person, as the UST models. Alternate translation: “someone else should bring out”
240	4:12	qm4z			אֶת־כָּל־הַ֠⁠פָּר	1	Alternate translation: “all these pieces of the bull”
241	4:12	hgo6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֶל־שֶׁ֣פֶךְ הַ⁠דֶּ֔שֶׁן & עַל־שֶׁ֥פֶךְ הַ⁠דֶּ֖שֶׁן	1	The pouring out place of the fatty ashes is equivalent to the “place of the fatty ashes” referenced in 1:16. See how you translated the similar phrase there.
242	4:12	q856		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	יִשָּׂרֵֽף	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone shall burn it”
243	4:13	mv5c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נֶעְלַ֣ם דָּבָ֔ר מֵ⁠עֵינֵ֖י הַ⁠קָּהָ֑ל	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and the assembly does not realize that they have sinned”
244	4:13	y4sp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ֠⁠עָשׂוּ אַחַ֨ת מִ⁠כָּל־מִצְוֺ֧ת יְהוָ֛ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־תֵעָשֶׂ֖ינָה	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 4:2.
245	4:14	vn62		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נֽוֹדְעָה֙ הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֔את אֲשֶׁ֥ר חָטְא֖וּ עָלֶ֑י⁠הָ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and then they realize the sin that they sinned concerning it”
246	4:14	ljz4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֔את אֲשֶׁ֥ר חָטְא֖וּ	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 4:3.
247	4:14	m8a5			עָלֶ֑י⁠הָ	1	Alternate translation: “against it”
248	4:14	vtgc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	עָלֶ֑י⁠הָ	1	The pronoun it refers to the commands of Yahweh mentioned in 4:13. If it would be helpful, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “with regards to the commands of Yahweh”
249	4:14	jiw5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	פַּ֤ר בֶּן־בָּקָר֙	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 4:3. Note how you handled the word bull, the idiom a son of the cattle, and the generic noun cattle.
250	4:14	lv4s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י אֹ֥הֶל מוֹעֵֽד׃	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 3:8.
251	4:15	fjs3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וְ֠⁠סָמְכוּ זִקְנֵ֨י הָ⁠עֵדָ֧ה אֶת־יְדֵי⁠הֶ֛ם עַל־רֹ֥אשׁ הַ⁠פָּ֖ר	1	See how you translated this symbolic action in 1:4.
252	4:15	ukae		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה & לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 1:5. Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh…in the presence of Yahweh” or “in the sacred precincts of the tent of meeting where Yahweh is…in the sacred precincts of the tent of meeting where Yahweh is”
253	4:15	kvnu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠שָׁחַ֥ט אֶת־הַ⁠פָּ֖ר	1	The pronoun he refers not to the priest, but to an individual member of the elders of the congregation mentioned in this verse. If this would be unclear in your language, consider making the subject plain. Alternate translation: “And one of the elders of the congregation shall slaughter the bull”
254	4:16	l1qd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠הֵבִ֛יא הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֥ן הַ⁠מָּשִׁ֖יחַ מִ⁠דַּ֣ם הַ⁠פָּ֑ר אֶל־אֹ֖הֶל מוֹעֵֽד׃	1	As in 1:5, it is implied that the priest caught the blood in a bowl as the blood drained from the bull. See how you handled the implied information in that verse.
255	4:17	caw8			וְ⁠טָבַ֧ל הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן אֶצְבָּע֖⁠וֹ מִן־הַ⁠דָּ֑ם	1	Alternate translation: “And the priest shall dip his finger in some of the blood”
256	4:17	zoh0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠הִזָּ֞ה שֶׁ֤בַע פְּעָמִים֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה אֵ֖ת פְּנֵ֥י הַ⁠פָּרֹֽכֶת	1	See how you translated these expressions in 4:6.
257	4:18	tsse		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	יִתֵּ֣ן & יִשְׁפֹּךְ֙	1	Here and in the verses 4:18–20, the pronoun he refers to the priest. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “the priest shall put … the priest shall pour out”
258	4:18	q6nm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וּ⁠מִן־הַ⁠דָּ֞ם יִתֵּ֣ן ׀ עַל־קַרְנֹ֣ת הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֗חַ	1	The expression he shall give ... on is an idiom that means to put some of the blood onto the horns of the altar. If your language has a similar idiom, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “And he shall put some of the blood onto the horns of the altar”
259	4:18	xn3f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	קַרְנֹ֣ת הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֗חַ	1	See how you translated this expression in 4:7.
260	4:18	c8oi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֗חַ אֲשֶׁר֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֖ר בְּ⁠אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד	1	The altar that is to the face of Yahweh, which is in the tent of meeting is identical to the “altar of incense of the spices” referenced in 4:7. See how you translated these expressions there.
261	4:18	ni6l			וְ⁠אֵ֣ת כָּל־הַ⁠דָּ֗ם	1	Alternate translation: “And the remaining blood of the bull”
262	4:19	wo2s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠אֵ֥ת כָּל־חֶלְבּ֖⁠וֹ	1	The expression all of its fat refers to the portions of the bull’s fat and internal organs as described in 4:8–9. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And all of the bull’s fat, including the fat covering over the innards, all the fat that is on the innards, the two kidneys, the fat that is on them that is near the loins, and the lobe on the liver”
263	4:19	t3pe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	יָרִ֣ים מִמֶּ֑⁠נּוּ	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 4:8.
264	4:19	shyt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	יָרִ֣ים מִמֶּ֑⁠נּוּ	1	Although it is ambiguous, unlike 4:8, here the pronoun he likely refers to the individual member of “the elders of the congregation” who slaughtered the bull in 4:15 and not to the priest. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “the elder of the congregation who slaughtered the animal shall lift up from it”
265	4:19	bbhn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠הִקְטִ֖יר הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּֽחָ⁠ה	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 1:9.
266	4:19	hk6r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	יָרִ֣ים מִמֶּ֑⁠נּוּ	1	Here, he refers to the priest and not to the worshiper. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “the priest shall lift up from it”
267	4:20	tsy2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-parallelism	וְ⁠עָשָׂ֣ה לַ⁠פָּ֔ר כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר עָשָׂה֙ לְ⁠פַ֣ר הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֔את כֵּ֖ן יַעֲשֶׂה־לּ֑⁠וֹ	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If your language can repeat phrases for emphasis, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation. If not, consider combining the phrases. Alternate translation: “And he should do for the bull just as he did for the bull of the purification offering”
268	4:20	k2wc			וְ⁠עָשָׂ֣ה לַ⁠פָּ֔ר & עָשָׂה֙ לְ⁠פַ֣ר & כֵּ֖ן יַעֲשֶׂה־לּ֑⁠וֹ	1	Alternate translation: “And he shall prepare the bull ... he prepared the bull ... thus he shall prepare it”
269	4:20	gdgl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠עָשָׂ֣ה לַ⁠פָּ֔ר & כֵּ֖ן יַעֲשֶׂה־לּ֑⁠וֹ	1	As in 4:19, here the pronoun he refers to the worshipper, likely the individual member of “the elders of the congregation” who slaughtered the bull in 4:15. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And the elder who slaughtered the bull and removed its fat shall do for the bull … thus the elder who slaughtered the bull and removed its fat shall do with it”
270	4:20	kird		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר עָשָׂה֙ לְ⁠פַ֣ר הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֔את	1	Because it was the anointed priest who prepared the bull of the purification offering as described in 4:3–12, in this case, the word he refers to the anointed priest, not to the individual member of “the elders of the congregation” who is the subject of the other verbs in this verse. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the subject explicit here. Alternate translation: “just as the anointed priest did with the bull of the sin offering that he offered because of his own unintentional sin”
271	4:20	s2f3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר עָשָׂה֙ לְ⁠פַ֣ר הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֔את	1	Here, the author of Leviticus does not use the past tense to describe previous action, as if he is here referring to a specific past instance where the individual prepared a peace offering. Rather, the past tense is being used both to describe an action that was previously described in the book of Leviticus and to depict a hypothetical situation. If it would be helpful in your language, consider choosing language that makes it plain that the author is not referring to specific past actions. Alternate translation: “just as one might do with the bull of the sin offering”
272	4:20	t3ph		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠כִפֶּ֧ר עֲלֵ⁠הֶ֛ם הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן	1	The word translated atonement may have originally indicated either the “covering” or the “wiping away” of sin. Either way, by the time of Leviticus it indicated that the sacrifice would be accepted in order to restore the relationship between the worshiper and Yahweh that had been damaged or defiled by sin. Consider using a word or phrase that conveys this idea effectively in your language. See how you translated the similar expression in 1:4. Alternative translation: “And the priest shall offer the sacrifice that Yahweh will accept on behalf of the people and restore them to relationship with himself”
273	4:20	q33o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠נִסְלַ֥ח לָ⁠הֶֽם׃	1	Here the pronoun it refers to the unintentional sin that the community committed that introduced the impurity of sin, which, in turn, required the purification provided by the purification sacrifice. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “and the unintentional sin of the community will be forgiven”
274	4:20	jd5j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִסְלַ֥ח לָ⁠הֶֽם	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh will forgive the community for their sins”
275	4:21	vvgk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠הוֹצִ֣יא אֶת־הַ⁠פָּ֗ר	1	As in 4:12, the pronoun he cannot refer to the priest making the sacrifice, because this action would cause the priest to become impure. Rather, it refers to another, unspecified Israelite. If it would be helpful in your language, consider using a generic word for a person, as the UST models. Alternate translation: “And someone else shall bring out the bull”
276	4:21	bves		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֶת־הַ⁠פָּ֗ר	1	Because 4:20 instructs the community to prepare the bull in the same manner that the high priest prepared the bull for his sin offering (in 4:8–10), here the bull refers to the pieces of the bull that are not burned on the altar, as listed in 4:11. If it would be helpful, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “the skin of the bull and all its flesh, with its head and with its legs and its innards and its dung”
277	4:21	zg6w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֵ֖ת הַ⁠פָּ֣ר הָ⁠רִאשׁ֑וֹן	1	The phrase the first bull refers to the bull offered and prepared by the anointed priest, as described in 4:3–12. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “the bull that the high priest offered for his purification offering”
278	4:22	xg1v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠עָשָׂ֡ה אַחַ֣ת מִ⁠כָּל־מִצְוֺת֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהָ֜י⁠ו אֲשֶׁ֧ר לֹא־תֵעָשֶׂ֛ינָה בִּ⁠שְׁגָגָ֖ה	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 4:2 and 4:13.
279	4:23	jwgw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	חַטָּאת֔⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר חָטָ֖א בָּ֑⁠הּ	1	The expression his sin that he has sinned with it uses repetition for emphasis. If your language can use repetition for emphasis in this manner, consider using a similar expression here. If not, then consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “the sin that he committed”
280	4:23	g4fd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	אֽוֹ־הוֹדַ֤ע אֵלָי⁠ו֙ חַטָּאת֔⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר חָטָ֖א בָּ֑⁠הּ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “or he becomes aware of the sin that he sinned”
281	4:23	r7o2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	שְׂעִ֥יר עִזִּ֖ים	1	The expression a buck of the goats refers to a male goat that belongs to the class of animals also called goats. If your language possesses a specific term for a male goat, consider using it here, or use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “a male goat”
282	4:23	jvon		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	עִזִּ֖ים	1	The expression the goats does not refer to a specific group of animals. Rather, it refers to any goats that an Israelite might own. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the goats that he owns or can buy”
283	4:23	lvq3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	תָּמִֽים׃	1	See how you translated this term in 1:3.
284	4:24	q1kq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠סָמַ֤ךְ & וְ⁠שָׁחַ֣ט	1	The pronoun he here refers to the “leader” whose unintentional sin requires a purification offering (see 4:22). If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And the leader shall lay … and the leader shall slaughter”
285	4:24	aby2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וְ⁠סָמַ֤ךְ יָד⁠וֹ֙ עַל־רֹ֣אשׁ הַ⁠שָּׂעִ֔יר	1	See how you translated this symbolic action in 1:4.
286	4:24	z9vz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	בִּ⁠מְק֛וֹם אֲשֶׁר־יִשְׁחַ֥ט אֶת־הָ⁠עֹלָ֖ה	1	The pronoun he does not refer specifically to the leader whose purification offering the current section discusses, but here refers generally to any person who offers a burnt offering. If it would be helpful in your language, consider using a generic word for a person to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “in the place where someone might slaughter the burnt offering”
287	4:24	zee3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה	1	See how you translated this expression in 1:5.
288	4:25	wnl3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠לָקַ֨ח הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֜ן מִ⁠דַּ֤ם הַֽ⁠חַטָּאת֙	1	As before, it is implied that the priest will catch the blood in a bowl as the blood drains from the goat. See how you translated this expression in 1:5.
289	4:25	jlby		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠נָתַ֕ן עַל־קַרְנֹ֖ת מִזְבַּ֣ח הָ⁠עֹלָ֑ה	1	See how you translated this idiom in 4:7.
290	4:25	hd5k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	קַרְנֹ֖ת מִזְבַּ֣ח	1	While noting that here the priest drips the blood on the horns of the altar of the burnt offering rather than on the horns of the altar of fragrant incense, see how you translated these expressions in 4:7 and 4:18.
291	4:25	chb1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠אֶת־דָּמ֣⁠וֹ	1	As in 4:7, the phrase its blood refers to the blood that remains after applying some of the blood to the horns of the altar. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And the remaining blood of the goat”
292	4:26	sgvn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠אֶת־כָּל־חֶלְבּ⁠וֹ֙	1	The phrase all of its fat refers to the fat portions of the goat described in the instructions for peace offerings in 3:14–15. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And all of the goat’s fat, including the fat covering the innards, all the fat that is on the innards, the two kidneys, the fat that is on them that is by the loins, and the lobe on the liver”
293	4:26	el4n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	יַקְטִ֣יר הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חָ⁠ה	1	See how you translated this similar expression in 1:9.
294	4:26	vunv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	כְּ⁠חֵ֖לֶב זֶ֣בַח הַ⁠שְּׁלָמִ֑ים	1	The expression like the fat of the sacrifice of the peace offerings leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation, without the preceding comma: “in the same manner that the priest would cause the fat of the sacrifice of the peace offerings to become smoke on the altar”
295	4:26	h9gk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠כִפֶּ֨ר עָלָ֧י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן מֵ⁠חַטָּאת֖⁠וֹ	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 4:20. See how you handled the term atonement in 1:4.
296	4:26	f786		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠נִסְלַ֥ח לֽ⁠וֹ	1	Here, it refers to the unintentional sin that the leader committed that introduced the impurity of sin, which, in turn, required the purification provided by the purification sacrifice. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “and the leader’s unintentional sin will be forgiven”
297	4:26	zhk2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִסְלַ֥ח לֽ⁠וֹ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh will forgive the ruler for his unintentional sin”
298	4:27	phzq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	וְ⁠אִם־נֶ֧פֶשׁ אַחַ֛ת	1	As in 4:2, the word translated person is feminine, but it has a generic sense that refers to any person who approaches the tent to make a sacrifice. If you language has a generic word for an individual that is grammatically feminine, consider using it here, or use a generic noun. Alternate translation: “And if any person” or “And if an individual”
299	4:27	kv6h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מֵ⁠עַ֣ם הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	The expression the people of the land refers to individuals who live (or will live in the future) in the land of Israel, excluding the king, the high priest, and the leader previously referenced in this chapter. If this would be unclear in your context, consider using a general expression. Alternate translation: “from the common people who live in the land of Israel”
300	4:27	ppx5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	בַּ֠⁠עֲשֹׂתָ⁠הּ אַחַ֨ת מִ⁠מִּצְוֺ֧ת יְהוָ֛ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־תֵעָשֶׂ֖ינָה	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by doing one thing that Yahweh told the people not to do”
301	4:28	barn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	חַטָּאת֖⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֣ר חָטָ֑א & עַל־חַטָּאת֖⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר חָטָֽא׃	1	Here, words are being repeated for emphasis. See how you translated the similar phrase in 4:23.
302	4:28	al2q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	הוֹדַ֣ע אֵלָ֔י⁠ו חַטָּאת֖⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֣ר חָטָ֑א	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he becomes aware of the sin that he sinned”
303	4:28	mgqk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	שְׂעִירַ֤ת עִזִּים֙	1	The expression a doe of the goats refers to a female goat that belongs to the class of animals also called goats. If your language possesses a specific term for a female goat, consider using it here, or use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “a female goat” or “a she-goat”
304	4:28	n2ns		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	עִזִּים֙	1	See how you translated this expression in 4:23.
305	4:28	b3et		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	תְּמִימָ֣ה	1	See how you translated this term in 1:3.
306	4:29	rup1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וְ⁠סָמַךְ֙ אֶת־ יָד֔⁠וֹ עַ֖ל רֹ֣אשׁ	1	See how you translated this symbolic action in 1:4.
307	4:29	hqed		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בִּ⁠מְק֖וֹם הָ⁠עֹלָֽה	1	The place of the burnt offering is identical to “the place where he slaughters the burnt offering to the face of Yahweh” in 4:24. If this is unclear in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “in the location where people slaughter the burnt offering”
308	4:30	su7w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠לָקַ֨ח הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֤ן מִ⁠דָּמָ⁠הּ֙ בְּ⁠אֶצְבָּע֔⁠וֹ	1	As before, it is implied that the priest will catch the blood in a bowl as the blood drains from the goat. See how you translated this expression in 1:5.
309	4:30	avro		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠נָתַ֕ן עַל־קַרְנֹ֖ת מִזְבַּ֣ח הָ⁠עֹלָ֑ה	1	See how you translated this idiom in 4:7.
310	4:30	zr2b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	קַרְנֹ֖ת מִזְבַּ֣ח הָ⁠עֹלָ֑ה	1	See how you handled this expression in 4:25.
311	4:30	dqv4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠נָתַ֕ן עַל־קַרְנֹ֖ת מִזְבַּ֣ח הָ⁠עֹלָ֑ה	1	See how you translated the similar idiom in 4:7.
312	4:30	k9y4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠אֶת־כָּל־דָּמָ֣⁠הּ	1	The phrase all the blood of the bull refers to the blood that remains after applying the blood to the horns of the altar. If this would be unclear in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And the remaining blood of the goat”
313	4:30	kqw2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֶל־יְס֖וֹד הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּֽחַ	1	Although unspecified, it is likely that the altar mentioned here is the same altar of the burnt offering that is referred to in this verse, which is also the place where the blood of the sacrificial animal is poured out in the similar expressions in 4:7, 4:18, 4:25, and 4:30. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the identity of the altar explicit or using an identifying adjective as the UST models. Alternate translation: “at the base of the altar of the burnt offering”
314	4:31	m5yu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠אֶת־כָּל־חֶלְבָּ֣⁠הּ	1	As in 4:26, the phrase all of its fat refers to the fat portions of the goat described in the instructions for peace offerings in 3:14–15. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And all of the goat’s fat, including the fat covering the innards, all the fat that is on the innards, the two kidneys, the fat that is on them that is by the loins, and the lobe on the liver”
315	4:31	hmu3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	יָסִ֗יר	1	As in 4:20, here, he refers to the individual offering the sacrifice, not to the priest. If this would be unclear in your language, consider making the subject explicit. Alternate translation: “the person offering the purification offering shall remove”
316	4:31	x3cz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר הוּסַ֣ר חֵלֶב֮	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “just as a person would remove the fat”
317	4:31	lo98		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר הוּסַ֣ר חֵלֶב֮ מֵ⁠עַ֣ל זֶ֣בַח הַ⁠שְּׁלָמִים֒	1	As in 4:10, the author of Leviticus does not use the present tense here to describe contemporaneous or ongoing action, as if he is here referring to a specific instance where an individual is preparing a peace offering. Rather, the present tense is being used both to describe an action that was previously described in the book of Leviticus and to depict a hypothetical situation. If it would be helpful in your language, consider choosing language that makes it plain that the author is not referring to specific past actions. Alternate translation: “in the same manner as the fat would be removed from the sacrifice of the peace offerings”
318	4:31	y4ug		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠הִקְטִ֤יר הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חָ⁠ה	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 1:9.
319	4:31	f423		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠כִפֶּ֥ר עָלָ֛י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן	1	See how you handled this expression involving an abstract noun in 1:4 and 4:20.
320	4:31	rty9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִסְלַ֥ח לֽ⁠וֹ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh will forgive the inidivual’s sins”
321	4:32	fcuy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠אִם־כֶּ֛בֶשׂ יָבִ֥יא קָרְבָּנ֖⁠וֹ	1	Here the pronouns he and his refer to the individual from the people of the land referred to in 4:27–28. If it would be unclear in your language that these words refer to the same individual as the previous section, consider making the subject explicit. Alternate translation: “But if that individual brings a lamb as his offering”
322	4:32	sqnk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	תְמִימָ֖ה	1	See how you translated this term in 1:3.
323	4:33	gp8z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וְ⁠סָמַךְ֙ אֶת־יָד֔⁠וֹ עַ֖ל רֹ֣אשׁ הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֑את	1	See how you translated this symbolic action in 1:4.
324	4:33	n4w5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	בִּ⁠מְק֕וֹם אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִשְׁחַ֖ט אֶת־הָ⁠עֹלָֽה׃	1	As in 4:24, he does not refer specifically to the individual whose purification offering the current section discusses, but refers generally to any person who kills an animal in order to offer a burnt offering. If it would be helpful in your language, consider using a generic word for a person to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “in the location where someone would slaughter the burnt offering”
325	4:34	swdg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠לָקַ֨ח הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֜ן מִ⁠דַּ֤ם הַֽ⁠חַטָּאת֙ בְּ⁠אֶצְבָּע֔⁠וֹ	1	See how you handled the information implied in the similar expressions in 4:5.
326	4:34	th46		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠נָתַ֕ן עַל־קַרְנֹ֖ת מִזְבַּ֣ח הָ⁠עֹלָ֑ה	1	See how you translated the similar idiom in 4:7.
327	4:34	l4b7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	קַרְנֹ֖ת מִזְבַּ֣ח הָ⁠עֹלָ֑ה	1	See how you handled this expression in 4:25 and 4:30.
328	4:34	k2b9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠אֶת־כָּל־דָּמָ֣⁠הּ	1	See how you translated this expression in 4:30. Alternate translation: “And all the remaining blood”
329	4:34	iq0o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֶל־יְס֖וֹד הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּֽחַ׃	1	Although unspecified, it is likely that the altar mentioned here is the same altar of the burnt offering that is referred to in this verse, which is also the place where the blood of the sacrificial animal is poured out in the similar expressions in 4:7, 4:18, 4:25, and 4:30. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the identity of the altar explicit, or using an identifying adjective as the UST models. Alternate translation: “toward the base of the altar of the burnt offering”
330	4:35	pl3r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠אֶת־כָּל־חֶלְבָּ֣⁠ה	1	As in 4:26 and 4:31, the phrase all of its fat refers to the fat portions of the lamb described in the instructions for peace offerings in 3:9–10. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And all of the lamb’s fat, including the entire fatty tail, the fat covering the innards, all the fat that is on the innards, the two kidneys, the fat that is on them that is by the loins, and the lobe on the liver”
331	4:35	z6xq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	יָסִ֗יר	1	As in 4:31, here the pronoun he refers to the individual offering the sacrifice, not to the priest. If this would be unclear in your language, consider making the subject explicit. Alternate translation: “the person offering the sin offering shall remove”
332	4:35	gqlb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר יוּסַ֥ר חֵֽלֶב־הַ⁠כֶּשֶׂב֮ מִ⁠זֶּ֣בַח הַ⁠שְּׁלָמִים֒	1	As in 4:10, the author of Leviticus does not use the present tense here to describe contemporaneous or ongoing action, as if he is here referring to a specific instance where an individual is preparing a peace offering. Rather, the present tense is being used both to describe an action that was previously described in the book of Leviticus and to depict a hypothetical situation. If it would be helpful in your language, consider choosing language that makes it plain that the author is not referring to specific past actions. Alternate translation: “in the same manner as the fat of the lamb would be removed from the sacrifice of the peace offerings”
333	4:35	i2gb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר יוּסַ֥ר חֵֽלֶב־הַ⁠כֶּשֶׂב֮ מִ⁠זֶּ֣בַח הַ⁠שְּׁלָמִים֒	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “just as a person who offers a lamb as a sacrifice of peace offerings removes the fat of that lamb”
334	4:35	mpi3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠הִקְטִ֨יר הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֤ן אֹתָ⁠ם֙ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חָ⁠ה	1	See how you translated the similar expressions in 1:9.
335	4:35	t7jx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	עַ֖ל אִשֵּׁ֣י יְהוָ֑ה	1	See how you translated the similar possessive expressions in 2:3 and 2:10. Alternate translation: “on the sacrifices that people offer as gifts to Yahweh”
336	4:35	sy5y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠כִפֶּ֨ר עָלָ֧י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן עַל־ חַטָּאת֥⁠וֹ	1	See how you handled this expression involving an abstract noun in 1:4.
337	4:35	m4ms		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִסְלַ֥ח לֽ⁠וֹ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh will forgive the individual of his sin”
338	5:intro	dfg1				0	Leviticus 5 General Notes Structure and Formatting This chapter gives instructions about how to offer a specific type of sacrifice. Special Concepts in this Chapter Not testifying If a person saw a crime, or a wrong being done, they were required to be a witness about what they saw or heard. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]]) Sacrifices for the poor This chapter explains that poor people were allowed to offer less expensive sacrifices if they could not afford more costly sacrifices.
339	5:1	rx2n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	וְ⁠נֶ֣פֶשׁ כִּֽי־תֶחֱטָ֗א וְ⁠שָֽׁמְעָה֙	1	Although the words translated a person is feminine, it has a generic sense that refers to any person who approaches the tent to make a sacrifice. If your language has a generic word for an individual that is grammatically feminine, consider using it here, or use a generic noun. See how you handled the similar phrase in 2:1 and 4:1. Alternate translation: “And when any person sins, and he hears” or “And when someone sins, and he hears”
340	5:1	a833		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ק֣וֹל אָלָ֔ה	1	The sound of a curse is an idiom that refers to someone hearing a publicly spoken imprecatory curse against the perpetrator of a crime which has harmed the individual who speaks the curse (see the parallel text in Proverbs 29:24). The implication of this verse is that if the individual who hears the curse against the perpetrator of the crime fails to testify against that individual in the context of the judicial system, then he must carry his iniquity (for this phrase, see the next note). Alternate translation: “someone pronouncing a curse against someone who has wronged them”
341	5:1	erm9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠נָשָׂ֥א עֲוֺנֽ⁠וֹ	1	The expression he shall carry his iniquity refers to being responsible to make restitution for the guilt acquired by an individual’s wrongdoing, whether intentional or unintentional. If your language has a similar idiom, consider using it here. If not, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “then he is now responsible to make restitution for his wrongdoing”
342	5:2	nz0p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	נֶ֗פֶשׁ אֲשֶׁ֣ר תִּגַּע֮	1	Although the words translated A person is feminine, it has a generic sense that refers to any person who approaches the tent to make a sacrifice. If your language has a generic word for an individual that is grammatically feminine, consider using it here, or use a generic noun. See how you handled the similar phrase in 2:1 and 4:1. Alternate translation: “when any person touches” or “when someone touches”
343	5:2	ix6b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	טָמֵא֒ & טְמֵאָ֗ה & טְמֵאָ֔ה & טָמֵ֑א & טָמֵ֖א	1	For an object or body to be unclean means that it has acquired impurity through its perceived proximity to death. In ancient Israel, this impurity was seen to pollute the holy space where Yahweh lived among the Israelites and could desecrate the sacred items that were consecrated to him. Consequently, anything impure or unclean was not allowed to enter the sacred space or touch anything clean or holy. If your language has a similar word, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic term. Alternate translation: “polluted … polluted … polluted … polluted … is polluted himself”
344	5:2	kw6o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	בְ⁠נִבְלַ֨ת חַיָּ֜ה טְמֵאָ֗ה	1	The expression the unclean carcass of an animal does not refer to the body of a specific animal. Rather, it describes the carcass of any wild animal that an Israelite might encounter. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the dead body of any wild animal”
345	5:2	gh1y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	בְּ⁠נִבְלַת֙ בְּהֵמָ֣ה טְמֵאָ֔ה	1	The expression the unclean carcass of livestock does not refer to a the body of a specific animal. Rather, it describes the carcass of any domesticated animal that an Israelite might own. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the unclean dead body of any of a person's domesticated animals”
346	5:2	tkk2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	בְּ⁠נִבְלַ֖ת שֶׁ֣רֶץ טָמֵ֑א	1	The expression the carcass of an unclean swarming animal does not refer to a specific animal. Rather, it describes the carcass of any animal or insect that swarms or creeps on the ground, including winged, swarming insects, mice, rats, and lizards (see 11:20–23 and 11:24–29 for the full list of these animals). Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the dead body of any impure animal that creeps or swarms on the ground”
347	5:2	kf5s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נֶעְלַ֣ם מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and he does not realize that he touched something unclean”
348	5:2	a2xy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠אָשֵֽׁם	1	Here, to become guilty means both to feel the internal sense of having done wrong and to enter into a legal state of needing to make reparations for wrongdoing, whether intentional or unintentional. As the General Introduction to the chapter discusses, this kind of guilt resulted in the need for the guilt offering, by which a person atoned for himself and made reparation for the impurity that he brought into the sacred space by his wrongdoing. Alternate translation: “and he needs to make reparations for his wrongdoing”
349	5:3	kp8s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	א֣וֹ כִ֤י יִגַּע֙ בְּ⁠טֻמְאַ֣ת אָדָ֔ם	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of uncleanness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Or if he touches a human body in a way that makes pollutes him”
350	5:3	dmsx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	בְּ⁠טֻמְאַ֣ת אָדָ֔ם	1	The expression the uncleanness of a man uses the possessive form to refer to the uncleanness that is acquired from a human source. Alternate translation: “the uncleanness that comes from a person”
351	5:3	fuj0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	לְ⁠כֹל֙ טֻמְאָת֔⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִטְמָ֖א בָּ֑⁠הּ	1	Here, a verb and its object come from the same root. The phrase he becomes unclean translates a verb that is related to the noun translated uncleanness. The repetition of related words adds emphasis to the statement. If your language can repeat words for emphasis and your language has comparable terms that you can use in your own translation, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation.
352	5:3	ymu7			לְ⁠כֹל֙ טֻמְאָת֔⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִטְמָ֖א בָּ֑⁠הּ	1	Alternate translation: “with regard to all of a person's sins by which he sins”
353	5:3	twrx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	לְ⁠כֹל֙ טֻמְאָת֔⁠וֹ	1	The pronoun his refers to the man mentioned earlier in the verse, which, although masculine, has a generic sense that refers to any human being, whether living or dead. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “with regard to any uncleanness that comes from a human being, whether living or dead”
354	5:3	b9ah		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בְּ⁠טֻמְאַ֣ת & טֻמְאָת֔⁠וֹ & יִטְמָ֖א	1	See how you translated these words in 5:2.
355	5:3	k7l9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נֶעְלַ֣ם מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and he does not realize it” or “and he does not know about it”
356	5:3	i368			וְ⁠ה֥וּא יָדַ֖ע	1	Alternate translation: “when he himself knows”
357	5:3	rvsc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	וְ⁠ה֥וּא יָדַ֖ע	1	The reflexive pronoun himself emphasizes how significant it is that the man, who had previously been unaware of having touched any uncleanness, had come to realize what he had done. Consider using a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “but only when he alone knows”
358	5:3	jy32		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠ה֥וּא יָדַ֖ע	1	The expression but he himself knows is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but when he himself knows that he has unintentionally touched something unclean”
359	5:4	g4f9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	נֶ֡פֶשׁ כִּ֣י תִשָּׁבַע֩ לְ⁠בַטֵּ֨א בִ⁠שְׂפָתַ֜יִם לְ⁠הָרַ֣ע ׀ א֣וֹ לְ⁠הֵיטִ֗יב	1	This means to swear an oath without thinking seriously about it. It implies that after the person swears the oath, he either cannot fulfill it or he does not really want to fulfill it. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person hastily swears an oath with two lips without the intention to do what he promised, to do evil or to do good”
360	5:4	so0x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	נֶ֡פֶשׁ כִּ֣י תִשָּׁבַע֩	1	See how you translated this similar expression in 5:2. Alternate translation “when any person swears an oath” or “when someone swears an oath”
361	5:4	l73y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	לְ⁠בַטֵּ֨א בִ⁠שְׂפָתַ֜יִם	1	Here, with two lips refers to the words that the person speaks. Alternate translation: “by speaking rashly with their words”
362	5:4	x743		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	לְ֠⁠כֹל אֲשֶׁ֨ר יְבַטֵּ֧א הָ⁠אָדָ֛ם בִּ⁠שְׁבֻעָ֖ה	1	Although the word man is masculine, it has a generic sense that refers to any person who speaks rashly while swearing an oath. If your language has a generic word for an individual that is grammatically feminine, consider using it here, or use a generic noun. Alternate translation: “with regard to everything that a person speaks rashly in an oath”
363	5:4	nre6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נֶעְלַ֣ם מִמֶּ֑⁠נּוּ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and he does not realize it” or “and he does not know about it”
364	5:4	tdo9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	וְ⁠הוּא־יָדַ֥ע	1	See how you translated this expression in 5:3.
365	5:4	pftx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לְ⁠אַחַ֥ת מֵ⁠אֵֽלֶּה	1	The phrase from these things refers to the ways of sinning unintentionally, as described in 5:1–4.
366	5:5	nt5r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לְ⁠אַחַ֣ת מֵ⁠אֵ֑לֶּה	1	See how you translated this expression in 5:4.
367	5:5	zzqr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠הִ֨תְוַדָּ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר חָטָ֖א עָלֶֽי⁠הָ׃	1	As in 4:14, the phrase regarding it refers to the commands of Yahweh mentioned in 4:13. If it would be helpful, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “then he shall confess that he sinned with regard to the commands of Yahweh”
368	5:6	x2i2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠הֵבִ֣יא אֶת־אֲשָׁמ֣⁠וֹ לַ⁠יהוָ֡ה	1	Here, his guilt does not refer to the legal status of guilt that it did in 5:2–5. Rather, it refers to the required penalty for that person’s guilt, that is, the animal sacrifice that will provide atonement for the individual’s guilt that he acquired by sinning unintentionally. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And he shall bring the required sacrifice required by Yahweh”
369	5:6	twdf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠הֵבִ֣יא אֶת־אֲשָׁמ֣⁠וֹ לַ⁠יהוָ֡ה	1	Here, to bring the required sacrifice to Yahweh refers to carrying the sacrifice to the altar that is located at the entrance of the tent of meeting, as described with the other sacrificial processes in the previous chapters. Because the tent of meeting was where Yahweh lived among the Israelites, taking the offering to the altar is considered the same as bringing it directly to Yahweh himself. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And he shall bring his guilt to the altar that is located inside the tent of meeting, where Yahweh lives among the Israelites”
370	5:6	b75l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	חַטָּאת⁠וֹ֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר חָטָ֜א	1	Here, words are being repeated for emphasis. See how you translated the similar phrase in 4:23 and 4:28.
371	5:6	go0u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	מִן־הַ⁠צֹּ֥אן	1	The expression the flock does not refer to a specific group of animals. Rather, it describes any group of sheep or goats that an Israelite might own. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. See how you translated this expression in 1:10 and 3:6. Alternate translation: “from the flock animals that he owns”
372	5:6	kktf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	כִּשְׂבָּ֛ה	1	A lamb is a young sheep. If your language has a specific word for young members of this animal group, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression Alternate translation: “a young sheep”
373	5:6	f93k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	שְׂעִירַ֥ת עִזִּ֖ים	1	A doe refers to a female goat or sheep—here, specifically, a goat. If your language has a specific word for this gender of this particular animal group, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “a nanny goat”
374	5:6	vrib		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	שְׂעִירַ֥ת עִזִּ֖ים	1	See how you translated the similar expressions in 4:23 and 4:28.
375	5:6	haku			וְ⁠כִפֶּ֥ר עָלָ֛י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן מֵ⁠חַטָּאתֽ⁠וֹ׃	1	Alternate translation: “And the priest shall make atonement for him for his sin.”
376	5:6	fj3k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠כִפֶּ֥ר עָלָ֛י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן	1	See how you translated the similar expressions in 1:4.
377	5:7	uz2x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠אִם־לֹ֨א תַגִּ֣יע יָד⁠וֹ֮ דֵּ֣י שֶׂה֒	1	This expression is an idiom that refers to being unable to afford to offer one’s own flock animal or to purchase another’s flock animal. If your language has a similar idiomatic expression, consider using it here. Otherwise, if it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But if he is unable to offer his own flock animal or to purchase someone else’s”
378	5:7	gm7x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠הֵבִ֨יא אֶת־אֲשָׁמ֜⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֣ר חָטָ֗א	1	The expression his guilt that he sinned is an abbreviated form of the similar phrase found in 5:6 and leaves out some words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful, you could supply the missing words from 5:6. Alternate translation: “then he shall bring his guilt for his sin that he sinned”
379	5:7	ugl5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠הֵבִ֨יא אֶת־אֲשָׁמ֜⁠וֹ	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 5:6.
380	5:7	tgyj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	תֹרִ֛ים & בְנֵֽי־יוֹנָ֖ה	1	See how you translated these terms in 1:14.
381	5:7	ilhy			אֶחָ֥ד & וְ⁠אֶחָ֥ד	1	Alternate translation: “one of the birds … and the other bird”
382	5:7	f37p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	לְ⁠חַטָּ֖את & לְ⁠עֹלָֽה	1	See how you translated these terms in 1:3 and 4:3.
383	5:8	yeet		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠הִקְרִ֛יב	1	Here and throughout the next verse, he refers to the priest. If this is unclear in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation, with a comma before: “and the priest shall present”
384	5:8	bz85		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מִ⁠מּ֥וּל עָרְפּ֖⁠וֹ	1	The expression from the back of its neck refers to the nape of the bird's neck. The priest was instructed to take hold of this location on the bird and twist it, such that the bird was killed but the head was not removed completely. If your language has a word for this part of a bird’s body, consider using it here. Alternate translation: “from the nape of the bird’s neck”
385	5:9	e1cy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠הִזָּ֞ה מִ⁠דַּ֤ם	1	See how you handled the implied information in this symbolic action in 1:5.
386	5:9	d3jq			וְ⁠הַ⁠נִּשְׁאָ֣ר בַּ⁠דָּ֔ם	1	Alternate translation: “And the remaining blood”
387	5:10	ens1			וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֛י יַעֲשֶׂ֥ה עֹלָ֖ה	1	Alternate translation: “And the second he shall prepare as a burnt offering”
388	5:10	t4n3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כַּ⁠מִּשְׁפָּ֑ט	1	The phrase according to the regulation refers to the commandments and instructions of Yahweh given to the people of Israel, likely the regulations for burnt offerings that Yahweh gave in the first chapter of Leviticus. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “according to the instructions for burnt offerings that Yahweh gave to the people of Israel”
389	5:10	xgmn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠כִפֶּ֨ר עָלָ֧י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן מֵ⁠חַטָּאת֥⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁר־חָטָ֖א וְ⁠נִסְלַ֥ח לֽ⁠וֹ׃ס	1	Here, the pronouns him, his, and he refer not to the priest but to the individual who acquired guilt by sinning in the ways described in 5:1–4. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall make atonement for the individual from his sin that the individual sinned, and it will be forgiven to that individual”
390	5:10	sf4t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠כִפֶּ֨ר עָלָ֧י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן מֵ⁠חַטָּאת֥⁠וֹ	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 1:4.
391	5:10	lm1w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	מֵ⁠חַטָּאת֥⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁר־חָטָ֖א	1	See how you handled the poetic repetition of words in the similar expression in 5:6.
392	5:10	v199		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִסְלַ֥ח לֽ⁠וֹ	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 4:20.
393	5:11	l7oh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠אִם־לֹא֩ תַשִּׂ֨יג יָד֜⁠וֹ לִ⁠שְׁתֵּ֣י תֹרִ֗ים אוֹ֮ לִ⁠שְׁנֵ֣י בְנֵי־יוֹנָה֒	1	Like the similar expression in 5:7, the phrase if his hand does not reach is an idiom that refers to being unable to afford to purchase one of these kinds of birds for a sacrifice. If your language has a similar idiomatic expression, consider using it here. Otherwise, if it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But if he is unable to purchase two turtledoves or two sons of a pigeon for himself”
394	5:11	suid		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	תֹרִ֗ים & בְנֵי־יוֹנָה֒	1	See how you translated these terms in 1:14.
395	5:11	id4p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠הֵבִ֨יא אֶת־קָרְבָּנ֜⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֣ר חָטָ֗א	1	As in 5:7, the expression his offering that he sinned is an abbreviated form of the similar phrase found in 5:6 and leaves out some words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful, you could supply the missing words from 5:6. Alternate translation: “then he shall bring his offering for his sin that he sinned”
396	5:11	cq1l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume	עֲשִׂירִ֧ת הָ⁠אֵפָ֛ה סֹ֖לֶת	1	An ephah is an ancient measurement of volume equivalent to approximately 22.8 liters. Consequently, a tenth of an ephah is a little more than two liters. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the equivalent modern measurement in your translation or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “about two liters of flour”
397	5:11	lta4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction	עֲשִׂירִ֧ת	1	A tenth is one part out of ten equal parts.
398	5:11	eq3q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠לֹא־יִתֵּ֤ן עָלֶ֨י⁠הָ֙ לְבֹנָ֔ה	1	See how you translated the idiom in the similar expression in 2:15.
399	5:11	opzs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּ֥י חַטָּ֖את הִֽיא	1	The word for indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period preceding: “This is because this flour is being offered as a sin offering”
400	5:12	hn99		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וֶ⁠הֱבִיאָ⁠הּ֮	1	The pronoun it refers to the tenth of an ephah of flour mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And he shall bring the tenth of an ephah of flour”
401	5:12	f7f8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	וְ⁠קָמַ֣ץ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֣ן ׀ מִ֠מֶּ⁠נָּה מְל֨וֹא קֻמְצ֜⁠וֹ	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 2:2.
402	5:12	vzu4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠הִקְטִ֣יר הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חָ⁠ה	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 1:9.
403	5:13	g136		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠כִפֶּר֩ עָלָ֨י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֜ן	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 1:4.
404	5:13	o7ad		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	עַל־חַטָּאת֧⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁר־חָטָ֛א מֵֽ⁠אַחַ֥ת מֵ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה	1	The expression from one from these refers to the commandments of Yahweh that the individual sinned and violated in the ways described in 5:1–4. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “for his sin that he sinned with regard to one of these ways of violating Yahweh's commandments about ways a person can unintentionally become guilty”
405	5:13	vf2m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	עַל־חַטָּאת֧⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁר־חָטָ֛א	1	See how you translated these poetically repeated terms in 4:27 and 4:35 and the similar expression in 5:6.
406	5:13	dncf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	מֵֽ⁠אַחַ֥ת מֵ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 4:2.
407	5:13	zpm8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִסְלַ֣ח ל֑⁠וֹ	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 4:20.
408	5:13	jpzd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠הָיְתָ֥ה לַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן	1	The expression it will be for the priest means that the portion of the tenth of an ephah of flour that is not burned as part of the memorial portion (as described in 5:12) should belong to the priest performing the sacrifice as his food, just as is the case with the portion of the grain offering that is not burnt as part of the memorial portion. Alternate translation: “And the remaining portion of the flour that was not burned as part of the memorial portion shall belong to the priest as his food”
409	5:14	ymzk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר	1	The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.
410	5:15	at39		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	נֶ֚פֶשׁ כִּֽי־ תִמְעֹ֣ל	1	As in 5:1 and 5:2, although the word translated A person is feminine, it has a generic sense that refers to any person who approaches the tent to make a sacrifice. If your language has a generic word for an individual that is grammatically feminine, consider using it here, or use a generic noun. See how you handled the similar phrase in 2:1 and 4:1. Alternate translation: “When any person trespasses” or “When someone trespasses”
411	5:15	sst7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	תִמְעֹ֣ל מַ֔עַל	1	Here, a verb and its object come from the same root. The phrase he trespasses translates a verb that is related to the noun translated trespass. The repetition of related words adds emphasis to the statement. If your language can repeat words for emphasis and your language has comparable terms that you can use in your own translation, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation.
412	5:15	peon		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠חָֽטְאָה֙ בִּ⁠שְׁגָגָ֔ה מִ⁠קָּדְשֵׁ֖י יְהוָ֑ה	1	The expression sins by mistake from the holy things of Yahweh means to violate Yahweh's commands regarding the proper treatment of the sacred space and the sacred objects related to the worship of Yahweh. If it would be helpful, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “and he sins by mistake with regard to Yahweh's commandments about how to behave in the sacred space and handle the sacred objects consecrated to Yahweh”
413	5:15	mcd6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠חָֽטְאָה֙ בִּ⁠שְׁגָגָ֔ה	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 4:2.
414	5:15	vtk9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠הֵבִיא֩ אֶת־אֲשָׁמ֨⁠וֹ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֜ה	1	Here, to bring the required sacrifice to Yahweh refers to carrying the sacrifice to the altar that is located at the entrance of the tent of meeting, as described with the other sacrificial processes in the previous chapters. Because the tent of meeting was where Yahweh lived among the Israelites, taking the offering to the altar is considered the same as bringing it directly to Yahweh himself. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “then he shall bring his guilt to the altar that is located inside the tent of meeting, where Yahweh lives among the Israelites”
415	5:15	yhj6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠הֵבִיא֩ אֶת־אֲשָׁמ֨⁠וֹ	1	As in 5:6 and 5:7, here, his guilt does not refer to the legal status of guilt but to the required penalty for that person’s guilt, that is, the sacrifice that will provide atonement for the individual’s guilt that he acquired by sinning unintentionally. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “then he shall bring the sacrifice required to make restitution for his guilt”
416	5:15	sx6a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	תָּמִ֣ים	1	See how you translated this term in 1:3.
417	5:15	gfnv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	מִן־הַ⁠צֹּ֗אן	1	See how you translated this expression in 5:6.
418	5:15	cjex		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בְּ⁠עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֛	1	The expression in your valuation refers to the process of determining the monetary value of the ram described in this verse through the use of weights, using the shekel of the holy place as a base measurement. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating this plainly. Alternate translation: “along with your assessment of the value of the ram in silver”
419	5:15	hf2x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	בְּ⁠עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֛	1	Even though Yahweh is speaking to a group of people, the pronoun you is singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
420	5:15	nwrl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	בְּ⁠עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֛ כֶּֽסֶף־שְׁקָלִ֥ים בְּ⁠שֶֽׁקֶל־הַ⁠קֹּ֖דֶשׁ	1	The silver shekel that was used in the holy place was an ancient measurement of the weight of silver that functioned as a currency, equivalent to approximately 10 grams or two-fifths of an ounce of silver. You could try to express this amount in terms of the current monetary value of silver, but that might cause your translation to become outdated and inaccurate since those values can change over time. Instead, consider using a generic phrase. Alternate translation: “in your valuation, the standard weight of silver that is used by the priests in the holy place”
421	5:15	rptx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הַ⁠קֹּ֖דֶשׁ	1	The holy place is another way of saying the precincts of the sacred tent where Yahweh lived among the Israelites. If it would be helpful, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “the holy space of the sacred tent where Yahweh lives among the Israelites”
422	5:15	ozia		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	לְ⁠אָשָֽׁם	1	As the General Introduction to this chapter discusses, the guilt offering was a special kind of sacrifice that made restitution for the desecrated object that was was mishandled by the individual who sinned unintentionally with regard to the sacred objects consecrated to Yahweh.
423	5:16	gao6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠אֵ֣ת אֲשֶׁר֩ חָטָ֨א מִן־הַ⁠קֹּ֜דֶשׁ יְשַׁלֵּ֗ם	1	The expression he shall restore does not mean that the guilty individual must physically replace the desecrated object in the sacred tent. Rather, the expression refers to the process of bringing the monetary value of the object in silver (in addition to one-fifth of its value) to the priest as part of the sacrifice. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “And he shall make restitution for that which he which he sinned”
424	5:16	rlc3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠אֵ֣ת אֲשֶׁר֩ חָטָ֨א	1	The expression that which he sinned refers to the specific sacred object that the person desecrated by mishandling it according to the commandments of Yahweh regarding the proper treatment of sacred objects. If it would be helpful, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And whatever item that he desecrated by mishandling it”
425	5:16	zf4r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מִן־הַ⁠קֹּ֜דֶשׁ	1	The expression from the holy thing refers to the sacred items that are consecrated to Yahweh for special use in the sacred tent. If it would be helpful, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “regarding the sacred items that are consecrated to Yahweh”
426	5:16	nl4c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠אֶת־חֲמִֽישִׁת⁠וֹ֙ יוֹסֵ֣ף עָלָ֔י⁠ו	1	Here the pronoun it refers to that which he sinned. However, the expressions a fifth of it and he will add to it do not refer to the addition of a physical portion of the sacred object. Rather, these expressions refer to the item’s monetary value. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “and a fifth of the value of the sacred object he shall add to the value of that object”
427	5:16	g15p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction	חֲמִֽישִׁת⁠וֹ֙	1	The fifth is one part out of five equal parts.
428	5:16	yvax		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠נָתַ֥ן אֹת֖⁠וֹ	1	The pronoun it refers to the monetary sum of the value of the sacred item plus a fifth of it, resulting in 120% of the value of the original item. Alternate translation, with a comma after: “and he shall give the value of the sacred object, plus a fifth of its value”
429	5:16	c3af		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֗ן יְכַפֵּ֥ר עָלָ֛י⁠ו	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 1:4.
430	5:16	geu2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	בְּ⁠אֵ֥יל הָ⁠אָשָׁ֖ם	1	Here, the expression the ram of the guilt offering uses the possessive form to describe a ram that is characterized by its use as a guilt offering. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could state the meaning generically. Alternate translation: “with the ram that the individual offers as a guilt offering”
431	5:16	c61p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִסְלַ֥ח לֽ⁠וֹ	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 4:20.
432	5:17	r03h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	וְ⁠אִם־נֶ֨פֶשׁ֙ כִּ֣י תֶֽחֱטָ֔א	1	See how you handled the similar expression in 5:1, 5:2, and 5:14. Alternate translation: “And when anyone sins” or “And when someone sins”
433	5:17	aht3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠עָֽשְׂתָ֗ה אַחַת֙ מִ⁠כָּל־מִצְוֺ֣ת יְהוָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֖ר לֹ֣א תֵעָשֶׂ֑ינָה	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 4:22.
434	5:17	onsa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠אָשֵׁ֖ם	1	See how you translated this expression in 5:2.
435	5:17	kv1l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠נָשָׂ֥א עֲוֺנֽ⁠וֹ	1	See how you handled both this idiom and the abstract noun in 5:1.
436	5:18	w18m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	אַ֣יִל תָּמִ֧ים מִן־הַ⁠צֹּ֛אן	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 5:15.
437	5:18	wdm5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בְּ⁠עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֥	1	See how you translated this expression in 5:15.
438	5:18	a3a9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	לְ⁠אָשָׁ֖ם	1	See how your translated this term in 5:15.
439	5:18	pf98		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠כִפֶּר֩ עָלָ֨י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֜ן	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 1:4.
440	5:18	vzbp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	עַ֣ל שִׁגְגָת֧⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁר־שָׁגָ֛ג	1	Here, a verb and its object come from the same root. The phrase he mistook translates a verb that is related to the noun translated mistake. The repetition of related words adds emphasis to the statement. If your language can repeat words for emphasis and your language has comparable terms that you can use in your own translation, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation. If not, consider using a generic expression: “for his unintentional mistake”
441	5:18	w9fo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠ה֥וּא לֹֽא־יָדַ֖ע	1	This phrase is a parenthetical aside that functions to provide essential background information for the current thought. That the individual himself did not know clarifies that he has done wrong without knowing it, as opposed to flagrantly defying Yahweh’s commandments (that is, the “sin with a high hand”). Alternate translation: “but he was unaware”
442	5:18	irws		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	וְ⁠ה֥וּא לֹֽא־יָדַ֖ע	1	This expression uses the reflexive pronoun himself to emphasize how significant it was that the person who previously was unaware of their unintentional sin has now come to realize what they had done. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “but even he did not know”
443	5:18	xtjs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠ה֥וּא לֹֽא־יָדַ֖ע	1	This expression leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but he himself did not know that he had previously made this mistake”
444	5:18	t3jx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִסְלַ֥ח לֽ⁠וֹ	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 4:20.
445	5:19	uez7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	אָשָׁ֖ם	1	See how you translated this term in 5:15.
446	5:19	sa8m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication	אָשֹׁ֥ם אָשַׁ֖ם לַ⁠יהוָֽה	1	The expression being guilty, he is guilty translates a verb that is repeated for emphasis. If your language can repeat words for emphasis, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation. Alternate translation: “Yahweh certainly considers him guilty”
447	6:intro	yt3w	Missing General Notes			0	Leviticus 6 General Notes
448	6:1	fi2o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר	1	The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.
449	6:2	gp5i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	נֶ֚פֶשׁ כִּ֣י תֶחֱטָ֔א וּ⁠מָעֲלָ֥ה מַ֖עַל	1	See how you translated the similar generic use of feminine pronouns in 2:1.
450	6:2	s69l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	וּ⁠מָעֲלָ֥ה מַ֖עַל	1	See how you translated the similar expression using repeated words in 5:15.
451	6:2	visv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠כִחֵ֨שׁ בַּ⁠עֲמִית֜⁠וֹ	1	As with the feminine pronouns, the pronouns he and his refer generally to any Israelite. If the switch from feminine pronouns to masculine would be confusing in your language, consider using a generic word for a person. Alternate translation: “and that person denies his fellow citizen”
452	6:2	hezk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠כִחֵ֨שׁ בַּ⁠עֲמִית֜⁠וֹ	1	As the General Introduction to this chapter discusses, in the context of 6:2–3, the expression denies his fellow citizen is an idiom that refers to the actions whereby someone swears a socially-binding oath with a member of their family or clan and commits himself or herself to certain actions regarding the other person, but afterward fails to behave in accordance with the stipulations of the oath. This could be done by stealing from the other individual, extorting them out of wages or any owed money, finding something that belongs to the other individual but failing to return it, or any other way of proving that the original oath was taken without intent to abide by it honestly. If the idiom here does not communicate this meaning in your language, consider using a more general expression. Alternate translation: “and he acts in such a way that breaks an oath that he made with his fellow citizen”
453	6:2	jfwm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בַּ⁠עֲמִית֜⁠וֹ	1	Here, a fellow citizen does not refer to “citizens” in a modern sense. Rather the expression refers to another Israelite, probably a direct member of an individual’s immediate or extended family or wider clan network. If the term citizen would be misleading in your language, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “a member of his immediate or extended family or clan”
454	6:2	k1zm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בְּ⁠פִקָּד֗וֹן	1	This deposit refers to either (1) a monetary down payment that served to guarantee the full payment of a larger amount. Alternate translation: “with a down payment on a larger owed sum” or (2) an item that was given from one individual to another for safekeeping. Alternate translation: “with an item given to him for safekeeping”
455	6:2	vren		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אֽוֹ־בִ⁠תְשׂ֤וּמֶת יָד֙	1	The expression a pledge of a hand refers to a physical item that is given from one member of a community to another. This item would commit the individual who received it to carry out the stipulations of the oath. Alternate translation: “or with a physical item that served as a reminder of the terms of the oath made between them”
456	6:2	grkn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	א֣וֹ בְ⁠גָזֵ֔ל	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word robbery, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “or by robbing him”
457	6:2	d182		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	א֖וֹ עָשַׁ֥ק אֶת־עֲמִיתֽ⁠וֹ	1	Here, to extort a fellow citizen refers to an employer refusing to pay an employee his or her wages or one member of a party willfully withholding a previously agreed-upon amount of money from the other. If this is not clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “or he refuses to pay his employees or intentionally withholds money that he agreed to pay to his fellow citizen”
458	6:3	f043			וְ⁠נִשְׁבַּ֣ע עַל־שָׁ֑קֶר עַל־אַחַ֗ת מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־יַעֲשֶׂ֥ה הָ⁠אָדָ֖ם לַ⁠חֲטֹ֥א בָ⁠הֵֽנָּה	1	Alternate translation: “and he swears on a lie in any of the ways people act and consequently sin”
459	6:3	shnb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠נִשְׁבַּ֣ע עַל־שָׁ֑קֶר	1	The expression swears on a lie is an idiom that refers to taking an oath with another person deceitfully, that is, with the intention not to carry out the required actions of the oath. Alternate translation: “or he swears an oath without the intention to fulfill the conditions of the oath and so swears the oath deceitfully”
460	6:3	zsj2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠נִשְׁבַּ֣ע	1	The expression he swears does not refer to the use of profanity or taboo language. Rather, it refers to taking an oath with another person that publicly binds an individual to particular actions. If this meaning is not clear in your language or if the use of the expression he swears would be confusing, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “or he makes an oath with another Israelite”
461	6:4	k9s7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כִּֽי־יֶחֱטָ֣א וְ⁠אָשֵׁם֒	1	The expression when he sins refers to committing any of the wrongdoings regarding taking an oath with a fellow Israelite described in 6:2–3. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when he sins in any of the ways just described and so becomes guilty”
462	6:4	esh5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠אָשֵׁם֒	1	See how you translated this expression in 5:2 and throughout the previous chapter.
463	6:4	otmd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	אֶת־הַ⁠גְּזֵלָ֜ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר גָּזָ֗ל	1	Here, a verb and its object come from the same root. The phrase he robbed translates a verb that is related to the noun translated robbery. The repetition of related words adds emphasis to the statement. If your language can repeat words for emphasis and your language has comparable terms that you can use in your own translation, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation. If not, consider using a generic expression: “whatever he stole”
464	6:4	ge0n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	א֤וֹ אֶת־הָ⁠עֹ֨שֶׁק֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשָׁ֔ק	1	Here, a verb and its object come from the same root. The phrase he extorted translates a verb that is related to the noun translated extortion. The repetition of related words adds emphasis to the statement. If your language can repeat words for emphasis and your language has comparable terms that you can use in your own translation, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation. If not, consider using a generic expression: “or whatever money he refused to pay”
465	6:4	d32h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	אֶת־ הַ⁠פִּקָּד֔וֹן אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָפְקַ֖ד אִתּ֑⁠וֹ	1	Here, a verb and its object come from the same root. The phrase was deposited translates a verb that is related to the noun translated deposit. The repetition of related words adds emphasis to the statement. If your language can repeat words for emphasis and your language has comparable terms that you can use in your own translation, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation. If not, consider using a generic expression: “whatever was deposited with him”
466	6:4	skzc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֶת־הַ⁠פִּקָּד֔וֹן	1	See how you translated this term in 6:2.
467	6:4	eja8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָפְקַ֖ד אִתּ֑⁠וֹ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that his fellow citizen deposited with him”
468	6:5	ngzt			א֠וֹ מִ⁠כֹּ֞ל אֲשֶׁר־יִשָּׁבַ֣ע עָלָי⁠ו֮ לַ⁠שֶּׁקֶר֒	1	Alternate translation: “or in whatever way he deceitfully swore and did not fulfill his oath”
469	6:5	pux9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	יִשָּׁבַ֣ע עָלָי⁠ו֮ לַ⁠שֶּׁקֶר֒	1	See how you translated the similar idiom in 6:3.
470	6:5	dmrd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠שִׁלַּ֤ם אֹת⁠וֹ֙	1	The expression he will restore it refers to paying back the monetary value of whatever the individual stole, extorted, or withheld from his fellow Israelite. If this would be unclear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “then he shall repay the value of whatever he has stolen, extorted, or withheld from his fellow Israelite”
471	6:5	sv3s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	בְּ⁠רֹאשׁ֔⁠וֹ	1	The expression in its head is an emphatic idiom that means “totally” or “completely.” In this context, it connotes repaying the entire value of the monetary value of whatever the individual has stolen, extorted, or withheld from his fellow Israelite. If your language has a similar idiom, consider using it here. Alternate translation: “completely” or “in full”
472	6:5	vi6h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠חֲמִשִׁתָ֖י⁠ו יֹסֵ֣ף עָלָ֑י⁠ו	1	The pronoun it refers to the monetary value of what the individual owes. See how you translated this in 5:16.
473	6:5	tr1m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction	וַ⁠חֲמִשִׁתָ֖י⁠ו	1	The fifth is one part out of five equal parts.
474	6:5	n94x			לַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר ה֥וּא ל֛⁠וֹ	1	Alternate translation: “To whomever it is owed”
475	6:5	ilm6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	יִתְּנֶ֖⁠נּוּ	1	The pronoun it refers to the full monetary value of what the individual owes plus the additional one-fifth that the law requires. Alternate translation: “he shall give the full monetary amount of what is owed plus the required extra one-fifth”
476	6:5	csvs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	בְּ⁠י֥וֹם אַשְׁמָתֽ⁠וֹ	1	Here, the expression on the day of his guilt uses the possessive form to describe either: (1) any day that is characterized by the onset of guilt, both in the sense of the internal feeling of having committed wrongdoing and in the legal sense of needing to provide restitution for that wrongdoing. Alternate translation: “whenever he realizes that he is guilty” or (2) the day on which this individual offers their guilt offering. Alternate translation: “one the day when he offers his guilt offering”
477	6:5	szar		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	בְּ⁠י֥וֹם אַשְׁמָתֽ⁠וֹ	1	Here, the abstract noun guilt does not refer to the guilt offering to which the same expression in 5:6 and elsewhere in the previous chapter referred. Rather, it refers to either: (1) both the internal sense of having committed wrongdoing and the legal state of needing to provide reparations for that wrongdoing, whether intentional or unintentional, in the same sense as the expression that you encountered in 6:4. Alternate translation: “on the day that he becomes guilty” or (2) the individual's guilt offering. Alternate translation: “on the day when he offers his guilt offering”
478	6:6	v5ja		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠אֶת־אֲשָׁמ֥⁠וֹ יָבִ֖יא לַ⁠יהוָ֑ה	1	As in 5:6, here, his guilt does not refer to the legal status of guilt or to the feeling of having committed wrongdoing, but to the required penalty for that person’s guilt, that is, the sacrifice that will provide atonement for the individual’s guilt that he acquired by sinning unintentionally. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the meaning plain. Alternate translation: “And he shall bring the sacrifice required to make restitution for his guilt to Yahweh”
479	6:6	yr8o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לַ⁠יהוָ֑ה	1	See how you translated this metonymy in 5:6 and 5:15.
480	6:6	sw7j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	אַ֣יִל תָּמִ֧ים מִן־הַ⁠צֹּ֛אן	1	See how you translated this expression in 5:15.
481	6:6	b7td		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בְּ⁠עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֥	1	See how you translated this expression in 5:15.
482	6:6	fppq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	לְ⁠אָשָׁ֖ם	1	See how you translated this expression in 5:15.
483	6:7	ybw2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠כִפֶּ֨ר עָלָ֧י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 1:4.
484	6:7	mnh9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה	1	See how you translated this expression in 1:5. Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “in the precincts of the sacred tent where Yahweh lives among the Israelites”
485	6:7	n4ih		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠נִסְלַ֣ח ל֑⁠וֹ	1	The pronoun him refers to the individual offering the sacrifice, not to the priest. If this is not clear in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “and it will be forgiven to the individual who offers the sacrifice”
486	6:7	ixwy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִסְלַ֣ח ל֑⁠וֹ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh will forgive him”
487	6:7	wgkg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	עַל־אַחַ֛ת מִ⁠כֹּ֥ל אֲשֶֽׁר־יַעֲשֶׂ֖ה לְ⁠אַשְׁמָ֥ה בָֽ⁠הּ	1	In the phrase all that he does to his guilt, the abstract noun guilt is not the indirect object of the verb does, but its result or consequence. In other words, the person’s guilt comes as a result of something that they have done. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “concerning one thing from all that he does and becomes guilty by doing it”
488	6:7	eclt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	מִ⁠כֹּ֥ל אֲשֶֽׁר־יַעֲשֶׂ֖ה לְ⁠אַשְׁמָ֥ה	1	The pronouns he and his do not refer here to a specific person, but generally to anyone who does something that causes him to acquire legal guilt. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “from all that any individual might do to his guilt” or “from everything that someone could do to his guilt”
489	6:8	kaur		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר	1	The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.
490	6:8-9	zk2u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר & צַ֤ו אֶֽת־אַהֲרֹן֙ וְ⁠אֶת־בָּנָ֣י⁠ו לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: “He told Moses to command Aaron and his sons”
491	6:9	hck7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אֶֽת־אַהֲרֹן֙ וְ⁠אֶת־בָּנָ֣י⁠ו	1	As in 2:2, at the time when Yahweh spoke to Moses from the tent of meeting, Aaron and his sons* constituted the priesthood. But these instructions also applied to future generations, when the term “sons” would be a way of referring to the priests as Aaron's “descendants.” If it would be clearer in your language, you could use that term, which would apply to both the original priests and their successors. Alternate translation: “Aaron and to his descendants”
492	6:9	hxc2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר	1	The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.
493	6:9	eo2c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	תּוֹרַ֖ת הָ⁠עֹלָ֑ה	1	Here, the expression the instruction of the burnt offering uses the possessive form to describe instruction that concerns the burnt offering. Alternate translation: “the instruction regarding how the priest should perform the burnt offering”
494	6:9	cs53			הִ֣וא הָ⁠עֹלָ֡ה עַל֩ מוֹקְדָ֨ה עַל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֤חַ	1	Alternate translation: “It, the burnt offering is on the hearth, on the altar”
495	6:9	jopw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	עַל֩ מוֹקְדָ֨ה עַל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֤חַ	1	The hearth of the altar refers to the flat top of the altar where the sacrifices would be placed on top of burning coals or wood. As such, the expression on the hearth and on the altar mean basically the same thing. The second expression emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word that shows that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “on the top of the altar where the burning wood and coals are”
496	6:9	a961		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠אֵ֥שׁ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֖חַ תּ֥וּקַד בּֽ⁠וֹ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And the priests should keep the fire of the altar burning”
497	6:9	kjwz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	וְ⁠אֵ֥שׁ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֖חַ	1	Here, the expression the fire of the altar uses the possessive form to describe fire that is located on altar. Alternate translation: “And the fire that is on top of the altar”
498	6:10	ko21		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מִדּ֣⁠וֹ בַ֗ד	1	This linen robe is described in Exodus 28:1–5 and Exod 28:31–35. It was a blue linen robe made of one piece of fabric, covered in a design of blue, purple, and scarlet pomegranates, and included gold bells on the hem. If your language has a term for a special outer garment, especially in religious contexts, consider using it here.
499	6:10	fpgc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	בַ֗ד & בַד֮	1
500	6:10	wc6s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וּ⁠מִֽכְנְסֵי־ בַד֮	1	These undergarments of linen are described in Exodus 28:1–5 and Exod 28:42–43. Covering the priest from the waist to the thigh, they were required whenever the priest entered the tent of meeting or approached the altar to perform a sacrifice. If your language has a word for special undergarments that a person might wear in religious contexts, consider using it here. Alternate translation: “and his ceremonial linen underwear”
501	6:10	tfzo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	יִלְבַּ֣שׁ עַל־בְּשָׂר⁠וֹ֒	1	Here, flesh is either: (1) an idiomatic expression for bare skin. Alternate translation: “he should wear directly on his skin” or 2) a euphemism for male genitals. Alternate translation: “he should wear in order to cover his genitals”
502	6:10	m8t8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠הֵרִ֣ים	1	See how you translated this idiom in 4:8. Alternate translation: “And he shall remove”
503	6:10	y6a1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֶת־הַ⁠דֶּ֗שֶׁן	1	See how you translated this term in 1:16.
504	6:10	m875		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אֲשֶׁ֨ר תֹּאכַ֥ל הָ⁠אֵ֛שׁ אֶת־ הָ⁠עֹלָ֖ה עַל־ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חַ	1	Leviticus uses the image of the fire consuming or eating the burnt offering to refer to the process that the sacrifice undergoes as the fire burns it until it is fatty ash. If your language has a similar idiom used to describe a fire that completely burns something, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “where the fire has completely burned the burnt offerings on the altar so that they are now nothing but ash”
505	6:10	m85x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠שָׂמ֕⁠וֹ	1	The pronoun it refers here to the fatty ash that has accumulated on the altar. If this is unclear in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “and he shall put the fatty ash that has accumulated**
506	6:11	hr24		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֶת־בְּגָדָ֔י⁠ו	1	Here, his clothes refers to the linen robe and the linen undergarments described in the previous verse. If this would be unclear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his linen robe and undergarments”
507	6:11	ggt0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בְּגָדִ֣ים אֲחֵרִ֑ים	1	Here, other clothes refers to common, everyday clothing that the priest owns that could be used for removing the ash to the clean place without the danger of making something sacred, like his special linen clothing, become desecrated and common. Alternate translation: “other, everyday, common clothing”
508	6:12	w5lh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠הָ⁠אֵ֨שׁ עַל־ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֤חַ תּֽוּקַד־ בּ⁠וֹ֙	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 6:9.
509	6:12	z80u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	בַּ⁠בֹּ֣קֶר בַּ⁠בֹּ֑קֶר	1	The repetition of the phrase in the morning is an emphatic way to say “every morning.” If your language also uses repetition for emphasis in this way, consider doing so here. If not, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every morning” or “morning by morning”
510	6:12	xjsb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	עָלֶ֧י⁠הָ & עָלֶ֨י⁠הָ֙ & עָלֶ֖י⁠הָ	1	The pronoun it refers to the fire on the altar. Alternate translation: “on the fire that is on the altar ... on that same fire ... on the altar’s fire”
511	6:12	xpmu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠הִקְטִ֥יר עָלֶ֖י⁠הָ	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 1:9.
512	6:12	jp9m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	חֶלְבֵ֥י הַ⁠שְּׁלָמִֽים	1	The fat of the peace offerings refers to the portions of fat described in 3:3–4 and elsewhere in chapter 3. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “the fat portions that are required for the peace offerings, including the fat covering the innards, all the fat that is on the innards, the two kidneys and the fat that is on them that is by the loins, and the lobe on the liver”
513	6:13	j84c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	אֵ֗שׁ תָּמִ֛יד תּוּקַ֥ד עַל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֖חַ	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 6:9.
514	6:14	xwgk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	וְ⁠זֹ֥את תּוֹרַ֖ת הַ⁠מִּנְחָ֑ה	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 6:9. Alternate translation: “And this is the instruction regarding how the priest should perform the grain offering”
515	6:14	nch7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּנֵֽי־אַהֲרֹן֙	1	See how you translated this expression in 1:5.
516	6:14	k3r1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה	1	See how you translated this expression in 1:5. Alternate translation: “in the precinct of the sacred tent where Yahweh lives among the Israelites”
517	6:14	os48		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אֶל־פְּנֵ֖י הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּֽחַ	1	The expression toward the face of the altar is an idiom that refers to the space in front of the front side of the altar. Alternate translation: “before the altar” or “in the space in front of the altar”
518	6:15	zrxr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠הֵרִ֨ים מִמֶּ֜⁠נּוּ	1	Here the pronoun he refers to the priest who is offering the grain offering. If it be helpful in your language, consider making the reference explicit. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall raise up from it”
519	6:15	vkkx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	מִ⁠סֹּ֤לֶת	1	See how you translated this term in 2:1.
520	6:15	yu8n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וְ⁠הִקְטִ֣יר הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֗חַ	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 1:9. Alternate translation: “And he will cause everything to become smoke on the altar and ascend toward God in heaven”
521	6:16	q6ww			וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹתֶ֣רֶת מִמֶּ֔⁠נָּה	1	Alternate translation: “And the rest of the grain offering”
522	6:16	vytc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אַהֲרֹ֣ן וּ⁠בָנָ֑י⁠ו	1	See how you translated the similar way of referring to the priests in 2:2.
523	6:16	l34o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-parallelism	מַצּ֤וֹת תֵּֽאָכֵל֙ בְּ⁠מָק֣וֹם קָדֹ֔שׁ בַּ⁠חֲצַ֥ר אֹֽהֶל־מוֹעֵ֖ד יֹאכְלֽוּ⁠הָ	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word that shows that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Unleavened bread should be eaten in a holy place. Specifically, the priests should eat it in the courtyard of the tent of meeting”
524	6:16	yl98		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	מַצּ֤וֹת תֵּֽאָכֵל֙	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They shall eat the unleavened bread”
525	6:17	scb9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	לֹ֤א תֵאָפֶה֙ חָמֵ֔ץ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do not bake it with leaven”
526	6:17	jbz4			חֶלְקָ֛⁠ם נָתַ֥תִּי אֹתָ֖⁠הּ	1	Alternate translation: “I have given them their portion”
527	6:17	p4ar		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	חֶלְקָ֛⁠ם נָתַ֥תִּי אֹתָ֖⁠הּ	1	Here the pronoun Their refers to Aaron and his sons, mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “I have given the portion belonging to Aaron and his sons to them”
528	6:17	sw40		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	חֶלְקָ֛⁠ם נָתַ֥תִּי אֹתָ֖⁠הּ מֵ⁠אִשָּׁ֑⁠י	1	The phrase Their portion refers to the portion of the grain offering that remains after the memorial portion has been lifted out and burned. This remaining portion was to be reserved for the priests to eat. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “From all my gifts, I have given to the priests for food the portion of the grain offering that is left over after the memorial portion is burned”
529	6:17	rvti		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	קֹ֤דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁים֙ הִ֔וא	1	See how you translated this expression in 2:3.
530	6:17	k5hu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	כַּ⁠חַטָּ֖את	1	See how you translated this term in 4:3.
531	6:17	vnhv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠כָ⁠אָשָֽׁם	1	See how you translated this term in 5:15.
532	6:18	imdc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	כָּל־זָכָ֞ר בִּ⁠בְנֵ֤י אַהֲרֹן֙ יֹֽאכֲלֶ֔⁠נָּה	1	This expression uses a future statement to issue permission. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words using a command or instruction form. Alternate translation: “Every male among the sons of Aaron is permitted to eat it” or “Every male among the sons of Aaron may eat it”
533	6:18	n55t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	מֵ⁠אִשֵּׁ֖י יְהוָ֑ה	1	See how you translated the similar possessive form in 2:3.
534	6:18	n43x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כֹּ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־ יִגַּ֥ע בָּ⁠הֶ֖ם יִקְדָּֽשׁ	1	This could mean: (1) any object or person that touches the portion of the offering reserved for the priests’ food becomes as holy as the portion itself. Alternate translation: “Anyone or anything that touches them becomes holy” (2) any person who touches this offering must be someone set apart for handling sacred items, that is, the priests alone. Alternate translation: “Anyone who touches them must be holy themselves”
535	6:19	sx4e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר	1	The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.
536	6:20	m3en		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	קָרְבַּן֩ & יַקְרִ֣יבוּ	1	See how you translated the emphatic repetition of these words in 1:2.
537	6:20	gu1j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אַהֲרֹ֨ן וּ⁠בָנָ֜י⁠ו	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 2:3.
538	6:20	skd2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בְּ⁠יוֹם֙ הִמָּשַׁ֣ח אֹת֔⁠וֹ	1	The expression the day of his being anointed implies that Aaron and his sons are anointed in order to become priests. If it would be helpful in your language, consider providing this implied information. Alternate translation: “on the day of his being anointed to serve as a priest”
539	6:20	utnw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	בְּ⁠יוֹם֙ הִמָּשַׁ֣ח אֹת֔⁠וֹ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “on the day when the high priest anoints a son of Aaron to become a priest”
540	6:20	x202		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	בְּ⁠יוֹם֙ הִמָּשַׁ֣ח אֹת֔⁠וֹ	1	The possessive pronoun his refers in a general way to any individual male descendent of Aaron who will be anointed to be a priest. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “on the day of the anointing of any of the sons of Aaron”
541	6:20	ja5e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume	עֲשִׂירִ֨ת הָ⁠אֵפָ֥ה סֹ֛לֶת	1	An ephah is an ancient measurement of volume equivalent to approximately 22.8 liters. Consequently, a tenth of an ephah is a little more than two liters. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the equivalent modern measurement in your translation or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “about two liters of flour”
542	6:20	uya3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction	עֲשִׂירִ֨ת	1	A tenth is one part of ten equal parts.
543	6:20	yptr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	מַחֲצִיתָ֣⁠הּ בַּ⁠בֹּ֔קֶר וּ⁠מַחֲצִיתָ֖⁠הּ בָּ⁠עָֽרֶב	1	This expression leaves out some words that may be essential for understanding in some languages. The phrase refers to a requirement to bring half of the prescribed grain offering in the first half of the day, and the other half later on, in the second half of the day. If it would be helpful in your language, consider starting a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: “The priest should bring half of the grain offering in the morning and the other half in the evening”
544	6:21	kkw9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	עַֽל־מַחֲבַ֗ת בַּ⁠שֶּׁ֛מֶן תֵּעָשֶׂ֖ה	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The priest should prepare it in oil on a griddle”
545	6:21	w6vv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	עַֽל־מַחֲבַ֗ת בַּ⁠שֶּׁ֛מֶן תֵּעָשֶׂ֖ה	1	This expression refers to a method of cooking flour that has been mixed with oil similar to modern-day pan-frying. The batter, comprised of wheat flour and oil, is placed on a hot, flat surface that has been coated with a generous amount of olive oil. If your language has a word for this method of cooking, consider using it here. If not, consider using a general expression. Alternate translation: “It shall be pan-fried in olive oil on a griddle ”
546	6:21	r8ne		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	מַחֲבַ֗ת	1	See how you translated this term in 2:5.
547	6:21	j4wr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מֻרְבֶּ֣כֶת	1	The word translated Mixed refers to either (1) the flour and oil being “well-mixed” or “kneaded.” Alternate translation: “You should bring it well kneaded” or (2) the flour being “well soaked” with oil. Alternate translation: “You should bring it thoroughly soaked with oil”
548	6:21	u6mp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	תְּבִיאֶ֑⁠נָּה & תַּקְרִ֥יב	1	As the General Introduction to the book of Leviticus discusses, the book often speaks of the Israelites and to the Israelites in the third person, even in a direct address. However, as the General Introduction to this chapter discusses, here and throughout the rest of the chapter, the author of Leviticus switches to a second-person address. If you have been using third-person pronouns since chapter 4, and the sudden switch to second-person pronouns would be confusing in your language, consider continuing to use the third-person in your translation. Alternate translation: “he shall bring it … he shall present”
549	6:22	ciwr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֨ן הַ⁠מָּשִׁ֧יחַ תַּחְתָּ֛י⁠ו מִ⁠בָּנָ֖י⁠ו יַעֲשֶׂ֣ה אֹתָ֑⁠הּ	1	Here, it refers to the unique grain offering required on the day of the priest’s anointing for the priesthood, as described in 6:19–20. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “And the anointed priest under him from his sons should prepare this particular grain offering”
550	6:22	o4t3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֨ן הַ⁠מָּשִׁ֧יחַ תַּחְתָּ֛י⁠ו	1	The expression the anointed priest under him refers to the priest from among the descendants of the current high priest who has been appointed to be the next high priest. If your language has a similar idiom to express succession, consider using it here. If not, consider using a general expression. Alternate translation: “And the anointed priest who will succeed him”
551	6:22	mihg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֨ן הַ⁠מָּשִׁ֧יחַ	1	See how you translated this way of referring to the high priest in 4:3.
552	6:22	qs7u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה כָּלִ֥יל תָּקְטָֽר	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. To formulate this sentence with an active form, see how you translated the expression in 1:9. Alternate translation: “the priests should burn the whole offering and so cause it to become smoke on the altar and ascend towards Yahweh in heaven”
553	6:23	lhn3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠כָל־מִנְחַ֥ת כֹּהֵ֛ן כָּלִ֥יל תִּהְיֶ֖ה	1	This phrase instructs the priests to remember to offer this particular grain offering in its entirety, as opposed to the normal grain offerings, where the priest only burned the portion that he lifted out with a handful of the pieces that he chose to crumble up on the altar. In these cases, the rest of the grain offering was permitted to be kept by the priest for food. Alternate translation: “As opposed to normal grain offerings, remember, this special grain offering that a priest offers when the high priest anoints him to become a priest should be offered on the altar in its entirety”
554	6:23	v7ac		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	לֹ֥א תֵאָכֵֽל	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one should eat this special grain offering that a priest offers when the high priest anoints him to become a priest”
555	6:24	iwut		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר	1	The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.
556	6:24-25	jr62		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר & דַּבֵּ֤ר אֶֽל־ אַהֲרֹן֙ וְ⁠אֶל־ בָּנָ֣י⁠ו לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He told Moses to say to Aaron and his sons”
557	6:25	xb9k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר	1	The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.
558	6:25	m73v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	תּוֹרַ֖ת הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֑את	1	As is the case with the similar expression in 6:9, the expression the instruction of the purification offering uses the possessive form to describe instruction regarding the sin offering. Alternate translation: “is the instruction concerning how a priest should perform the sin offering”
559	6:25	e32d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	בִּ⁠מְק֡וֹם אֲשֶׁר֩ תִּשָּׁחֵ֨ט הָ⁠עֹלָ֜ה	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in the place where people slaughter the burnt offering”
560	6:25	pld6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	בִּ⁠מְק֡וֹם אֲשֶׁר֩ תִּשָּׁחֵ֨ט הָ⁠עֹלָ֜ה	1	Here, the author of Leviticus does not use the present tense to describe contemporaneous or ongoing action, as if he is here referring to a specific instance where an individual is preparing this specific sacrifice. Rather, the present tense is being used both to describe the action that was previously described in the book of Leviticus and to depict a hypothetical situation. If it would be helpful in your language, consider choosing language that makes it plain that the author is not referring to specific past actions. Alternate translation: “in the same location where the burnt offering would normally be slaughtered”
561	6:25	zni8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	תִּשָּׁחֵ֤ט הַֽ⁠חַטָּאת֙	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people should also slaughter the sin offering”
562	6:25	grig		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 1:5.
563	6:25	g8qn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֖ים הִֽוא	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 2:3.
564	6:26	eaw2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	בְּ⁠מָק֤וֹם קָדֹשׁ֙ תֵּֽאָכֵ֔ל	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He shall eat it in a holy place”
565	6:27	is2v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כֹּ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־ יִגַּ֥ע בִּ⁠בְשָׂרָ֖⁠הּ יִקְדָּ֑שׁ	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 6:18.
566	6:27	hsg1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בִּ⁠בְשָׂרָ֖⁠הּ	1	Here, the expression its meat refers to the meat of the sin offering. Alternate translation: “the meat of the sin offering that is not burned completely on the altar”
567	6:27	sjth			וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִזֶּ֤ה מִ⁠דָּמָ⁠הּ֙ עַל־הַ⁠בֶּ֔גֶד אֲשֶׁר֙ יִזֶּ֣ה עָלֶ֔י⁠הָ תְּכַבֵּ֖ס בְּ⁠מָק֥וֹם קָדֹֽשׁ	1	Alternate translation: “And whoever sprinkles some of its blood on any clothing should wash the places where the blood was sprinkled on the clothing in a holy place”
568	6:27	rd0i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִזֶּ֤ה מִ⁠דָּמָ⁠הּ֙ עַל־הַ⁠בֶּ֔גֶד אֲשֶׁר֙ יִזֶּ֣ה עָלֶ֔י⁠הָ תְּכַבֵּ֖ס בְּ⁠מָק֥וֹם קָדֹֽשׁ׃	1	It is implied that the blood should be sprinkled not on clothing but only on sacred objects, like the altar, in order to cleanse them from the impurity of sin. This phrase refers to a hypothetical scenario in which, in the process of sprinkling the blood on the sacred objects, some blood also comes into contact with someone’s clothing, requiring the clothing to be carefully washed. If this would be unclear in your language, consider making the implied information explicit. Alternate translation: “And whoever, in the process of sprinkling blood on the sacred objects of the tent of meeting, also accidentally sprinkles some of the blood on the clothing, wherever he sprinkles on it, he must wash that spot in a holy place”
569	6:27	rtwr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	תְּכַבֵּ֖ס	1	As the General Introduction to Leviticus discusses, the book often speaks of the Israelites and to the Israelites in the third person, even though it is a direct address. However, as the General Introduction to this chapter discusses, here and throughout the rest of the chapter, the author of Leviticus switches to a second-person address. If you have been using third-person pronouns since chapter 4, and the sudden switch to second-person would be confusing in your language, consider continuing to use the third-person in your translation. Alternate translation: “a person shall wash”
570	6:28	f316		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וּ⁠כְלִי־ חֶ֛רֶשׂ אֲשֶׁ֥ר תְּבֻשַּׁל־ בּ֖⁠וֹ יִשָּׁבֵ֑ר	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The priest should shatter any container of earthenware in which he has boiled the sin offering”
571	6:28	wlyw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וּ⁠כְלִי־חֶ֛רֶשׂ & בִּ⁠כְלִ֤י נְחֹ֨שֶׁת֙	1	The container of earthenware and the container of bronze refer to cooking vessels made from earthenware or bronze, likely resembling modern kitchen pots, in which meat could be cooked in boiling water. If your language has a specific word for a kitchen pot made from these materials, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “And an earthenware pot … in a bronze pot”
572	6:28	sia1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	חֶ֛רֶשׂ	1	The container is described as made of earthenware, which refers to a material similar to clay or potsherds, out of which a pot-shaped vessel could be shaped and baked in a kiln until hardened. If your language has a specific word for this material, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “clay”
573	6:28	e4tz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠אִם־בִּ⁠כְלִ֤י נְחֹ֨שֶׁת֙ בֻּשָּׁ֔לָה	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But if the priest has boiled the sin offering in a container of bronze”
574	6:28	at58		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וּ⁠מֹרַ֥ק וְ⁠שֻׁטַּ֖ף בַּ⁠מָּֽיִם	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “then he should scour the bronze container and rinse it with water”
575	6:29	al20		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	כָּל־זָכָ֥ר בַּ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֖ים יֹאכַ֣ל אֹתָ֑⁠הּ	1	See how you translated the similar use of a future form to indicate permission in 6:18. Alternate translation: “Every male among the sons of Aaron is permitted to eat it” or “Every male among the sons of Aaron may eat it”
576	6:29	cva6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֖ים הִֽוא	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 2:3.
577	6:30	b4w7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠כָל־ חַטָּ֡את אֲשֶׁר֩ יוּבָ֨א מִ⁠דָּמָ֜⁠הּ אֶל־ אֹ֧הֶל מוֹעֵ֛ד	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But every sin offering that requires the priest to bring some of its blood into the tent of meeting”
578	6:30	pcz5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	לְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר	1	See how you translated this expression in 1:4.
579	6:30	kgra		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בַּ⁠קֹּ֖דֶשׁ	1	The expression the holy place is another way of referring to the portion of the tent of meeting which housed the altar and sacred objects that the priest would sprinkle with the blood of the sacrifice. Alternate translation: “in the sacred precincts of the tent of meeting”
580	6:30	dt9l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	לֹ֣א תֵאָכֵ֑ל בָּ⁠אֵ֖שׁ תִּשָּׂרֵֽף	1	These expressions use a future statement to give an instruction or command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words using a command or instruction form. Alternate translation: “it must not be eaten. It must be burned with fire” or “it should not be eaten. It should be burned with fire”
581	6:30	yz83		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	לֹ֣א תֵאָכֵ֑ל	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one is permitted to eat it”
582	6:30	w6h7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	תִּשָּׂרֵֽף	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The priest must burn it”
583	7:intro	nbv3				0	Leviticus 7 General Notes Structure and Formatting This chapter gives instructions on how to offer guilt offerings, peace offerings and freewill offerings. Special Concepts in this Chapter Blood The people were not allowed to eat or drink the blood of the sacrificed animal because life was considered to be in the blood of the animal. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]] and Leviticus 17:11)
584	7:1	rct1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הָ⁠אָשָׁ֑ם	1\n\n	See how you translated this specific kind of sacrifice in 5:15.
585	7:1	m86w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֖ים הֽוּא	1\n\n	See how you translated this expression in 6:17.
586	7:2	w7q9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	בִּ⁠מְק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֤ר יִשְׁחֲטוּ֙ אֶת־הָ֣⁠עֹלָ֔ה	1\n\n	Here, the author of Leviticus does not use the future tense to describe future action, as if he is here referring to a specific instance where an individual will perform this specific action. Rather, the future tense is used to depict a hypothetical situation. If it would be helpful in your language, consider choosing language that makes it plain that the author is not referring to a specific future action. Alternate translation: “In the location where the burnt offering would normally be slaughtered”
587	7:2	i8iw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	יִשְׁחֲטוּ֙ & יִשְׁחֲט֖וּ	1\n\n	Here, they refers generically to anyone who might perform these actions. If it would be helpful in your language, consider using a general expression for a person. Alternate translation: “someone normally slaughters … people shall slaughter” or “an individual slaughters … that individual shall slaughter”
588	7:2	grkl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	יִשְׁחֲטוּ֙ & יִשְׁחֲט֖וּ	1\n\n	Although the end of the last chapter addressed the people of Israel using a second-person singular form, here the author of Leviticus addresses everyone who approaches the tent of meeting to sacrifice using a third-person plural form. If the switch from second-person forms to third-person forms would be confusing in your language, consider using whichever form you have been using throughout the previous chapters.
589	7:2	dhkm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	אֶת־הָ֣⁠עֹלָ֔ה	1\n\n	See how you translated this specific kind of sacrifice in 1:3.
590	7:2	tzsl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠אֶת־דָּמ֛⁠וֹ יִזְרֹ֥ק	1\n\n	The pronoun he does not refer to the person offering the sacrifice but, rather, to the priest, the individual normally responsible for splashing the blood on the altar. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “And its blood the priest shall splash”
591	7:3	xzk6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	יַקְרִ֣יב	1\n\n	Here, he does not refer to the priest but to the individual offering the sacrifice, the person normally responsible for butchering and preparing the animal’s fat. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “the individual offering the sacrifice shall present”
592	7:3	xhdr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	אֵ֚ת הָֽ⁠אַלְיָ֔ה וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠חֵ֖לֶב הַֽ⁠מְכַסֶּ֥ה אֶת־הַ⁠קֶּֽרֶב	1\n\n	See how you translated these terms in 3:9.
593	7:4	tiur		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠אֵת֙ שְׁתֵּ֣י הַ⁠כְּלָיֹ֔ת וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠חֵ֨לֶב֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֔ן אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל־הַ⁠כְּסָלִ֑ים וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠יֹּתֶ֨רֶת֙ עַל־הַ⁠כָּבֵ֔ד	1\n\n	See how you translated these terms in 3:4.
594	7:5	bh08		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠הִקְטִ֨יר אֹתָ֤⁠ם הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חָ⁠ה	1\n\n	See how you translated the similar expression in 1:9.
595	7:5	aa8f			אִשֶּׁ֖ה לַ⁠יהוָ֑ה	1\n\n	See how you translated the similar expression in 2:11.
596	7:6	y9wb			כָּל־זָכָ֥ר בַּ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֖ים יֹאכְלֶ֑⁠נּוּ	1\n\n	Alternate translation: “Every male among the sons of Aaron is permitted to eat it” or “Every male among the sons of Aaron may eat it”
597	7:6	ei3l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	יֵאָכֵ֔ל	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they shall eat it”
598	7:6	c7x0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֖ים הֽוּא	1	See how you translated this expression in 2:3.
599	7:7	rtkp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	כַּֽ⁠חַטָּאת֙ כָּֽ⁠אָשָׁ֔ם תּוֹרָ֥ה אַחַ֖ת לָ⁠הֶ֑ם	1	These two expressions mean similar things. They refer to the manner in which the meat for these two sacrifices is to be reserved for the priests’ special portion of food, and so the two expressions are used together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “The guilt offering and the purification offering are alike in this regard”
600	7:7	lm52			יְכַפֶּר	1	See how you handled the use of the abstract noun atonement in 1:4.
601	7:7	ftun		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ל֥⁠וֹ יִהְיֶֽה	1	The expression it will be for him means that the portion of the animal (in context, the skin of the peace offering, along with the breast meat and the right thigh) belongs to the priest as his allotment from Yahweh. It is questionable whether the skin serves as a food source for the priests, as the other portions do. Rather, it seems likely that the skin would be used for other, unspecified uses. Alternate translation: “these portions of the sacrifice shall belong to him”
602	7:8	fj85		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	אֶת־עֹ֣לַת אִ֑ישׁ	1	In this expression, although the word man is masculine, it refers in a generic way to any individual who offers this sacrifice. The possessive form, a burnt offering of a man, does not mean offering a human being as a burnt offering but rather, it means a burnt offering presented by any person, whoever they might be. If it would be helpful in your language, consider using a generic term for a person in this possessive form. Alternate translation: “someone’s burnt offering” or “the burnt offering that anyone might offer”
603	7:8	nwed		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ל֥⁠וֹ יִהְיֶֽה	1	See how you translated the similar expression in the previous verse.
604	7:9	yc6s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠כָל־מִנְחָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֤ר תֵּֽאָפֶה֙ בַּ⁠תַּנּ֔וּר	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And any grain offering that someone has baked in an oven”
605	7:9	fwei		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	בַּ⁠תַּנּ֔וּר	1	See how you translated this term in 2:4.
606	7:9	ydb2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠כָל־נַעֲשָׂ֥ה בַ⁠מַּרְחֶ֖שֶׁת	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and anything that someone has made in a pan”
607	7:9	pv1t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	בַ⁠מַּרְחֶ֖שֶׁת	1	See how you translated this term in 2:7.
608	7:9	q4xb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	מַחֲבַ֑ת	1	See how you translated this term in 2:5.
609	7:9	ctsy		rc://*/ta/man/figs-explicit	ל֥⁠וֹ תִֽהְיֶֽה	1	See how you translated this expression in 7:7.
610	7:10	ld4h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠כָל־מִנְחָ֥ה בְלוּלָֽה־בַ⁠שֶּׁ֖מֶן וַ⁠חֲרֵבָ֑ה	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And every grain offering, whether someone mixes it with oil or offers it dry”
611	7:10	jr11		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠חֲרֵבָ֑ה	1	The term translated dry refers to a grain offering of wheat flour that has not been mixed or kneaded with olive oil. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating this plainly. Alternate translation: “or dry and not mixed with any oil”
612	7:10	ajv7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֧י אַהֲרֹ֛ן	1	See how you translated the similar manner of referring to the priests in 1:5.
613	7:11	afog		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	זֶ֣בַח הַ⁠שְּׁלָמִ֑ים	1	See how you translated this particular sacrifice in 3:1.
614	7:11	on8y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	אֲשֶׁ֥ר יַקְרִ֖יב לַ⁠יהוָֽה	1	Here, although the pronoun he is masculine, it refers generally to any person who might offer this kind of sacrifice. If it would be helpful in your language, consider using a generic term for a person. Alternate translation: “that someone will present to Yahweh” or “that anyone will present to Yahweh”
615	7:11	vj44		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	אֲשֶׁ֥ר יַקְרִ֖יב לַ⁠יהוָֽה	1	Here, the author of Leviticus does not use the future tense to describe future action, as if he is here referring to a specific instance where an individual will perform this specific action. Rather, the future tense is being used to depict a hypothetical situation. If it would be helpful in your language, consider choosing language that makes it plain that the author is not referring to a specific future action. Alternate translation: “that anyone will present to Yahweh”
616	7:12	xekq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	אִ֣ם עַל־תּוֹדָה֮ יַקְרִיבֶ⁠נּוּ֒	1	Here, the author of Leviticus does not use the future tense to describe future action, as if he is here referring to a specific instance where an individual will perform this specific action. Rather, the future tense is being used to depict a hypothetical situation. If it would be helpful in your language, consider choosing language that makes it plain that the author is not referring to a specific future action. Alternate translation: “If, hypothetically, he is presenting it for thanksgiving”
617	7:12	dptw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	יַקְרִיבֶ⁠נּוּ֒	1	Here and throughout the following verses, the word he refers generally to anyone who might present this kind of sacrifice to Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, consider using a generic term for a person. Alternate translation: “someone will present it” or “anyone will present it”
618	7:12	m0zb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	יַקְרִיבֶ⁠נּוּ֒	1	The pronoun it refers to the peace offerings. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “he will present a sacrifice of peace offerings”
619	7:12	eavh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	עַל־תּוֹדָה֮	1	The expression for thanksgiving refers to the unique circumstance in which a person might offer a peace offering for the specific purpose of expressing gratitude or thanks to Yahweh for something Yahweh did in his life. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word thanksgiving, you can express the same idea in a verbal form. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of expressing gratitude to Yahweh”
620	7:12	o8r2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	חַלּ֤וֹת מַצּוֹת֙ בְּלוּלֹ֣ת בַּ⁠שֶּׁ֔מֶן & וְ⁠סֹ֣לֶת מֻרְבֶּ֔כֶת חַלֹּ֖ת בְּלוּלֹ֥ת בַּ⁠שָּֽׁמֶן	1	Based on the similar expression found in 2:4, the expressions loaves of unleavened bread mixed with oil and loaves mixed with oil leave out some words that some languages might consider essential for understanding. If it would be helpful in your language, consider clarifying the expressions with the elided words. Alternate translation: “flour mixed with oil into loaves of unleavened bread … flour that has been well-mixed with oil into loaves”
621	7:12	ohif		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	חַלּ֤וֹת מַצּוֹת֙	1	See how you translated this expression in 2:4.
622	7:12	pjhs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וּ⁠רְקִיקֵ֥י מַצּ֖וֹת מְשֻׁחִ֣ים בַּ⁠שָּׁ֑מֶן	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “wafers of unleavened bread with lots of oil on top”
623	7:12	wada		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וּ⁠רְקִיקֵ֥י מַצּ֖וֹת	1	See how you translated this expression in 2:4.
624	7:12	ahju		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠סֹ֣לֶת מֻרְבֶּ֔כֶת	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See how you translated the similar passive form in 6:14. Alternate translation: “flour that the person who prepared it mixed thoroughly”
625	7:13	yfqf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	חַלֹּת֙ לֶ֣חֶם חָמֵ֔ץ	1	Here, the expression loaves of bread with leaven uses the possessive form to describe a loaf that is characterized by its consisting of bread that has been prepared with leaven. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “leavened bread”
626	7:13	k8sm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	חָמֵ֔ץ	1	See how you translated this term in 2:11.
627	7:13	hpp2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	יַקְרִ֖יב קָרְבָּנ֑⁠וֹ	1	See how you translated the similar use of related words in 1:2.
628	7:13	r2q8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	זֶ֖בַח תּוֹדַ֥ת שְׁלָמָֽי⁠ו	1	The expression the sacrifice of thanksgiving of his peace offerings uses the possessive form to describe the animal sacrifices of a peace offering that are being offered for the purposes of expressing gratitude to Yahweh. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “the animal sacrifices that constitute his peace offerings that he is offering for thanksgiving”
629	7:14	onsp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	מִמֶּ֤⁠נּוּ	1	The pronoun it refers to the entire peace offering, including the animal sacrifices and the prescribed grain offerings. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation, with a comma afterwards: “from everything he is offering as a peace offering, including the animal sacrifice and the grain offerings”
630	7:14	hcz6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֶחָד֙ מִ⁠כָּל־קָרְבָּ֔ן	1	The expression one from each offering refers to one portion from the animal sacrifices and one portion from the grain offerings, respectively. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating this plainly. Alternate translation: “one portion from the animal sacrifices and one portion from the grain offerings”
631	7:14	efjx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish	תְּרוּמָ֖ה לַ⁠יהוָ֑ה	1	The expression as a contribution to Yahweh might seem to imply that Yahweh is asking the people to set aside food for him to eat. However, Yahweh does not need food, and the similar uses of the word contribution in 7:32 and 7:34 make it clear that this contribution is actually for the priests’ food. Make sure that your translation makes this clear and does not imply that the food is for Yahweh. Alternate translation: “as a special contribution of food to Yahweh’s priests”
632	7:15	oj47		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וּ⁠בְשַׂ֗ר זֶ֚בַח תּוֹדַ֣ת שְׁלָמָ֔י⁠ו בְּ⁠י֥וֹם קָרְבָּנ֖⁠וֹ יֵאָכֵ֑ל	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall eat the meat of the sacrifice of thanksgiving of his peace offerings on the day of his offering”
633	7:15	ib7v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	בְּ⁠י֥וֹם קָרְבָּנ֖⁠וֹ	1	The expression on the day of his offering uses the possessive form to refer to the day on which someone offers this particular offering. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “on whatever day he offers it” or “whenever he offers it”
634	7:15	h75f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וּ⁠בְשַׂ֗ר זֶ֚בַח תּוֹדַ֣ת שְׁלָמָ֔י⁠ו	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word thanksgiving, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “And the meat of the sacrifice of his peace offerings that he offers to express gratitude to Yahweh”
635	7:15	zeoo			עַד־בֹּֽקֶר	1	Alternate translation: “until the next day”
636	7:16	pt9q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	נֶ֣דֶר	1	Here, a vow refers to a promise to bring a sacrifice to Yahweh if a prayer is answered in a particular manner. Alternative translation: “is a votive sacrifice” or “is the result of a promise to bring a sacrifice if Yahweh answered his prayer”
637	7:16	ajca		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	נְדָבָ֗ה	1	Here, a freewill offering* is a spontaneous offering for the cause of expressing joy and gratitude to God. Alternative translation: “a spontaneous and unprompted sacrifice motivated by joy”
638	7:16	iiyl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	זֶ֚בַח קָרְבָּנ֔⁠וֹ	1	The expression, the sacrifice of his offering, refers to the portion of the peace offering constituted by animal sacrifices, distinct from the grain offerings that were to be offered alongside those portions. If it would be helpful, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “the portions of the animal sacrifices that come from his peace offerings”
639	7:16	tw8o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	בְּ⁠י֛וֹם הַקְרִיב֥⁠וֹ אֶת־זִבְח֖⁠וֹ	1	As before, the expression on the day of his presenting his sacrifice uses the possessive form to refer to any day on which someone offers this particular offering. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “on whatever day he presents his sacrifice” or “whenever he presents his sacrifice”
640	7:16	wgx8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	יֵאָכֵ֑ל & וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹתָ֥ר מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ יֵאָכֵֽל	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the priests should eat it … and they should eat remainder from it”
641	7:16	z5nx			וּ⁠מִֽ⁠מָּחֳרָ֔ת וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹתָ֥ר מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ	1	Alternate translation: “And the next day, the rest of it”
642	7:17	havi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹתָ֖ר מִ⁠בְּשַׂ֣ר הַ⁠זָּ֑בַח בַּ⁠יּוֹם֙ הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֔י בָּ⁠אֵ֖שׁ יִשָּׂרֵֽף׃	1	It might seem that the expression will be burned with fire contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “But the remainder from the meat of the sacrifice will be completely burned on the third day”
643	7:17	fqvh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹתָ֖ר מִ⁠בְּשַׂ֣ר הַ⁠זָּ֑בַח בַּ⁠יּוֹם֙ הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֔י בָּ⁠אֵ֖שׁ יִשָּׂרֵֽף׃	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But the priests should burn the remainder of the meat of the sacrifice with fire on the third day”
644	7:17	vr3a			וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹתָ֖ר מִ⁠בְּשַׂ֣ר הַ⁠זָּ֑בַח	1	Alternate translation: “But the remaining meat from the sacrifice”
645	7:17	m4fq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	בַּ⁠יּוֹם֙ הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֔י	1	The word third is the ordinal number for three. The day that the animal is sacrificed counts as the first day. Alternate translation: “after two days”
646	7:18	zhtf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication	וְ⁠אִ֣ם הֵאָכֹ֣ל יֵ֠אָכֵל מִ⁠בְּשַׂר־זֶ֨בַח שְׁלָמָ֜י⁠ו	1	Here the author of Leviticus uses a repetition of the verbal form is eaten in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “And if some of the meat of the sacrifice of his peace offerings is at any time eaten”
647	7:18	oqhi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠אִ֣ם הֵאָכֹ֣ל יֵ֠אָכֵל מִ⁠בְּשַׂר־זֶ֨בַח שְׁלָמָ֜י⁠ו	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And if, eating, anyone eats some of the meat of the sacrifice of his peace offerings”
648	7:18	rfk6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	לֹ֣א יֵרָצֶה֒ הַ⁠מַּקְרִ֣יב אֹת֗⁠וֹ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will not accept the person who presented it”
649	7:18	rzi4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	לֹ֧א יֵחָשֵׁ֛ב ל֖⁠וֹ\n	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will not account the sacrifice to him”
650	7:18	em1d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לֹ֧א יֵחָשֵׁ֛ב ל֖⁠וֹ	1	Here, the forgiveness brought about by the sacrifice is spoken of using legal or possibly financial terminology, as if the sacrifice would be accredited to a person’s account before Yahweh. If your language uses similar metaphors to convey these ideas, consider using them here. If not, consider using a general expression. Alternate translation: “the person who offers the sacrifice will not be forgiven”
651	7:18	w5e2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	פִּגּ֣וּל	1	For the meat of a sacrifice to be defiled means that it has remained uneaten for an unacceptably long time such that it is now no longer acceptable to Yahweh. Consequently, eating defiled meat would make the sacrifice itself ineffective. If your language has a religious term for this kind of desecrated meat, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternative translation: “spoiled and unacceptable meat”
652	7:18	jgq1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	וְ⁠הַ⁠נֶּ֛פֶשׁ הָ⁠אֹכֶ֥לֶת מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ עֲוֺנָ֥⁠הּ תִּשָּֽׂא	1	See how you handled the use of a generic feminine word for a person in 2:1.
653	7:18	yorf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	עֲוֺנָ֥⁠הּ תִּשָּֽׂא	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 5:1.
654	7:19	ef1a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּשָׂ֞ר אֲשֶׁר־יִגַּ֤ע בְּ⁠כָל־טָמֵא֙ לֹ֣א יֵֽאָכֵ֔ל	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And the priests shall not eat the meat that touches any unclean thing”
655	7:19	ii69		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּשָׂ֞ר	1	The phrase the meat does not refer to a specific portion of meat, but rather generally refers to any meat that touches something unclean. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And any meat”
656	7:19	k4du		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	בְּ⁠כָל־טָמֵא֙	1	See how you translated the use of this term in 5:2.
657	7:19	gnjy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	בָּ⁠אֵ֖שׁ יִשָּׂרֵ֑ף	1	See how you translated this expression in 7:17.
658	7:19	b8tn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	יִשָּׂרֵ֑ף	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The priests shall burn it”
659	7:19	zi2b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠הַ֨⁠בָּשָׂ֔ר	1	The phrase the meat leaves out information that some languages might consider essential to understanding. It refers to clean meat that has not touched anything unclean, in contrast to the meat that touches any unclean thing. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating this plainly. Alternate expression: “But, as for clean meat that has not touched any unclean thing”
660	7:19	cj9p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כָּל־טָה֖וֹר	1	The expression any clean person refers to any individual who has succeeded in remaining ceremonially clean by abstaining from touching anything that would render him unclean, as instructed by Leviticus. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating this plainly. Alternate translation: “any person who has not touched anything unclean and so has, himself, remained clean”
661	7:19	ls5y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בָּשָֽׂר	1	The meat referred to here is the same as the meat that has not touched anything unclean and so is considered clean. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “any clean meat”
662	7:20	rxcw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	וְ⁠הַ⁠נֶּ֜פֶשׁ אֲשֶׁר־תֹּאכַ֣ל בָּשָׂ֗ר	1	See how you handled the use of a generic feminine word for a person in 2:1.
663	7:20	qn8d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בָּשָׂ֗ר מִ⁠זֶּ֤בַח הַ⁠שְּׁלָמִים֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר לַ⁠יהוָ֔ה	1	The expression the peace offerings that are for Yahweh might seem to imply that the peace offerings supply Yahweh with food. However, as stated before, Yahweh does not eat, nor does he need food from human beings. The peace offerings belong to Yahweh in the sense that they are dedicated especially to Yahweh’s special purposes. Consequently, the portions of meat from these sacrifices are not to be used for any common purpose. In your translation, make sure that it is not implied that the meat from these sacrifices provides Yahweh with food.
664	7:20	pk97		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠טֻמְאָת֖⁠וֹ עָלָ֑י⁠ו	1	A person who is not fit for God’s special, sacred space is spoken of as if his uncleanness were physically resting on him. If your language would use a similar metaphor, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and he is unclean”
665	7:20	i2g0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	וְ⁠טֻמְאָת֖⁠וֹ עָלָ֑י⁠ו	1	The words his and him are being used generically to refer to anyone who might become unclean and so should avoid eating the meat that is especially set apart for holy purposes. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “and the uncleanness of that person is on him”
666	7:20	miq8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠טֻמְאָת֖⁠וֹ עָלָ֑י⁠ו	1	See how you handled the abstract noun uncleanness in 5:3.
667	7:20	iyf3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֖וא מֵ⁠עַמֶּֽי⁠הָ	1	Again, the word person is feminine and refers generically to any individual who has eaten the meat of the sacrifice while he was considered unclean. See how you handled the use of a generic feminine word for a person in 2:1.
668	7:20	m7mh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֖וא מֵ⁠עַמֶּֽי⁠הָ	1	The punishment for a person eating the meat that is dedicated to Yahweh while they are considered unclean is spoken of as if the person were being literally cut off from his people. This could be: (1) an idiom that refers to Yahweh’s executing divine judgment against the individual in some unspecified manner, thus removing the person from the people of God. Alternate translation: “then that person will be punished and removed from her people” or, to avoid the passive form, “then Yahweh will execute divine judgment against that person and remove her from her people” or (2) a metaphor that refers to the people excommunicating the individual from her community. Alternative translation: “then that person should be removed from her people and excommunicated” or, to avoid the passive form, “then the people should remove that person from the people and refuse to have contact with her”
669	7:20	a43e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֖וא	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. For interpretive options for this expression, see the previous note. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel shall cut off that person” or ”Yahweh shall cut off that person”
670	7:21	wmem		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	וְ⁠נֶ֜פֶשׁ כִּֽי־תִגַּ֣ע	1	See how you handled the use of a generic feminine word for a person in 2:1.
671	7:21	j99o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	בְּ⁠כָל־טָמֵ֗א	1	See how you translated the use of this term in 5:2.
672	7:21	hq6r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	בְּ⁠טֻמְאַ֤ת אָדָם֙	1	See how you translated the use of this expression in 5:3.
673	7:21	g4kv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	טְמֵאָ֗ה & טָמֵ֔א	1	As the General Introduction to this chapter discusses, the animals considered clean and unclean are described in detail in 11:1–47. Something was considered unclean and potentially able to defile the space or objects that were dedicated especially for Yahweh and for his purposes when they were culturally associated with death. If your language has a term for this concept, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “ritually polluted ... ritually polluted” or ”taboo ... taboo”
674	7:21	n22g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	בְּ⁠כָל־שֶׁ֣קֶץ טָמֵ֔א	1	This unclean detestable thing refers to the specific animals that Yahweh forbids both eating and touching in 11:29–31. These included the mole rat, the mouse, and several kinds of lizard. If your language has a specific term for the kind of animal that is considered taboo to touch or to eat, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “any unclean animal that is forbidden to eat or to touch“ or “any taboo animal”
675	7:21	qpnu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	וְ⁠אָכַ֛ל	1	Here, he refers to anyone who might eat the meat of the sacrifice. If it would be helpful, consider using a generic expression for a person. Alternate translation: “and that person eats”
676	7:21	eaoo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מִ⁠בְּשַׂר־זֶ֥בַח הַ⁠שְּׁלָמִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֣ר לַ⁠יהוָ֑ה	1	See how you translated the similar expressions in 7:20.
677	7:21	z5au		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֖וא מֵ⁠עַמֶּֽי⁠הָ	1	See how you translated the similar expressions in 7:20.
678	7:22	xw34		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר	1	The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.
679	7:22-23	zkjl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר & דַּבֵּ֛ר אֶל־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: “He told Moses to tell the sons of Israel”
680	7:23	w4mz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.
681	7:23	y5o3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	לֹ֥א תֹאכֵֽלוּ	1	As the General Introduction to this chapter discusses, here and until 7:26, the author of Leviticus switches from the use of third-person forms to the use of second-person plural forms. If the switch from third-person to second-person forms would be confusing in your language, consider continuing to use whichever form you have been using for the previous chapters. Alternate translation: “No one should eat”
682	7:23	z2p3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	לֹ֥א תֹאכֵֽלוּ	1	Here, You is plural. It refers to the people of Israel who would offer sacrifices at the tent of meeting. If your language uses a plural form to address a group of people, consider using that form here. If not, consider using a third-person form, as modeled by the previous note.
683	7:24	t2m9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠חֵ֤לֶב נְבֵלָה֙ וְ⁠חֵ֣לֶב טְרֵפָ֔ה יֵעָשֶׂ֖ה	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in an active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And you shall use the fat of a carcass or the fat of a torn animal” or, in the third person, “And anyone shall use the fat of a carcass or the fat of a torn animal”
684	7:24	fbok		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠חֵ֤לֶב נְבֵלָה֙	1	The fat of a carcass refers to any fat portion from any animal, wild or domesticated, that has died, usually referring to those animals that have died of natural causes and that any Israelite might find in the desert wilderness. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And the fat of any dead animal, whether wild or domesticated, that someone happens to find”
685	7:24	ggyw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠חֵ֣לֶב טְרֵפָ֔ה	1	The expression the fat of a torn animal refers to the fat portions of an animal, usually a domesticated animal, that has been attacked and killed by wild animals. If this would be unclear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “or the fat of a domesticated animal that was killed and torn apart by wild animals”
686	7:24	vs7b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	יֵעָשֶׂ֖ה לְ⁠כָל־מְלָאכָ֑ה	1	The expression will be made for any work uses a future statement to denote permission or allowance. Specifically, it refers to the permission given to the people of Israel to use these fat portions for a variety of unspecified uses, other than eating. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “may be used for domestic household purposes” or “could possibly be used for domestic household purposes”
687	7:24	e2ga		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication	וְ⁠אָכֹ֖ל לֹ֥א תֹאכְלֻֽ⁠הוּ	1	Here the expression eating, you shall not eat it uses a repetition of the verbal form in order to intensify the idea that the eating of these fat portions is forbidden. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “but you should certainly never eat it” or, using the third-person, “but no one should ever eat it”
688	7:24	iwg7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	לֹ֥א תֹאכְלֻֽ⁠הוּ׃	1	Here, you is plural. It refers to the people of Israel, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
689	7:24	xlck		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	לֹ֥א תֹאכְלֻֽ⁠הוּ׃	1	If the switch from third-person to second-person forms would be confusing in your language, consider continuing to use whichever form you have been using for the previous chapters. Alternate translation: “no one shall eat it”
690	7:25	tl3a			חֵ֔לֶב מִן־הַ֨⁠בְּהֵמָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר יַקְרִ֥יב מִמֶּ֛⁠נָּה אִשֶּׁ֖ה לַ⁠יהוָ֑ה	1	Alternate translation: “fat that comes from a domesticated animal from which someone has presented portions of meat or fat as a gift to Yahweh”
691	7:25	cjbt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	מִן־הַ֨⁠בְּהֵמָ֔ה	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 1:2.
692	7:25	f99k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הָ⁠אֹכֶ֖לֶת מֵֽ⁠עַמֶּֽי⁠הָ׃	1	See how you translated the similar expressions in 7:20.
693	7:26	f76a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	וְ⁠כָל־דָּם֙ לֹ֣א תֹאכְל֔וּ בְּ⁠כֹ֖ל מוֹשְׁבֹתֵי⁠כֶ֑ם	1	In this verse, the words you and your are plural. Yahweh is speaking about everyone who will offer sacrifices, regardless of where they happen to live. Consider using the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
694	7:26	ljd4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	וְ⁠כָל־דָּם֙ לֹ֣א תֹאכְל֔וּ בְּ⁠כֹ֖ל מוֹשְׁבֹתֵי⁠כֶ֑ם	1	If you have been using third-person forms throughout this chapter, consider using whatever form would be clearest in your language. Alternate translation: “And no one shall eat any blood in any of his dwelling places”
695	7:26	ujw4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	לָ⁠ע֖וֹף וְ⁠לַ⁠בְּהֵמָֽה	1	The expressions the bird and the livestock do not refer to specific animals or groups of animals. The terms describe any animal or group of animals that an Israelite might own or purchase to eat. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of any bird or any livestock that you own” or, using the third-person, “of any bird or any livestock that someone might own”
696	7:27	xa78		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	כָּל־נֶ֖פֶשׁ אֲשֶׁר־תֹּאכַ֣ל	1	See how you handled the use of a generic feminine word for a person in 2:1.
697	7:27	nm4b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֖וא מֵֽ⁠עַמֶּֽי⁠הָ	1	See how you translated the similar expressions in 7:20.
698	7:28	gkdm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר	1	The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.
699	7:28-29	rh99		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר & דַּבֵּ֛ר אֶל־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1	This sentence has a quotation within a quotation. You can translate this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation, with a period before: “He told Moses to speak to the sons of Israel”
700	7:29	twhb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.
701	7:29	mr3y			הַ⁠מַּקְרִ֞יב אֶת־זֶ֤בַח שְׁלָמָי⁠ו֙ לַ⁠יהוָ֔ה יָבִ֧יא אֶת־קָרְבָּנ֛⁠וֹ לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה מִ⁠זֶּ֥בַח שְׁלָמָֽי⁠ו	1	Alternative translation: “Any person who presents the sacrifice of his peace offerings to Yahweh shall make sure to bring this portion of meat to Yahweh that comes from the meat of the sacrifice of his peace offerings”
702	7:29	m7q7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	הַ⁠מַּקְרִ֞יב אֶת־זֶ֤בַח שְׁלָמָי⁠ו֙ לַ⁠יהוָ֔ה יָבִ֧יא אֶת־קָרְבָּנ֛⁠וֹ לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה מִ⁠זֶּ֥בַח שְׁלָמָֽי⁠ו	1	Here, the author of Leviticus uses the word his to switch back to the use of third-person singular forms to address the people of Israel. If the switch from third-person to second-person back to third-person forms would be confusing in your language, consider continuing to use whichever form you have been using in your translation throughout the previous chapters. Alternate translation: “If you present the sacrifice of your peace offerings to Yahweh, you should bring your offering to Yahweh from the sacrifice of your peace offerings”
703	7:30	w7dk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	יָדָ֣י⁠ו תְּבִיאֶ֔ינָה	1	Here, his hands represent the whole person, emphasizing the individual’s personal responsibility and agency in bringing the sacrifice. If your language uses a similar expression to express this idea, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “He himself should bring” or, using the second-person “You yourself should bring”
704	7:30	ry2t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	אֶת־הַ⁠חֵ֤לֶב עַל־הֶֽ⁠חָזֶה֙ & אֵ֣ת הֶ⁠חָזֶ֗ה	1	Here, the breast is the portion of the animal’s meat consisting of the larger part of the animal’s chest below the region of the neck. The breast and the fat on the breast were considered uniquely choice portions of meat and fat. Consequently, it was dedicated especially to Yahweh. If your language has a special term for this portion of meat and fat, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate expression: “the fat that is on the breast meat … the breast meat itself”
705	7:30	v5t2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	לְ⁠הָנִ֥יף אֹת֛⁠וֹ תְּנוּפָ֖ה לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה	1	For the priest to wave the offering in Yahweh’s presence is a symbolic gesture that shows that the person is dedicating the sacrifice to Yahweh. This act could mean: (1) merely presenting the sacrifice to Yahweh in a unique way. Alternate translation: “to lift and show off the breast meat of the sacrifice in Yahweh’s presence” or (2) causing the smell of the sacrifice to waft in Yahweh’s direction, creating a “pleasant smell to Yahweh” that would result in the acceptance of the sacrifice. Alternate translation: “to move the breast meat of the sacrifice back and forth overhead so that the smell of the meat is wafted to Yahweh’s presence”
706	7:30	fd4t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה	1	Here, the expression a wave offering to the face of Yahweh could mean: (1) waving the breast in Yahweh’s presence in the sacred precincts of the tent of meeting. Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh in the sacred precincts of the tent of meeting” or (2) waving the breast in the direction of the tent of meeting where Yahweh lived among the Israelites. Alternate translation: “in the direction of the tent of meeting where Yahweh lives among the Israelites”
707	7:31	tbb1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠הִקְטִ֧יר הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן אֶת־הַ⁠חֵ֖לֶב הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חָ⁠ה	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 1:9.
708	7:31	npon		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֶת־הַ⁠חֵ֖לֶב	1	The phrase the fat refers to the fat of the breast, as distinct from the breast, which refers to the meat of the breast itself. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the fat of the breast”
709	7:31	ncgd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠הָיָה֙ הֶֽ⁠חָזֶ֔ה לְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֖ן וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנָֽי⁠ו	1	This expression means that the meat of the breast should not be burned completely on the altar but rather should be given to the priests for food. See how you translated this similar expression in 7:7.
710	7:31	h7vi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֖ן וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנָֽי⁠ו	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 2:2.
711	7:32	f116		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠אֵת֙ שׁ֣וֹק הַ⁠יָּמִ֔ין	1	The right thigh is the upper part of the right leg of the animal, directly above the knee and below the hip joint. Although the reason for the choice of the right portion of the thighs is unknown and debated, the thigh itself was considered a uniquely choice portion of meat, and so was especially dedicated to Yahweh and to his special purposes, like providing food for the priests. If your language has a word for this choice portion of an animal’s meat, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “And the choice portion of meat between the hip and the knee joints on the right leg of the animal”
712	7:32	cxqp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	תִּתְּנ֥וּ & שַׁלְמֵי⁠כֶֽם	1	As the General Introduction to this chapter discusses, here, the author of Leviticus suddenly switches from the use of third-person forms to the use of second-person plural forms. If the switch from third-person to second-person forms would be confusing in your language, consider continuing to use whichever form you have been using for the previous chapters. Alternate translation: “the person presenting the offering shall give … his peace offerings”
713	7:32	ceao		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	תִּתְּנ֥וּ & שַׁלְמֵי⁠כֶֽם	1	Here, you and your are plural. They refer to the people of Israel who would offer sacrifices at the tent of meeting. If your language uses a plural form to address a group of people, consider using that form here. If not, consider using the third person, as modeled by the previous note.
714	7:32	sew1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	תְרוּמָ֖ה לַ⁠כֹּהֵ֑ן	1	Previously the contribution belonged to Yahweh. Here it is explained that this unique portion of meat belonged to Yahweh's purposes, specifically to provide the priests with their allotment of food. If this would be unclear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as an important contribution of choice meat that provides the priests with food”
715	7:33	l8go		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הַ⁠מַּקְרִ֞יב אֶת־דַּ֧ם הַ⁠שְּׁלָמִ֛ים וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠חֵ֖לֶב מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י אַהֲרֹ֑ן	1	The person presenting the blood of the peace offerings and the fat from the sons of Aaron is one of the priests. At the time that Yahweh spoke these instructions to Moses, they were the literal “sons of Aaron.” However, this expression refers to whichever priest happened to perform the symbolic action of presenting the blood of the peace offerings along with the fat. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “The priest who presents the blood of the peace offerings and the fat, who is among the sons of Aaron”
716	7:33	lbwv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י אַהֲרֹ֑ן	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 1:5.
717	7:33	q6eu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ל֧⁠וֹ תִהְיֶ֛ה שׁ֥וֹק הַ⁠יָּמִ֖ין לְ⁠מָנָֽה׃	1	As the General Introduction to this chapter discusses, this portion refers to the special allotment of food provided for the priests according to the instructions that Yahweh gave to the people of Israel. Because the Levites, the sons of Aaron, were not given any portion of land and therefore could not farm for themselves, they were dependent on the contributions of their fellow Israelites for food. Yahweh provided this food by setting apart these choice portions for the priests. If this would not be clear from your translation, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the right thigh shall be for that priest, as the allocation of his food given by Yahweh”
718	7:34	kefs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּי֩	1	The word translated For indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “This is because” or, using the second-person, “You should do this because”
719	7:34	sns3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	לָקַ֨חְתִּי֙ & וָ⁠אֶתֵּ֣ן	1	The pronoun I refers to Yahweh, who now speaks directly about himself. If this would not be clear, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, took … and I, Yahweh, gave”
720	7:34	ovp1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל & בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	See how you translated this expression in 1:2.
721	7:34	w06t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	אֹ֠תָ⁠ם	1	The pronoun them refers to the breast and the right thigh, those special portions of meat that Yahweh provided for the priests’ food. If this would be unclear in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “the breast meat and the portion of the right thigh”
722	7:34	mkn9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֨ן הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֤ן וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנָי⁠ו֙	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 2:2.
723	7:34	u24m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לְ⁠חָק־עוֹלָ֔ם	1	This enduring portion refers to the portions of meat, the breast and the right thigh, that Yahweh instructed should be given to the priests for food from the peace offerings that the people of Israel will offer. This portion is enduring because Yahweh envisions that these instructions are binding for the people of God for all time. If this would be unclear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as a portion of food that should always be provided for the priests”
724	7:35	h86d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	זֹ֣את מִשְׁחַ֤ת אַהֲרֹן֙ וּ⁠מִשְׁחַ֣ת בָּנָ֔י⁠ו	1	This allotment is the same as the “enduring portion” of the previous verse. It refers to the choice portions of meat—the breast and the right thigh—that Yahweh instructed should be given to the priests for food from the peace offerings that the people of Israel will offer. If this is unclear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “This is the portion of the meat of the sacrifices that should be given to Aaron and to his sons”
725	7:35	ydj7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	מֵ⁠אִשֵּׁ֖י יְהוָ֑ה	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 2:3.
726	7:35	xb0d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	בְּ⁠יוֹם֙ הִקְרִ֣יב אֹתָ֔⁠ם לְ⁠כַהֵ֖ן לַ⁠יהוָֽה׃	1	The pronoun he refers to Moses and them refers to Aaron and his sons. The expression on the day he presented them as priests to Yahweh refers to the day when Moses anointed Aaron and his sons with oil to dedicate them as priests in the service of Yahweh, as described in 8:12 and 8:30. If this would be unclear in your language, consider making the referents explicit. Alternate translation: “on the day Moses presented Aaron and his sons as priests to Yahweh”
727	7:36	er1e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	לָ⁠הֶ֗ם	1	The pronoun them refers to the priests, that is, Aaron and his sons. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “to the priests” or “to Aaron and his sons, the priests”
728	7:36	o7ud		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בְּ⁠יוֹם֙ מָשְׁח֣⁠וֹ אֹתָ֔⁠ם מֵ⁠אֵ֖ת בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל	1	The expression the day of his anointing them from the people of Israel refers to the anointing of the priests to be especially dedicated to Yahweh apart from the rest of the people of God for special, sacred service to him. In this sense, the priests are anointed from the people of Israel. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on the day of his anointing them to be priests to Yahweh and be set apart from the people of Israel”
729	7:36	mag4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	בְּ⁠יוֹם֙ מָשְׁח֣⁠וֹ אֹתָ֔⁠ם	1	As in the previous verse, the pronoun his refers to Moses and them refers to the priests, that is, to Aaron and his sons. If this would be unclear in your language, consider making the referents explicit. Alternate translation: “on the day Moses anointed Aaron and his sons as priests to Yahweh”
730	7:36	l9rk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	בְּ⁠יוֹם֙ מָשְׁח֣⁠וֹ אֹתָ֔⁠ם	1	The act of anointing the priests was a symbolic action in which oil, usually olive oil, was liberally applied to the head of the priests to mark their dedication to special, sacred service to Yahweh. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on the day of his anointing them with oil to mark their dedication to Yahweh as priests to him”
731	7:36	eohw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 1:2.
732	7:36	sb6p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	חֻקַּ֥ת עוֹלָ֖ם לְ⁠דֹרֹתָֽ⁠ם	1	The expression An enduring statute for their generations leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. It implies that every Israelite should always obey this commandment wherever they live. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation, with a period before: “Every generation should always obey this statute”
733	7:37	zoq5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	לַ⁠מִּנְחָ֔ה	1	See how you translated this specific kind of sacrifice in 2:1.
734	7:37	icz9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠לַֽ⁠חַטָּ֖את	1	See how you translated this specific kind of sacrifice in 4:3.
735	7:37	uk25		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠לָ⁠אָשָׁ֑ם	1	See how you translated this specific kind of sacrifice in 5:15.
736	7:37	izaw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠לַ֨⁠מִּלּוּאִ֔ים	1	This ordination offering was a special sacrifice that was offered on the occasion of the dedication of a priest to the special, sacred service to Yahweh of the priesthood. It is described in detail in 8:22–32. Alternate translation: “and of the sacrifice that is offered for the priests when they are dedicated to Yahweh as priests”
737	7:37	ey6r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וּ⁠לְ⁠זֶ֖בַח הַ⁠שְּׁלָמִֽים׃	1	See how you translated this specific kind of sacrifice in 3:1.
738	7:38	zub8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	בְּ⁠י֨וֹם צַוֺּת֜⁠וֹ	1	The expression on the day of his commanding could refer to: (1) Yahweh commanding the people of Israel to begin bringing their sacrifices. Alternate translation: “on the day Yahweh commanded” or (2) Moses, relaying the instructions he received from Yahweh, commanding the people of Israel to begin bringing their sacrifices. Alternate translation: “on the day Moses commanded”
739	7:38	b18c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אֶת־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 1:2.
740	7:38	kbsg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	לְ⁠הַקְרִ֧יב אֶת־קָרְבְּנֵי⁠הֶ֛ם	1	See how you handled the poetic repetition of words in 1:2.
741	7:38	tda7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	בְּ⁠מִדְבַּ֥ר סִינָֽי	1	This wilderness refers to the dry, barren desert plain that is common in the Sinai peninsula region of the modern Middle East. If your language has a word for this kind of landscape, consider using it here. If not, consider using a general expression. Alternate translation: “in the dry, desert plain of Sinai”
742	8:intro	d9y6				0	Leviticus 8 General Notes Structure and Formatting In this chapter, Moses set apart, or consecrated, the sons of Aaron to be priests. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
743	8:1	n6q2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר	1	The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.
744	8:2	f2p6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠אֶת־בָּנָ֣י⁠ו אִתּ֔⁠וֹ	1	Here, the expression his sons refers specifically to Aaron’s four male offspring. If this would be unclear, given the previous use of this expression, consider making the meaning explicit. Alternate translation: “and his four sons, Nadab, Abihu, Eleazar, and Ithamar”
745	8:2	i9xv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠אֵת֙ הַ⁠בְּגָדִ֔ים וְ⁠אֵ֖ת שֶׁ֣מֶן הַ⁠מִּשְׁחָ֑ה וְ⁠אֵ֣ת ׀ פַּ֣ר הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֗את וְ⁠אֵת֙ שְׁנֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֵילִ֔ים וְ⁠אֵ֖ת סַ֥ל הַ⁠מַּצּֽוֹת׃	1	These items and animals are the required elements of the ordination ceremony as described in Exodus 29:1–46. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the purpose of the items in this list. Alternate translation: “and everything they need for their ordination ceremony, including the clothes and the oil of anointing and the bull of the sin offering and two rams and a basket of unleavened bread”
746	8:2	qg84		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠אֵת֙ הַ⁠בְּגָדִ֔ים	1	Here, the expression the clothes refers to the unique, ceremonial garments the priests wore when performing and preparing sacrifices. These clothes are detailed in Exodus 29:5–6 and Exodus 29:8–9. Alternate translation: “and the priestly garments” or “and the special clothes that the priests wore”
747	8:2	yf9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	וְ⁠אֵ֖ת שֶׁ֣מֶן הַ⁠מִּשְׁחָ֑ה	1	The expression oil of anointing uses the possessive form to describe olive oil that was mixed with perfuming spices and used for ceremonially setting priests and kings apart for service to Yahweh. This was done by sprinkling or pouring the oil on whomever or whatever was being set apart. This oil is described in detail in Exodus 30:23–24. If your language does not have an abstract noun for the idea behind the word anointing, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “and the oil that is used to anoint people and things for service to Yahweh”
748	8:2	apkt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	וְ⁠אֵ֣ת ׀ פַּ֣ר הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֗את	1	The expression the bull of the sin offering uses the possessive form to describe the bull that had been selected to be sacrificed for a sin offering. If this would be unclear in your language, consider making the meaning explicit. Alternate translation: “and the bull that Aaron and his sons will present as a sin offering”
749	8:6	l1zk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יַּקְרֵ֣ב מֹשֶׁ֔ה אֶֽת־אַהֲרֹ֖ן וְ⁠אֶת־בָּנָ֑י⁠ו	1	To present someone or something is a symbolic action that includes bringing the person, object, or animal to the entrance of the tent of meeting, where Yahweh lived among the Israelites. Here, the same verb is used of Aaron and his sons that was used for the sacrifices in Leviticus 1–7. Alternate translation: “And Moses brought Aaron and his sons forward and stood them in Yahweh's presence”
750	8:6	mi63		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יִּרְחַ֥ץ אֹתָ֖⁠ם בַּ⁠מָּֽיִם	1	This is a symbolic action that is required by the ordination ceremony as described in Exodus 29:1–46. Here, washing with water is part of a ritual cleaning that prepares Aaron and his sons to become priests. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider explaining the significance of this action in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “and he washed them with water in order to purify them and prepare them to become priests to Yahweh”
751	8:6	xn3j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	וַ⁠יִּרְחַ֥ץ אֹתָ֖⁠ם בַּ⁠מָּֽיִם׃	1	It might seem that the expression and he washed them with water contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you could use an equivalent expression. See how you translated this expression in 1:9. Alternate translation: “and he thoroughly washed them”
752	8:7	f2ad		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֨ן עָלָ֜י⁠ו אֶת־הַ⁠כֻּתֹּ֗נֶת & וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֥ן עָלָ֖י⁠ו אֶת־הָ⁠אֵפֹ֑ד	1	These expressions use an idiom with the verb ”to give” which means to place or put something on someone. If this idiom would not be clear in your language, consider making the meaning plain. Alternate translation: “And he put the tunic on him … and he put the ephod on him”
753	8:7	dzpn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	אֶת־הַ⁠כֻּתֹּ֗נֶת	1	This tunic was a finely embroidered piece of linen clothing worn directly over the skin by all priests, underneath all the other pieces of clothing. It is described in Exodus 28:39 and Exodus 39:27. If your language has a term for this particular piece of religious clothing, consider using it here. If not, use a generic term. Alternate translation: “the special shirt”
754	8:7	t8nm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	בָּֽ⁠אַבְנֵ֔ט	1	This sash was a length of linen fabric that was worn on top of the tunic and was embroidered with blue, purple, and scarlet colors and hemmed with little bells and the designs of pomegranates, as described in Exodus 28:4, Exodus 28:39–40, Exodus 29:9, and Exodus 29:29. If your language has a term for a piece of religious clothing of this type, consider using it here. If not, use a generic term. Alternate translation: “with the special girdle”
755	8:7	y0ax		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	אֶֽת־הַ⁠מְּעִ֔יל	1	This robe was a blue and purple outer garment made from woven wool; it was a single piece of fabric with an opening for the head, as described in Exodus 28:31–35 and Exodus 39:22–26. If your language has a term for a piece of religious clothing of this type, consider using it here. If not, use a generic term. Alternate translation: “with the special coat”
756	8:7	lm3u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	אֶת־הָ⁠אֵפֹ֑ד	1	This ephod was a skillfully woven outer garment fine linen embroidered with thread of blue, red, and purple. It covered the priest from his chest to his genitals and was suspended by two strands of fabric that rose over the shoulders. Additionally, the shoulder pieces were set with onyx stones that were engraved with the names of the twelve tribes of Israel and set in gold filigree. The priestly ephod is described in detail in Exodus 28:6–14 and Exodus 39:1–7. If your language has a term for this particular piece of religious clothing, consider using it here. If not, use a generic term. Alternate translation: “the priest’s special apron”
757	8:7	i7eo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate	אֶת־הָ⁠אֵפֹ֑ד	1	The word ephod is a word borrowed from Hebrew. You will need to decide if you will also borrow this word into your language or if you will translate the meaning. Either approach has broad support. If you borrow the word, you could spell it the way it sounds in your language and then put the translation in a footnote. Alternate translation: “the priest's special apron”
758	8:7	rqxh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	בְּ⁠חֵ֨שֶׁב֙ הָֽ⁠אֵפֹ֔ד	1	This finely woven waistband was a piece of skillfully woven linen embroidered with blue, red, and purple thread; it was to be worn around the waist, and it matched the priestly ephod. It is described in Exodus 28:8, Exodus 39:5, and Exodus 39:20–21. If your language has a term for a piece of religious clothing of this type, consider using it here. If not, use a generic term. Alternate translation: “with the special linen belt of the ephod”
759	8:7	h3ci			וַ⁠יֶּאְפֹּ֥ד ל֖⁠וֹ בּֽ⁠וֹ	1	Alternate translation: “and he attached the ephod to him with it”
760	8:8	nv8j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	אֶת־ הַ⁠חֹ֑שֶׁן	1	This breastpiece was a folded golden plate that formed a pocket and rested over the priest’s chest. On the front of it were twelve precious stones in four rows of three stones each, symbolizing the twelve tribes of Israel. The priest’s breastpiece is described in detail in Exodus 28:15–30. If your language has a term for a piece of religious clothing of this type, consider using it here. If not, use a generic term. Alternate translation: “the priest’s special chest plate”
761	8:8	ueih		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּתֵּן֙ אֶל־הַ⁠חֹ֔שֶׁן אֶת־הָ⁠אוּרִ֖ים וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠תֻּמִּֽים׃	1	The expression he gave is an idiom that means to place or put something on someone. If this idiom would not be clear in your language, consider making the meaning plain. Alternate translation: “and he put the Urim and the Thummim on the breastpiece”
762	8:8	dnqf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	אֶת־הָ⁠אוּרִ֖ים וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠תֻּמִּֽים׃	1	Although their exact identity and function are debated, the Urim and the Thummim appear to have been objects that the priests used as oracles in the sacred tent in order to determine the will of Yahweh. The Urim and the Thummim rested in the pocket of the priests’ breastpiece and Exodus 28:30 states that they were to be “over Aaron’s heart when he comes before the Lord.” If your language has a word for this kind of religious object, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “the special stones that the priests use to determine what Yahweh wants to do”
763	8:8	ghyj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate	אֶת־הָ⁠אוּרִ֖ים וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠תֻּמִּֽים׃	1	The words Urim and Thummim are borrowed from Hebrew. You will need to decide if you will also borrow these words into your language or if you will translate their meaning. If you borrow the words, you could spell them in the way they sound in your language and then put the translation in a footnote. Alternate translation: “the special stones that helped the priest determine Yahweh's will”
764	8:9	tm71		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	אֶת־ הַ⁠מִּצְנֶ֖פֶת	1	A turban is a man’s head covering made from a long piece of cloth wrapped around the head. This turban was made of finely woven linen (according to Exodus 28:39) and was to be worn by the priests to cover their heads when they offered sacrifices to Yahweh. If your language has a term for a piece of religious clothing of this type, consider using it here. If not, use a generic term. Alternate translation: “the priest’s special headdress”
765	8:9	kvlv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אֶל־מ֣וּל פָּנָ֗י⁠ו	1	The expression the front of its face is an idiom. It refers to the front of the turban to which the plate of gold was affixed. If this would be unclear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the front side of the turban”
766	8:9	z3b6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-parallelism	אֵ֣ת צִ֤יץ הַ⁠זָּהָב֙ נֵ֣זֶר הַ⁠קֹּ֔דֶשׁ	1	These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second clause emphasizes and explains the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word that shows that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “the plate of gold that was the priest’s crown of holiness”
767	8:9	gc5n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	אֵ֣ת צִ֤יץ הַ⁠זָּהָב֙	1	This plate of gold was likely a decorative rectangle of gold engraved with the words “Holy to Yahweh,” (according to Exodus 28:36). Exodus 28:36-38 explains that this plate of gold allowed the priests to bear the guilt of the Israelites as they offered sacrifices on behalf of the people. If your language has a term for this particular piece of religious clothing, consider using it here. If not, use a generic term. Alternate translation: “the special engraved gold sign”
768	8:9	zjgp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	נֵ֣זֶר הַ⁠קֹּ֔דֶשׁ	1	This crown of holiness is another way of describing the plate of gold that is affixed to the front of the priest’s turban by a blue-violet chord (according to Exodus 38:37). The plate of gold served as a special marker on the head of the priest, setting him apart for the special task of offering sacrifices to Yahweh. If your language has a word for a religious object of this type, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “the priest's headpiece”
769	8:9	ndlf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	נֵ֣זֶר הַ⁠קֹּ֔דֶשׁ	1	The expression the crown of holiness uses the possessive form to refer to either: (1) a crown that was especially holy. Alternate translation: “the holy crown” or (2) a crown that bore and represented the priest's own holiness. Alternate translation: “the crown that shows how holy the priest is”
770	8:10	m00p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	אֶת־שֶׁ֣מֶן הַ⁠מִּשְׁחָ֔ה	1	See how you translated this expression in 8:2.
771	8:10	dkw4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וַ⁠יִּמְשַׁ֥ח אֶת־הַ⁠מִּשְׁכָּ֖ן וְ⁠אֶת־כָּל־אֲשֶׁר־בּ֑⁠וֹ	1	This is a ritual action. By sprinkling and pouring the special anointing oil on all the utensils and furniture of the tent of meeting, Moses set them apart for exclusive use for Yahweh’s purposes. This ceremony is described in detail in Exodus 30:26–29.
772	8:10	n3h2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יְקַדֵּ֖שׁ אֹתָֽ⁠ם׃	1	Here, to make something holy means to dedicate it for exclusive use in the service of Yahweh alone. If this meaning would be unclear in your language, consider making the meaning plain. Alternate translation: “And he sanctified and dedicated them for the service of Yahweh alone”
773	8:11	po98		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יַּ֥ז מִמֶּ֛⁠נּוּ	1	The pronoun it refers to the oil of anointing referenced in the previous verse. If it would be helpful for your readers, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “And he sprinkled some of the oil of anointing”
774	8:11	yn6q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יַּ֥ז	1	See how you translated this symbolic action in 4:6.
775	8:11	s2ye		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כָּל־ כֵּלָ֗י⁠ו	1	These utensils comprised all the pots, pans, shovels, and forks used at the altar in the tent of meeting. They correspond to the expression ”all that {was} in it“ in the previous verse. If this is unclear in your language, consider making the meaning plain. Alternate translation: “every pot, pan, shovel, and fork used at the altar in the tent of meeting”
776	8:11	ccy9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠כִּיֹּ֛ר	1	This washbasin was a large bronze tub that was filled with water and used for ritual washing in the sacred tent. It is described in Exodus 30:17–21. If your language has a term for a religious item of this type, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic term. Alternate translation: “and the special bronze bathtub”
777	8:11	ar2l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	כַּנּ֖⁠וֹ	1	This base was made of bronze. On top of it the washbasin would sit. It is mentioned in Exodus 30:18, where the washbasin is also described. If your language has a term for a religious item of this type, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic term. Alternate translation: “and the bronze stand for the washbasin”
778	8:11	yhky		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לְ⁠קַדְּשָֽׁ⁠ם׃	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 8:10.
779	8:11	zzfs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	לְ⁠קַדְּשָֽׁ⁠ם׃	1	Here, the word to marks making the items holy as the goal or purpose of sprinkling them with the oil of anointing. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. It may be helpful to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: ”He did this to make them holy”
780	8:12	h6lm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	מִ⁠שֶּׁ֣מֶן הַ⁠מִּשְׁחָ֔ה	1	See how you translated the similar possessive form in 8:2.
781	8:12	x2hi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וַ⁠יִּמְשַׁ֥ח אֹת֖⁠וֹ	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 8:10.
782	8:12	i3fu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לְ⁠קַדְּשֽׁ⁠וֹ׃	1	See how you translated this expression in 8:10.
783	8:12	g2d9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	לְ⁠קַדְּשֽׁ⁠וֹ׃	1	Here, the word to marks making Aaron holy as the goal or purpose of pouring the oil of anointing on his head. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. It may be helpful to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: ”He did this to make Aaron holy”
784	8:13	iryy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יַּקְרֵ֨ב מֹשֶׁ֜ה אֶת־בְּנֵ֣י אַהֲרֹ֗ן	1	See how you translated this symbolic action in 8:6.
785	8:13	e6ze		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	כֻּתֳּנֹת֙	1	See how you translated this article of clothing in 8:6.
786	8:13	p71m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	אַבְנֵ֔ט	1	See how you translated this article of clothing in 8:7.
787	8:13	z2kr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	מִגְבָּע֑וֹת	1	These headbands were pieces of fabric made from finely woven linen cloth that were likely bound on the head. If your language has a term for a piece of religious clothing of this type, consider using it here. If not, use a generic term. Alternate translation: “the priests' special head wrappings”
788	8:14	rw7q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יַּגֵּ֕שׁ אֵ֖ת פַּ֣ר הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֑את	1	To bring the bull near is a symbolic action equivalent to the expression ”to present“ used in this chapter and elsewhere in Leviticus. It refers to bringing the person, object, or animal to the entrance of the tent of meeting, where Yahweh lived among the Israelites, and showing it off to Yahweh. If the significance of this action would be unclear in your language, consider making the meaning plain. Alternate translation: “And he led the bull of the sin offering to Yahweh's presence in the tent of meeting”
789	8:14	t8dr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	אֵ֖ת פַּ֣ר הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֑את & פַּ֥ר הַֽ⁠חַטָּֽאת׃	1	See how you translated this possessive form in 8:2.
790	8:14	n1yy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יִּסְמֹ֨ךְ אַהֲרֹ֤ן וּ⁠בָנָי⁠ו֙ אֶת־יְדֵי⁠הֶ֔ם עַל־רֹ֖אשׁ פַּ֥ר הַֽ⁠חַטָּֽאת׃	1	This is a symbolic action that identifies Aaron and his sons with the animal they are offering. In this way, they are placing their sin on the animal in Yahweh's presence. See how you translated this action in 1:4.
791	8:15	je3w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּשְׁחָ֗ט	1	The one who offered a sacrifice would usually slaughter the animal for that sacrifice. However, in this case, even though Moses is offering the sacrifice, the pronoun he likely refers to Aaron, acting together with his sons. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent plain. Alternate translation: “And Aaron and his sons slaughtered it”
792	8:15	r7ba		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח מֹשֶׁ֤ה אֶת־הַ⁠דָּם֙	1	See how you handled the implied information in this expression in 1:5.
793	8:15	n38w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ֠⁠יִּתֵּן עַל־קַרְנ֨וֹת הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֤חַ סָבִיב֙ בְּ⁠אֶצְבָּע֔⁠וֹ	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 4:7.
794	8:15	z8mk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	קַרְנ֨וֹת הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֤חַ	1	The horns of the altar refers to the corners of the altar. They are shaped like the horns of an ox. Alternate translation: “the horn-shaped projections at the corners of the altar”
795	8:15	xezu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יְחַטֵּ֖א & יָצַק֙ & וַֽ⁠יְקַדְּשֵׁ֖⁠הוּ	1	Here each use of the pronoun he refers to Moses. If this would not be clear in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “And Moses purified … Moses poured out … And Moses made it holy”
796	8:15	z994		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יְחַטֵּ֖א אֶת־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חַ	1	Here, to purify the altar means to cleanse it from the impurity caused by the presence of sin. By putting blood on the horns of the altar and pouring blood on the altar's base, Moses uses the cleansing power of blood to purify the altar and prepare it to be a vessel through which acceptable sacrifices might be offered. If this would be unclear in your language, consider clarifying by adding words in your translation or by supplying a footnote. Alternate translation: “And, by putting blood on the altar, he purified the altar from the impurity of sin in order to make it an acceptable place to offer sacrifices to Yahweh”
797	8:15	m4pw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	וַֽ⁠יְקַדְּשֵׁ֖⁠הוּ לְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר עָלָֽי⁠ו׃	1	Here, the word to marks making atonement on the altar as the goal or purpose of Moses purifying the altar. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. Alternate translation: “And he made it holy. He did this so that atonement might be made on it”
798	8:15	mdq3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַֽ⁠יְקַדְּשֵׁ֖⁠הוּ	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 8:10.
799	8:15	qblp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	לְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר עָלָֽי⁠ו׃	1	See how you handled this expression and its abstract noun in 1:4.
800	8:16	hngc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּקַּ֗ח אֶֽת־כָּל־הַ⁠חֵלֶב֮	1	Here the pronoun he refers to Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “And Moses took all the fat”
801	8:16	zlu1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	אֶֽת־כָּל־הַ⁠חֵלֶב֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל־הַ⁠קֶּרֶב֒	1	See how you translated this fat portion in 3:3.
802	8:16	s1n5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠אֵת֙ יֹתֶ֣רֶת הַ⁠כָּבֵ֔ד	1	See how you translated this fat portion in 3:4.
803	8:16	ozat		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠אֶת־שְׁתֵּ֥י הַ⁠כְּלָיֹ֖ת	1	See how you translated this fat portion in 3:4.
804	8:16	wysw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וַ⁠יַּקְטֵ֥ר מֹשֶׁ֖ה הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּֽחָ⁠ה׃	1	The act of burning the offering in a way that causes smoke to rise refers to the fact that the sacrifice went up to God in heaven in the form of smoke. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action. See how you translated this expression in 1:9. Alternate translation: “and Moses caused them to become smoke on the altar and ascend toward Yahweh in heaven, where he would smell the smoke and be pleased”
805	8:17	wetb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠פָּ֤ר	1	If this would be unclear in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “But the remaining parts of the bull”
806	8:17	cjs2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	שָׂרַ֣ף בָּ⁠אֵ֔שׁ	1	See how you handled the extra information in this expression in 4:12.
807	8:17	ggug		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	שָׂרַ֣ף בָּ⁠אֵ֔שׁ	1	Although the subject is not stated, the pronoun he cannot refer to either Moses, who offers the sacrifice as the priest, or to Aaron and his sons, who are being ordained as priests. As previously mentioned, this action must be accomplished by someone else who can afford to risk becoming unclean through contact with the carcass of the dead animal. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “someone else burned with fire” or “another Israelite burned with fire”
808	8:18	sten		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יַּקְרֵ֕ב אֵ֖ת אֵ֣יל הָ⁠עֹלָ֑ה	1	Here the pronoun he refers to Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “And Moses presented the ram of the burnt offering”
809	8:18	xhiw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	אֵ֖ת אֵ֣יל הָ⁠עֹלָ֑ה	1	See how you translated the similar possessive form in 8:2.
810	8:18	r16d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַֽ⁠יִּסְמְכ֞וּ אַהֲרֹ֧ן וּ⁠בָנָ֛י⁠ו אֶת־יְדֵי⁠הֶ֖ם עַל־רֹ֥אשׁ הָ⁠אָֽיִל׃	1	This is a symbolic action that identifies Aaron and his sons with the animal they are offering. In this way, they are placing their sin on the animal in Yahweh's presence. See how you translated this in 1:4.
811	8:19	yili		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּשְׁחָ֑ט	1	The one who offered a sacrifice would usually slaughter the animal for that sacrifice. However, in this case, even though Moses is offering the sacrifice, the pronoun he likely refers to Aaron, acting together with his sons. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent plain. Alternate translation: “And Aaron and his sons slaughtered it”
812	8:19	g6p0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יִּזְרֹ֨ק מֹשֶׁ֧ה אֶת־הַ⁠דָּ֛ם עַל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֖חַ סָבִֽיב׃	1	It is implied that Moses, before he splashed it on the altar, caught the blood in a bowl as the blood drained out from the animal. See how you handled the implied information in the similar expression in 1:5.
813	8:20	i2w5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠אַ֔יִל נִתַּ֖ח לִ⁠נְתָחָ֑י⁠ו	1	For emphasis, a verb and its object from the same root are being used. The verb cut is related to the noun pieces. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “And he carefully and thoroughly butchered the ram into its various pieces”
814	8:20	acfw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠אַ֔יִל נִתַּ֖ח לִ⁠נְתָחָ֑י⁠ו	1	The one who offered a sacrifice would usually slaughter the animal for that sacrifice. However, in this case, even though Moses is offering the sacrifice, the pronoun he likely refers to Aaron, acting together with his sons. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent plain. Alternate translation: “And Aaron and his sons cut the ram into its pieces”
815	8:20	k05k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וַ⁠יַּקְטֵ֤ר מֹשֶׁה֙ אֶת־הָ⁠רֹ֔אשׁ וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠נְּתָחִ֖ים וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠פָּֽדֶר׃	1	See how you translated this expression in 1:9. Alternate translation: “And Moses caused the head and the pieces and the suet to become smoke on the altar and ascend toward Yahweh in heaven, where he would smell the smoke and be pleased”
816	8:20	yx76		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠נְּתָחִ֖ים	1	The expression the pieces refers to the appropriate portions of fat that would be removed from the burnt offering, according to the instructions recorded in Leviticus 1:8. See how you translated the similar expression there.
817	8:20	vm61		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠פָּֽדֶר׃	1	See how you translated this fat portion in 1:8.
818	8:21	t8ha		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	רָחַ֣ץ בַּ⁠מָּ֑יִם	1	See how you handled the extra information in this expression in 1:5.
819	8:21	xtyh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	רָחַ֣ץ בַּ⁠מָּ֑יִם	1	The one who offered a sacrifice would usually slaughter the animal for that sacrifice. However, in this case, even though Moses is offering the sacrifice, the pronoun he likely refers to Aaron, acting together with his sons. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent plain. Alternate translation: “Aaron and his sons washed with water”
820	8:21	w635		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וַ⁠יַּקְטֵר֩ מֹשֶׁ֨ה אֶת־כָּל־הָ⁠אַ֜יִל הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֗חָ⁠ה	1	See how you translated this expression in 1:9. Alternate translation: “And Moses caused the head and the pieces and the suet to become smoke on the altar and ascend toward Yahweh in heaven, where he would smell the smoke and be pleased”
821	8:22	com2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יַּקְרֵב֙ אֶת־הָ⁠אַ֣יִל הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י	1	The pronoun he refers to Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “And Moses presented the second ram”
822	8:22	qr6w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	אֵ֖יל הַ⁠מִּלֻּאִ֑ים	1	The expression the ram of the ordination offering uses the possessive form to describe the ram that had been selected to be sacrificed for an ordination offering. If this would be unclear in your language, consider making the meaning explicit. Alternate translation: “the ram that Aaron and his sons had presented as an ordination offering”
823	8:22	v85u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַֽ⁠יִּסְמְכ֞וּ אַהֲרֹ֧ן וּ⁠בָנָ֛י⁠ו אֶת־יְדֵי⁠הֶ֖ם עַל־רֹ֥אשׁ הָ⁠אָֽיִל׃	1	See how you translated this symbolic action in 1:4.
824	8:23	qn88		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּשְׁחָ֓ט	1	The one who offered a sacrifice would usually slaughter the animal for that sacrifice. However, in this case, even though Moses is offering the sacrifice, the pronoun he likely refers to Aaron, acting together with his sons. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent plain. Alternate translation: “And Aaron and his sons slaughtered it”
825	8:23	e9be		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יִּקַּ֤ח מֹשֶׁה֙ מִ⁠דָּמ֔⁠וֹ	1	See how you handled the implied information in the similar expression in 1:5.
826	8:23	ja2d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֛ן עַל־תְּנ֥וּךְ אֹֽזֶן־אַהֲרֹ֖ן הַ⁠יְמָנִ֑ית וְ⁠עַל־בֹּ֤הֶן יָד⁠וֹ֙ הַ⁠יְמָנִ֔ית וְ⁠עַל־בֹּ֥הֶן רַגְל֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠יְמָנִֽית׃	1	This is a symbolic action. Just as placing blood on the extremities of the altar purified it and prepared it to be an appropriate vessel through which acceptable sacrifices might be offered to Yahweh, by placing blood on Aaron’s right earlobe, the thumb of his right hand, and the big toe of his right foot Moses purifies Aaron and prepares him to be set apart for offering acceptable sacrifices to Yahweh. If this would not be clear in your language, consider explaining the meaning of this rite in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “and he gave it on the earlobe of the right ear of Aaron and on the thumb of his right hand and on the big toe of his right foot. He did this in order to purify Aaron from the impurity of sin and to prepare him to offer acceptable sacrifices to Yahweh”
827	8:23	puhy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֛ן עַל־תְּנ֥וּךְ אֹֽזֶן־אַהֲרֹ֖ן הַ⁠יְמָנִ֑ית	1	This expression is an idiom. It refers to placing or putting something on someone. If this idiom would not be clear in your language, consider making the meaning plain. Alternate translation: “and he put it on the earlobe of the right ear of Aaron”
828	8:24	ztw0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יַּקְרֵ֞ב אֶת־בְּנֵ֣י אַהֲרֹ֗ן	1	See how you translated this symbolic action in 8:6.
829	8:24	bjgp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֨ן מֹשֶׁ֤ה מִן־הַ⁠דָּם֙ עַל־תְּנ֤וּךְ אָזְנָ⁠ם֙ הַ⁠יְמָנִ֔ית וְ⁠עַל־בֹּ֤הֶן יָדָ⁠ם֙ הַ⁠יְמָנִ֔ית וְ⁠עַל־בֹּ֥הֶן רַגְלָ֖⁠ם הַ⁠יְמָנִ֑ית	1	Just as was done with Aaron, this is a ritual action. Just as placing blood on the extremities of the altar purified it and prepared it to be an appropriate vessel through which acceptable sacrifices might be offered to Yahweh, by placing blood on Aaron’s sons’ right earlobes, the thumbs of their right hands, and the big toes of their right feet, Moses purified Aaron’s sons and prepared them to be set apart for offering acceptable sacrifices to Yahweh. If this would not be clear in your language, consider explaining the meaning of this rite in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “and Moses gave some of the blood on the earlobe of their right ear and on the thumb of their right hand and on the big toe of their right foot. He did this in order to purify Aaron’s sons from the impurity of sin and to prepare them to offer acceptable sacrifices to Yahweh”
830	8:24	mjda		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֨ן מֹשֶׁ֤ה מִן־הַ⁠דָּם֙ עַל־תְּנ֤וּךְ אָזְנָ⁠ם֙ הַ⁠יְמָנִ֔ית	1	This expression is an idiom. It refers to placing or putting something on someone. If this idiom would not be clear in your language, consider making the meaning plain. Alternate translation: “and Moses put some of the blood on the earlobe of their right ear”
831	8:25	jt5v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠אֶת־הָֽ⁠אַלְיָ֗ה	1	See how you translated this portion of fat in 3:9.
832	8:25	pi33		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠אֶֽת־כָּל־הַ⁠חֵלֶב֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל־הַ⁠קֶּרֶב֒ וְ⁠אֵת֙ יֹתֶ֣רֶת הַ⁠כָּבֵ֔ד וְ⁠אֶת־שְׁתֵּ֥י הַ⁠כְּלָיֹ֖ת	1	See how you translated these portions of fat and internal organs in 3:4.
833	8:25	u6m5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	שׁ֥וֹק הַ⁠יָּמִֽין	1	See how you translated this portion of meat in 7:32.
834	8:26	w3xw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וּ⁠מִ⁠סַּ֨ל הַ⁠מַּצּ֜וֹת אֲשֶׁ֣ר׀ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֗ה	1	The expression to the face of Yahweh here refers to the location of the basket of the unleavened bread, as specified in Exodus 29:3. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And from the basket of the unleavened bread that was placed in Yahweh’s presence in the sacred precincts of the sacred tent where Yahweh lived among the Israelites”
835	8:26	nlvk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	וּ⁠מִ⁠סַּ֨ל הַ⁠מַּצּ֜וֹת	1	The expression the basket of the unleavened bread uses the possessive form to describe a basket that is characterized by the presence of unleavened bread. If this would be unclear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And from the basket that contained the unleavened bread”
836	8:26	uu53		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	חַלַּ֨ת מַצָּ֤ה אַחַת֙	1	See how you translated this expression in 2:4.
837	8:26	t601		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	וְֽ⁠חַלַּ֨ת לֶ֥חֶם שֶׁ֛מֶן אַחַ֖ת	1	The expression loaf of bread of oil uses the possessive form to describe a loaf of bread that is characterized by the presence of oil on top. It corresponds to the bread whose flour is well-soaked with oil in 7:12. Alternate translation: “and one loaf of bread that was well-soaked with oil”
838	8:26	tszw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠רָקִ֣יק אֶחָ֑ד	1	See how you translated this expression in 2:4.
839	8:27	tq8d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֣ן אֶת־הַ⁠כֹּ֔ל עַ֚ל כַּפֵּ֣י אַהֲרֹ֔ן וְ⁠עַ֖ל כַּפֵּ֣י בָנָ֑י⁠ו	1	See how you translated this idiom in 8:7.
840	8:27	xnw1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֶת־הַ⁠כֹּ֔ל	1	Here, the whole refers to the fat portions, the right thigh, and all of the loaves of bread. If it would be helpful, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “all the portions of fat, the right thigh, and the loaves of bread”
841	8:27	hy74		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	כַּפֵּ֣י אַהֲרֹ֔ן & כַּפֵּ֣י בָנָ֑י⁠ו	1	The palm is the flat part of the inside of one’s hand. If your language has a word for this part of the hand, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: ”the open hands of Aaron … the open hands of his sons”
842	8:27	n3y7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יָּ֧נֶף אֹתָ֛⁠ם תְּנוּפָ֖ה	1	Although the subject is not named, because it is usually the person offering the sacrifice who is authorized to dedicate the portions of the sacrifice to Yahweh by waving them in his presence, it is likely that he here refers to Aaron and his sons. This is further clarified by the fact that Moses placed the portions of fat, the right thigh, and the loaves of bread in the open palms of Aaron and his sons. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “and Aaron and his sons waved them as a wave offering”
843	8:27	l4k9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וַ⁠יָּ֧נֶף אֹתָ֛⁠ם תְּנוּפָ֖ה	1	See how you translated this symbolic action and its corresponding type of offering in 7:30.
844	8:27	veot		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃	1	Here, the expression to the face of Yahweh means “toward the presence of Yahweh.” It indicates that Moses waved the loaves and the wafer in the direction of the Most Holy Place, where Yahweh lived among the Israelites. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider stating this plainly. Alternate translation: “in the direction of the Most Holy Place where Yahweh lived among the Israelites”
845	8:28	q9b5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח מֹשֶׁ֤ה אֹתָ⁠ם֙	1	Here, the pronoun them refers to the fat portions, the right thigh, and all of the loaves of bread. If it would be helpful, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “And Moses took the portions of fat, the right thigh, and the loaves of bread”
846	8:28	gvly		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וַ⁠יַּקְטֵ֥ר הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֖חָ⁠ה	1	See how you translated this expression in 1:9.
847	8:29	ejop		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וַ⁠יְנִיפֵ֥⁠הוּ תְנוּפָ֖ה	1	See how you translated this symbolic action and its corresponding type of offering in 7:30.
848	8:29	auht		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה	1	Here, the expression to the face of Yahweh means “in the presence of Yahweh,” as in toward the direction of the Most Holy Place where Yahweh lives among the Israelites. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider stating this plainly. Alternate translation: “in the direction of the Most Holy Place where Yahweh lives among the Israelites”
849	8:29	yt3l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	מֵ⁠אֵ֣יל הַ⁠מִּלֻּאִ֗ים	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 8:22.
850	8:29	u7ex			לְ⁠מֹשֶׁ֤ה הָיָה֙ לְ⁠מָנָ֔ה	1	Alternate translation: “It became a portion for Moses” or “It was Moses’ portion”
851	8:30	b4zq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	מִ⁠שֶּׁ֣מֶן הַ⁠מִּשְׁחָ֗ה	1	See how you translated this expression in 8:2.
852	8:30	wcw9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וּ⁠מִן־הַ⁠דָּם֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּחַ֒	1	The expression the blood that was on the altar refers to the blood of the sacrificed animal that had earlier been placed on the horns of the altar. If this would be not clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and some of the blood that he had previously put on the four horns of the altar”
853	8:30	vnvz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וַ⁠יַּ֤ז עַֽל־אַהֲרֹן֙ עַל־בְּגָדָ֔י⁠ו וְ⁠עַל־בָּנָ֛י⁠ו וְ⁠עַל־בִּגְדֵ֥י בָנָ֖י⁠ו אִתּ֑⁠וֹ	1	This is a ritual action. Just as sprinkling the oil on the utensils of the sacred tent sanctified them and dedicated them for service to Yahweh, the mixture of blood and oil both dedicated Aaron and his sons for service to Yahweh as priests and purified them and their clothing from the impurity of sin through the cleansing nature of blood. If this would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning of the symbolic action in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “and he sprinkled them on Aaron, on his clothes, and on his sons and on the clothes of his sons with him. He did this in order to dedicate Aaron and his sons and to purify them from the impurity of sin”
854	8:30	zxdv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יְקַדֵּ֤שׁ אֶֽת־אַהֲרֹן֙ אֶת־בְּגָדָ֔י⁠ו וְ⁠אֶת־בָּנָ֛י⁠ו וְ⁠אֶת־בִּגְדֵ֥י בָנָ֖י⁠ו אִתּֽ⁠וֹ׃	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 8:10. Alternate translation: “And he set Aaron, his clothes, and his sons and the clothes of his sons with him, apart and dedicated them all for the service of Yahweh alone”
855	8:31	h9hl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֶת־הַ⁠בָּשָׂר֮	1	Although it is unclear, it is likely that here the meat refers to the meat of the ram that Aaron and his sons offered as an ordination offering and that Moses waved as a wave offering in Yahweh's presence. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider stating this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the meat of the ram of the ordination offering”
856	8:31	cpcx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	תֹּאכְל֣וּ	1	Here, the pronoun you is plural. It refers to Aaron and his sons, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
857	8:31	wc6z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	תֹּאכְל֣וּ	1	This expression uses a future statement to give an instruction or command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words using a command or instruction form. Alternate translation: “you must eat it”
858	8:31	q5eb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	בְּ⁠סַ֣ל הַ⁠מִּלֻּאִ֑ים	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 8:22.
859	8:31	bf4q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר צִוֵּ֨יתִי֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר אַהֲרֹ֥ן וּ⁠בָנָ֖י⁠ו יֹאכְלֻֽ⁠הוּ׃	1	This is a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “just as I commanded when I said that Aaron and his sons shall eat it”
860	8:31	q1xj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	אַהֲרֹ֥ן וּ⁠בָנָ֖י⁠ו יֹאכְלֻֽ⁠הוּ׃	1	The expression Aaron and his sons shall eat it uses a future statement to give an instruction or command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words using a command or instruction form. Alternate translation: “Aaron and his sons should eat it” or ”Aaron and his sons must eat it”
861	8:32	d6jm			וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹתָ֥ר בַּ⁠בָּשָׂ֖ר וּ⁠בַ⁠לָּ֑חֶם	1	Alternate translation: “But the rest of the meat and bread”
862	8:32	pz43		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	בָּ⁠אֵ֖שׁ תִּשְׂרֹֽפוּ׃	1	See how you handled the extra information in this expression in 4:12.
863	8:32	u784		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	בָּ⁠אֵ֖שׁ תִּשְׂרֹֽפוּ׃	1	Here, you is plural. It refers to Aaron and his sons, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
864	8:32	gs7i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	בָּ⁠אֵ֖שׁ תִּשְׂרֹֽפוּ׃	1	This expression uses a future statement to give an instruction or command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words using a command or instruction form. Alternate translation: “you should burn with fire” or ”you must burn with fire”
865	8:33	l33w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	תֵֽצְאוּ֙ & מִלֻּאֵי⁠כֶ֑ם & אֶת־יֶדְ⁠כֶֽם׃	1	The pronounsyou and your are plural here. They refer to Aaron and his sons, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
866	8:33	con5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	לֹ֤א תֵֽצְאוּ֙	1	This expression uses a future statement to give an instruction or command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words using a command or instruction form. Alternate translation: “you should not go out” or “you must not go out”
867	8:33	m5um		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	עַ֚ד י֣וֹם מְלֹ֔את יְמֵ֖י מִלֻּאֵי⁠כֶ֑ם	1	Words from the same root are being repeated in a poetic word-play. The words filling and ordination come from the same root as the verbal expression he will fill. If your language has similarly related words that would convey these meanings, consider using them here. If not, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “until the day when your ordination is filled up because, during those seven days, he will fill up your hands”
868	8:33	l462		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	יְמֵ֖י מִלֻּאֵי⁠כֶ֑ם	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word ordination, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “the days when you are being ordained as priests in service to Yahweh”
869	8:33	bd76		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	כִּ֚י שִׁבְעַ֣ת יָמִ֔ים יְמַלֵּ֖א אֶת־יֶדְ⁠כֶֽם׃	1	The expression he will fill your hand is an idiom that means to induct someone into the ministry and responsibilities of the priesthood. According to this verse, it will take seven days for Yahweh to induct Aaron and his sons into the priesthood. (See Exodus 28:41 and Exodus 29:9 for representative examples.) If this would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because it will take seven days for Yahweh to give you the responsibilities of the priesthood and dedicate you as priests”
870	8:33	nt6o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	יְמַלֵּ֖א אֶת־יֶדְ⁠כֶֽם׃	1	Here the pronoun he refers to Yahweh. If this would not be clear to your readers, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will fill your hand”
871	8:34	io5e			כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשָׂ֖ה בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה צִוָּ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה לַ⁠עֲשֹׂ֖ת	1	Alternate translation: “What has been done today is just as Yahweh commanded should be done”
872	8:34	e67x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	לְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר עֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם	1	See how you handled the word atonement in 1:4.
873	8:34	d5c1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	לְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר עֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם׃	1	Here, to marks making atonement as the goal or purpose of Yahweh's commandments regarding the procedure of the various sacrifices performed on this day. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. It may be helpful to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: “He did this so that he might make atonement for you”
874	8:34	eefz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	עֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם׃	1	Here, the pronoun you is plural. It refers to Aaron and his sons, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
875	8:35	v2rg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	תֵּשְׁב֨וּ & וּ⁠שְׁמַרְתֶּ֛ם & וְ⁠לֹ֣א תָמ֑וּתוּ	1	Here, the pronoun you is plural. It refers to Aaron and his sons, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
876	8:35	i0s1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	תֵּשְׁב֨וּ & וּ⁠שְׁמַרְתֶּ֛ם	1	These expressions use a future statement to give an instruction or command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words using a command or instruction form. Alternate translation: “you must stay … and you must keep” or “you should stay … and you should keep”
877	8:35	oxn1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	וּ⁠שְׁמַרְתֶּ֛ם אֶת־מִשְׁמֶ֥רֶת יְהוָ֖ה	1	Words from the same root are repeated for emphasis. The word watch is from the same root as the verb keep. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis.
878	8:35	h75b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וּ⁠שְׁמַרְתֶּ֛ם אֶת־מִשְׁמֶ֥רֶת יְהוָ֖ה	1	To keep the watch of Yahweh does not mean to stand and guard the entrance to the sacred tent. Rather, the expression means to carefully avoid his prohibitions, the things Yahweh has commanded his people not to do. If this meaning would not be clear, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and you will carefully keep Yahweh’s instructions about what you are not to do”
879	8:35	b94k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠לֹ֣א תָמ֑וּתוּ	1	The word and here indicates that what follows is a result of what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a result of what came before. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: “If you do this, you will not die”
880	8:35	m25h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	כִּי־כֵ֖ן צֻוֵּֽיתִי׃	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “because thus Yahweh commanded me”
881	8:35	mvnl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּי־כֵ֖ן צֻוֵּֽיתִי׃	1	The word translated as because indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: “You should do all this because thus I have been commanded”
882	8:35	fol0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	צֻוֵּֽיתִי׃	1	Here the pronoun I refers to Moses. If this would not be clear in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “I, Moses, have been commanded”
883	8:36	bb62		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶֽׁה׃ס	1	The expression by the hand of Moses uses one part of a person, the hand, to represent all of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh commanded through Moses”
884	9:intro	s8cl				0	Leviticus 9 General Notes Structure and Formatting Aaron begins to function as the high priest in this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]]) Special Concepts in this Chapter Following Yahweh’s instructions Great care is taken to show that Aaron perfectly followed Yahweh’s instructions. Moses records every detail to show how Aaron correctly followed Yahweh. Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter “Fire came out from Yahweh” Aaron did not create the fire that consumed his sacrifice. Instead, Yahweh miraculously began the fire which consumed the sacrifice. This showed that the sacrifice was acceptable to him. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])
885	9:1	ksc2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁמִינִ֔י	1	The word eighth is the ordinal number for eight.
886	9:1	rp4k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁמִינִ֔י	1	The eighth day is the first day after the seven-day period of the ordination ceremony. Alternate translation: “on the first day after the ordination ceremony was completed”
887	9:2	jvuc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	עֵ֣גֶל בֶּן־בָּקָ֧ר לְ⁠חַטָּ֛את וְ⁠אַ֥יִל לְ⁠עֹלָ֖ה תְּמִימִ֑ם	1
888	9:2	fik1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	עֵ֣גֶל	1	A calf is a young bovine. If your language does not have a word for this type of animal, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “a young bovine”
889	9:2	dtge		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	בֶּן־בָּקָ֧ר	1	See how you translated this expression in 1:5.
890	9:2	e8xc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	בָּקָ֧ר	1	See how you translated this word in 1:2.
891	9:2	c82u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠הַקְרֵ֖ב	1	See how you translated this symbolic action in 8:6.
892	9:2	exi1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה	1	As the General Introduction to Leviticus discusses, in contexts such as this, the expression to the face of Yahweh means “where Yahweh can see” and, by extension, ”in Yahweh's presence.” See how you translated this expression in 1:5. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh” or “in the precincts of the sacred tent where Yahweh lives among the Israelites”
893	9:3	jx2w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	וְ⁠אֶל־ בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל תְּדַבֵּ֣ר לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר קְח֤וּ שְׂעִיר־ עִזִּים֙	1	This expression introduces a direct quote within a direct quote. You could change this into an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “And you should tell the sons of Israel to take a buck of the goats”
894	9:3	rfql		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1	See how you translated this expression in 1:2.
895	9:3	wxr1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	תְּדַבֵּ֣ר	1	This expression is using a future statement to give an instruction or command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words using a command or instruction form. Alternate translation: “you must speak” or ”speak”
896	9:3	s42l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	תְּדַבֵּ֣ר	1	Here, you is singular. It refers to Aaron, so use the singular form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
897	9:3	xwgi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.
898	9:3	nq8j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	שְׂעִיר־עִזִּים֙	1	The expression a buck of the goats used the possessive form to refer to a male goat that belongs to the class of animals also called goats. If your language possesses a specific term for a male goat, consider using it here or use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “an adult male goat”
899	9:3	unc9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	עִזִּים֙	1	The expression the goats does not refer to a specific group of goats. It describes any groups of goats that an Israelite might own. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the goats that you own”
900	9:3	ah79		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠עֵ֨גֶל וָ⁠כֶ֧בֶשׂ בְּנֵי־שָׁנָ֛ה תְּמִימִ֖ם	1	The expression a son of a year is an idiom that refers to an animal that is a year old. If your language has a similar idiom, consider using it here. If not, state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and a perfect calf and a perfect lamb that are a year old” or “and a perfect calf and a perfect lamb that are twelve months of age”
901	9:4	gz2r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה	1	See how you translated this expression in 1:5. Alternate translation: “in Yahweh’s presence” or “in the precincts of the sacred tent where Yahweh lives among the Israelites”
902	9:4	fei7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וּ⁠מִנְחָ֖ה בְּלוּלָ֣ה בַ⁠שָּׁ֑מֶן	1	See how you translated this expression in 7:10.
903	9:4	l9yn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	כִּ֣י הַ⁠יּ֔וֹם יְהוָ֖ה נִרְאָ֥ה אֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם׃	1	Here, for marks Yahweh's appearing to the people of Israel as the goal or purpose of presenting all the sacrificial animals that Moses names here. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. It may be helpful to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: “You should do this because Yahweh will appear to you today”
904	9:4	rn4r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	אֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם׃	1	Here, the pronoun you is plural. It refers to the Israelite people, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
905	9:5	o262		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּקְח֗וּ	1	The pronoun they refers to the Israelite people, the “sons of Israel.” If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “And the people of Israel brought”
906	9:5	jx2j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֵ֚ת אֲשֶׁ֣ר צִוָּ֣ה מֹשֶׁ֔ה	1	The expression that which Moses commanded refers to the five animals for the burnt, sin, and fellowship sacrifices and the loaves of bread for the grain offerings. These were referred to in 9:3–4. If it would be helpful, consider making the referents explicit. Alternate translation: “the animals for the sacrifices and the grain offerings that Moses told them to bring”
907	9:5	jha5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אֶל־פְּנֵ֖י אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד	1	Here, to the face of the tent of meeting is an idiom that means “before the tent of meeting.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the front of the tent of meeting”
908	9:5	xpfc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַֽ⁠יִּקְרְבוּ֙ כָּל־הָ֣⁠עֵדָ֔ה	1	See how you translated this symbolic action in 8:6.
909	9:5	v2co		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וַ⁠יַּֽעַמְד֖וּ לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃	1	Here, to stand to the face of Yahweh refers to the fact that the Israelite people came to stand before the altar in the courtyard of the tent of meeting, where Yahweh lived among the Israelites. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and they stood in Yahweh’s presence within the precincts of the tent of meeting, in which Yahweh lived among the Israelites”
910	9:6	m2gr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה תַּעֲשׂ֑וּ	1	Here, you is plural. It refers to the Israelite people, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
911	9:6	p7cq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠יֵרָ֥א אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם כְּב֥וֹד יְהוָֽה	1	Here, the expression the glory of Yahweh refers to the earthly manifestation of Yahweh in the form of fire (see 9:23–24). If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh himself will appear to you in the form of heavenly fire”
912	9:7	k98c			וַ⁠עֲשֵׂ֞ה אֶת־ חַטָּֽאתְ⁠ךָ֙ וְ⁠אֶת־ עֹ֣לָתֶ֔⁠ךָ & וַ⁠עֲשֵׂ֞ה אֶת־ קָרְבַּ֤ן הָ⁠עָם֙	1	Alternate translation: “and prepare your sin offering and your burnt offering … And prepare the offering of the people”
913	9:7	xst1			וְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר בַּֽעַדְ⁠ךָ֖ וּ⁠בְעַ֣ד הָ⁠עָ֑ם & וְ⁠כַפֵּ֣ר בַּֽעֲדָ֔⁠ם	1	Alternate translation: “and make atonement for yourself and for the people … and make atonement for them”
914	9:7	caq0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר & וְ⁠כַפֵּ֣ר	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 1:4.
915	9:7	kkgk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	אֶת־קָרְבַּ֤ן הָ⁠עָם֙	1	The expression the offering of the people uses the possessive form to describe the sacrifices that Yahweh has commanded the people of Israel to bring. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the offering that Yahweh commanded the people to bring”
916	9:8	v2tu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	אֶת־עֵ֥גֶל הַ⁠חַטָּ֖את	1	The expression the calf of the sin offering uses the possessive form to describe a calf that is sacrificed as a sin offering. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the calf that he presented as a sin offering”
917	9:8	gnsj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֲשֶׁר־לֽ⁠וֹ׃	1	The expression which was for himself refers to the fact that this animal, the calf of the sin offering, was being offered for Aaron’s sake and not for the sake of the people. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “which he offered to make atonement for himself”
918	9:9	q85r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ֠⁠יַּקְרִבוּ בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֣ן אֶת־ הַ⁠דָּם֮ אֵלָי⁠ו֒	1	This statement implies that the sons of Aaron collected the blood of the calf in a bowl as the blood drained. See how you handled the implied information in the similar expression in 1:5.
919	9:9	ydrp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ֠⁠יַּקְרִבוּ בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֣ן אֶת־הַ⁠דָּם֮ אֵלָי⁠ו֒	1	See how you translated this symbolic action in 1:2.
920	9:9	i8b4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֣ן	1	Here, the sons of Aaron literally refers to Aaron’s own four sons and not to the entire priesthood. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation, with a comma after: “Aaron’s four sons, Nadab, Abihu, Eleazar, and Ithamar”
921	9:9	pp9q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּטְבֹּ֤ל אֶצְבָּע⁠וֹ֙ & וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֖ן & יָצַ֔ק	1	Here the pronouns he and his refer to Aaron. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “and Aaron dipped his finger … and Aaron gave it … and he poured out”
922	9:9	dw7v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֖ן עַל־קַרְנ֣וֹת הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חַ	1	See how you translated this idiom in 4:7.
923	9:9	pk8j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	קַרְנ֣וֹת הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חַ	1	See how you translated this portion of the altar in 4:7.
924	9:10	gqd4			וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠כְּלָיֹ֜ת וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠יֹּתֶ֤רֶת מִן־הַ⁠כָּבֵד֙	1	See how you translated these internal organs in 3:4.
925	9:10	henu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הִקְטִ֖יר הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חָ⁠ה	1	See how you translated this expression in 1:9.
926	9:11	g8cw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠בָּשָׂ֖ר	1	Here, the meat refers to the portions of the calf of the sin offering that were to be taken outside of the camp and burned. According to 4:11, this included the calf’s head, the legs, the remaining internal organs (other than the kidney and the liver), and any remaining meat (other than the breast meat and the right thigh). If it would be helpful to your readers, consider stating this meaning plainly. Alternate translation, with a comma after: “But the meat of the calf, along with its head and its legs, its entrails, its dung”
927	9:11	n477		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	שָׂרַ֣ף בָּ⁠אֵ֔שׁ	1	See how you handled the extra information in the similar expression in 6:30.
928	9:11	qatp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	שָׂרַ֣ף בָּ⁠אֵ֔שׁ	1	Although it is unclear, it is likely that the pronoun he here cannot refer to Aaron or to his sons or any of the priests, since burning the calf’s carcass outside of the camp had the potential to make them unclean. Thus, he here likely refers to another, unnamed Israelite. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “someone else burned with fire” or “another Israelite burned with fire”
929	9:12	ld7n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּשְׁחַ֖ט אֶת־הָ⁠עֹלָ֑ה	1	The pronoun he refers to Aaron. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And Aaron slaughtered the burnt offering”
930	9:12	t13n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ֠⁠יַּמְצִאוּ בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֤ן אֵלָי⁠ו֙ אֶת־ הַ⁠דָּ֔ם	1	As before, this expression implies that the sons of Aaron caught the blood in a bowl as the blood drained from the animal. See how you handled the implied information in the similar expression in 1:5.
931	9:13	o1kk			וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠עֹלָ֗ה הִמְצִ֧יאוּ אֵלָ֛י⁠ו לִ⁠נְתָחֶ֖י⁠הָ וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠רֹ֑אשׁ	1	Alternate translation: “And they brought the burnt offering to him, having cut it into its pieces, including the head”
932	9:13	ci8q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠עֹלָ֗ה הִמְצִ֧יאוּ אֵלָ֛י⁠ו	1	The pronoun they refers to the sons of Aaron, while the pronoun him refers to Aaron himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making these referents explicit. Alternate translation: “And the burnt offering Aaron’s four sons brought to their father”
933	9:13	p2xd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וַ⁠יַּקְטֵ֖ר עַל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּֽחַ׃	1	See how you translated this ritual action in 1:9.
934	9:14	b7wy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וַ⁠יִּרְחַ֥ץ אֶת־הַ⁠קֶּ֖רֶב וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠כְּרָעָ֑יִם וַ⁠יַּקְטֵ֥ר עַל־הָ⁠עֹלָ֖ה הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּֽחָ⁠ה׃	1	See how you translated these actions in 1:9.
935	9:15	vae8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	וַ⁠יַּקְרֵ֕ב אֵ֖ת קָרְבַּ֣ן הָ⁠עָ֑ם	1	See how you translated the similar repetition of related words in 1:2.
936	9:15	xe2j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יַּקְרֵ֕ב	1	See how you translated this symbolic action in 8:6.
937	9:15	zz37		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	אֵ֖ת קָרְבַּ֣ן הָ⁠עָ֑ם	1	See how you translated this expression in 9:7.
938	9:15	siz7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	אֶת־שְׂעִ֤יר הַֽ⁠חַטָּאת֙	1	See how you translated the similar possessive form in 9:8.
939	9:15	dwac		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֲשֶׁ֣ר לָ⁠עָ֔ם	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 9:8.
940	9:15	f5tq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	כָּ⁠רִאשֽׁוֹן	1	The word first is the ordinal number for one. The expression the first one refers to the calf that Aaron offered as a sin offering for himself. Alternate translation: “like the calf that Aaron offered as a sin offering for himself”
941	9:16	vyze		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַֽ⁠יַּעֲשֶׂ֖⁠הָ כַּ⁠מִּשְׁפָּֽט׃	1	The expression he did it according to the regulation means that Aaron offered the burnt offering that the people required according to the instructions that Yahweh commanded in Leviticus 1. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making this meaning plain. Alternate translation: “and he did it just as Yahweh had commanded”
942	9:17	rf9u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יְמַלֵּ֤א כַפּ⁠וֹ֙ מִמֶּ֔⁠נָּה	1	The expression he filled his palm from it refers to the priests’ practice of designating what portion of a grain offering would be burned by scooping out whatever he could fit in his open, upturned hand. This practice is described in 2:2 and 5:12. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making this meaning plain. Alternate translation: “and Aaron filled his palm with a handful of the grain offering in order to designate how much he would burn on the altar”
943	9:17	myae		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יַּקְטֵ֖ר עַל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חַ	1	Here, the pronoun it refers not to the whole grain offering, but to the portion that Aaron scooped out with his palm. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making this meaning plain. Alternate translation: “and he caused the portion of the grain offering that he scooped out with his palm to become smoke on the altar”
944	9:17	xi9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וַ⁠יַּקְטֵ֖ר עַל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חַ	1	See how you translated this expression in 1:9.
945	9:17	a8bb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מִ⁠לְּ⁠בַ֖ד עֹלַ֥ת הַ⁠בֹּֽקֶר	1	The expression the burnt offering of the morning uses the possessive form to describe the burnt offering that was offered as the first sacrifice of each day. Normally, the priests would offer this burnt sacrifice in the morning before any other sacrifice. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider stating this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in addition to the burnt offering that had been offered earlier that morning as the usual first sacrifice of the day”
946	9:18	pdy2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּשְׁחַ֤ט	1	Although it is unclear, it is likely that the pronoun he here refers to Aaron, who is offering this sacrifice on behalf of the whole people. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “And Aaron slaughtered”
947	9:18	zxfv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠אַ֔יִל זֶ֥בַח הַ⁠שְּׁלָמִ֖ים	1	The expression the ram of the sacrifice of the peace offerings uses the possessive form to describe a ram that was chosen to be the animal sacrifice for a peace offering. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider stating this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The ram that the people had presented to Aaron as the sacrifice for their peace offering”
948	9:18	vtbh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֲשֶׁ֣ר לָ⁠עָ֑ם	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 9:8.
949	9:18	y9tz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ֠⁠יַּמְצִאוּ בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֤ן אֶת־ הַ⁠דָּם֙ אֵלָ֔י⁠ו	1	As before, this expression implies that the sons of Aaron caught the blood in a bowl as the blood drained from the animal. See how you handled the implied information in the similar expression in 1:5.
950	9:18	qkc8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֤ן	1	Here, the expression the sons of Aaron refers specifically to Aaron’s four male sons. If this would be unclear, given the previous use of this expression, consider making the meaning explicit. Alternate translation, with a comma after: “Aaron's four sons, Nadab, Abihu, Eleazar, and Ithamar,”
951	9:19	ju3w			הָֽ⁠אַלְיָ֤ה & וְ⁠הַ⁠כְּלָיֹ֔ת וְ⁠יֹתֶ֖רֶת הַ⁠כָּבֵֽד׃	1	See how you translated these fat portions and internal organs in 3:4.
952	9:19	q1v7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠הַֽ⁠מְכַסֶּה֙	1	The expression that which covers refers to the fat that covers the internal organs, as referenced in 3:3 and elsewhere in Leviticus 1–7. Alternate translation: “and the fat covering the innards”
953	9:20	cb2c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יָּשִׂ֥ימוּ	1	The pronoun they refers here to the sons of Aaron. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “Aaron’s four sons put”
954	9:20	a6zh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֶת־הַ⁠חֲלָבִ֖ים & הַ⁠חֲלָבִ֖ים	1	The expression the fat refers to all the portions of fat and the internal organs that were listed in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “all these portions of fat and the innards … all these portions of fat and the innards”
955	9:20	u277		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הֶ⁠חָז֑וֹת	1	See how you translated this portion of meat in 7:30.
956	9:20	ftr5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וַ⁠יַּקְטֵ֥ר הַ⁠חֲלָבִ֖ים הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּֽחָ⁠ה׃	1	See how you translated this action in 1:9.
957	9:20	c778		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יַּקְטֵ֥ר הַ⁠חֲלָבִ֖ים הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּֽחָ⁠ה׃	1	Here the pronoun he refers to Aaron. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “and Aaron caused the fat portions to become smoke on the altar”
958	9:21	lwm2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	שׁ֣וֹק הַ⁠יָּמִ֔ין	1	See how you translated this portion of meat in 7:32.
959	9:21	m515		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הֵנִ֧יף אַהֲרֹ֛ן תְּנוּפָ֖ה	1	See how you translated this symbolic action and its corresponding type of offering in 7:30.
960	9:21	ki59		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה	1	See how you translated this idiom in 7:30.
961	9:22	y35z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֨א אַהֲרֹ֧ן אֶת־יד⁠ו אֶל־הָ⁠עָ֖ם	1	Lifting one's hands is a symbolic action that signals a physical posture of prayer. If this would not be clear to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action in the text or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “And Aaron lifted his hands toward the people so that he could pray for them”
962	9:22	xk8g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing	וַֽ⁠יְבָרְכֵ֑⁠ם	1	Aaron is asking Yahweh to bless the people. You could express this as either a blessing or a prayer, in whichever way is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and he prayed Yahweh’s blessing over the people”
963	9:22	ky92			וַ⁠יֵּ֗רֶד מֵ⁠עֲשֹׂ֧ת הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֛את וְ⁠הָ⁠עֹלָ֖ה וְ⁠הַ⁠שְּׁלָמִֽים׃	1	The expression And he came down refers to the fact that Aaron was likely elevated off the ground, probably by means of stairs or a ramp, in order to offer the sacrifices on top of the altar. Consequently, Aaron would have been higher than where the people were standing. If it would be helpful, consider supplying this implied information. Alternate translation: “And, because Aaron was elevated above the people when he offered the sacrifices, he came down from making the sin offering and the burnt offering and the peace offerings”
964	9:23	lsoa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish	וַ⁠יָּבֹ֨א מֹשֶׁ֤ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹן֙ אֶל־אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֔ד וַ⁠יֵּ֣צְא֔וּ	1	These expressions may seem like consecutive actions. However, it is likely that Moses and Aaron went into the tent of meeting to talk with Yahweh and that they only came out again once they had done so. In your translation, make sure that these two actions do not appear to be immediately consecutive. Alternate translation: “And Moses and Aaroncame into the tent of meeting. Sometime later, after they had met with Yahweh, they went out”
965	9:23	mr4h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing	וַֽ⁠יְבָרֲכ֖וּ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֑ם	1	Aaron and Moses are asking Yahweh to bless the people. You could express this as either a blessing or a prayer, in whichever way is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and they prayed that Yahweh would bless the people”
966	9:23	d94f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֵּרָ֥א כְבוֹד־ יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־ כָּל־ הָ⁠עָֽם	1	See how you translated the expression the glory of Yahweh in 9:6.
967	9:24	v7ig		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה וַ⁠תֹּ֨אכַל֙	1	The expression from before the face of Yahweh likely means that the fire came from the direction of Yahweh’s presence in the Most Holy Place, where he lived among the Israelites. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from Yahweh's presence in the Most Holy Place, where he lived among the Israelites”
968	9:24	m6fb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠תֹּ֨אכַל֙ עַל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חַ אֶת־הָ⁠עֹלָ֖ה וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠חֲלָבִ֑ים	1	This expression uses the image of the fire consuming or eating the burnt offering to refer to the process that the sacrifice undergoes as the fire burns it until it is completely ash. If your language has a similar idiom used of fire completely burning something, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and it completely burned the burnt offering and the fat on the altar until it was nothing but ash”
969	9:24	m7g9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	וַ⁠יַּ֤רְא כָּל־הָ⁠עָם֙	1	The expression all the people saw* may leave out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “And all the people saw what happened” or “And all the people saw how the fire consumed the burnt offering and the fat on the altar”
970	9:24	e6ys		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יָּרֹ֔נּוּ	1	Here, they shouted means that they cried out in joy with a loud voice. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and they joyfully shouted” or “and they cheered loudly”
971	9:24	da35		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַֽ⁠יִּפְּל֖וּ עַל־ פְּנֵי⁠הֶֽם	1	To fall on one’s face is a symbolic action. As an act of reverence, honor, and submission, It refers to either: (1) bowing on one’s knees with one’s face to the ground. If your language has a similar idiom to refer to bowing with respect to authority, consider using it here. If not, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and they knelt down in respect and awe with their faces on the ground” or (2) lying flat on the ground. Alternate translation: “and they lay flat out on the ground”
972	10:intro	qn6v				0	Leviticus 10 General Notes Structure and Formatting Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 10:3. Special Concepts in this Chapter Mourning Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter “Fire”
973	10:1	wogp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וַ⁠יִּקְח֣וּ	1	The word And indicates that the action of this chapter immediately follows what happened in the previous chapter. The events recorded here should be considered to be a continuation of the story of the ordination ceremony. In your translate, be sure to use a connecting word that signals this to your readers.
974	10:1	r6u3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	נָדָ֨ב וַ⁠אֲבִיה֜וּא	1	Nadab and Abihu are the names of Aaron’s sons.
975	10:1	ghd1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	מַחְתָּת֗⁠וֹ	1	A censer is a shallow metal container that priests could use to carry hot coals or ash. It is likely that these dishes could also be used to offer incense. If your language has a word for this religious object, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “his pan”
976	10:1	d3vv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּתְּנ֤וּ בָ⁠הֵן֙ אֵ֔שׁ	1	See how you translated this idiom in 1:7. Alternate translation: “and they put fire in them”
977	10:1	oggx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אֵ֔שׁ	1	Here, the word fire represents the coals that produce fire. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “burning coals” or “live coals”
978	10:1	lb5p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	קְטֹ֑רֶת	1	See how you translated this term in 4:7.
979	10:1	qem4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יַּקְרִ֜בוּ לִ⁠פְנֵ֤י יְהוָה֙ אֵ֣שׁ זָרָ֔ה	1	See how you translated this symbolic action in 1:2.
980	10:1	dwmf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֤י יְהוָה֙	1	See how you translated this expression in 1:5. Alternate translation: “in the precincts of the tent of meeting where Yahweh lived among the Israelites” or “in Yahweh’s presence”
981	10:1	b4s0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֵ֣שׁ זָרָ֔ה	1	It is likely that the expression strange fire means that either: (1) Nadab and Abihu had used burning coals that came from a common, everyday source rather than from a holy source, as Yahweh had commanded. Alternate translation: “common fire that was not set apart exclusively for Yahweh’s purposes” or (2) the incense that Nadab and Abihu placed on top of the burning coals was not the kind of incense that Yahweh had commanded should be offered in the tent of meeting. Alternate translation: “unauthorized incense”
982	10:1	afy8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אֵ֣שׁ	1	It is likely that fire refers to coals that Nadab and Abihu used to smolder the incense and cause it to smoke. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “coals”
983	10:1	it5c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֲשֶׁ֧ר לֹ֦א צִוָּ֖ה אֹתָֽ⁠ם׃	1	This expression refers to the fact that the strange fire that Nadab and Abihu offered was not what Yahweh had commanded. Alternate translation: “that was not what Yahweh had specifically commanded his priests to offer”
984	10:2	c7n7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish	אֵ֛שׁ	1	Here, fire means flames and not coals, as in the previous verse. The repetition of words is intended to be ironic. Nadab and Abihu offered fire, but fire consumed them in judgment. If your language has similar words for live coals and for flaming fire that could preserve this irony, consider using those terms here. If not, be sure to translate this word as fire.
985	10:2	et86		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה	1	See how you translated this expression in 1:5. Alternate translation: “from the Holy of Holies where Yahweh lived among the Israelites” or “from Yahweh’s presence”
986	10:2	f9fy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠תֹּ֣אכַל אוֹתָ֑⁠ם	1	The author of Leviticus uses the image of the fire consuming or eating Aaron’s two sons to refer to the process that the sacrifice undergoes as the fire burns it until it is completely ash. If your language has a similar idiom used of fire completely burning something, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and it completely burned them until they were nothing but ash”
987	10:2	c893		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וַ⁠יָּמֻ֖תוּ לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה	1	See how you translated this expression in 1:5. Alternate translation: “And they died in the precincts of the tent of meeting where Yahweh lived among the Israelites” or “And they died in Yahweh’s presence”
988	10:3	pl7g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	הוּא֩ אֲשֶׁר־ דִּבֶּ֨ר יְהוָ֤ה׀ לֵ⁠אמֹר֙ בִּ⁠קְרֹבַ֣⁠י אֶקָּדֵ֔שׁ וְ⁠עַל־ פְּנֵ֥י כָל־ הָ⁠עָ֖ם אֶכָּבֵ֑ד	1	This has a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “This is what Yahweh spoke when he said that he would show himself to be holy among those who draw near to him and that he would be honored on the faces of all the people”
989	10:3	gef8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לֵ⁠אמֹר֙	1	The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.
990	10:3	c9g1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בִּ⁠קְרֹבַ֣⁠י	1	The phrase those who draw near me refers to either: (1) the priests who draw near to Yahweh in order to offer sacrifices to him. Alternate translation: “among the priests who offer sacrifices to me” or (2) all the people who draw near to Yahweh in order to offer sacrifices to him. Alternate translation: “Among everyone who offers sacrifices to me”
991	10:3	p7vy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֶקָּדֵ֔שׁ	1	The expression I will show myself to be holy means that, by killing Aaron’s sons who had sinned, either: (1) Yahweh demonstrated that he alone is God by showing that he is not only set apart from sin but also perfect and powerful. Alternate translation: “I will show that I am God and that I alone am set apart from sin” or (2) Yahweh removed the impurity caused by the sins of Nadab and Abihu, thus purifying himself. Alternate translation: “I will purify myself from the impurity of people’s sin”
992	10:3	kpac		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠עַל־פְּנֵ֥י כָל־הָ⁠עָ֖ם	1	Here, the face of all the people refers to the people's faculties of sight and, by extension, what they can see. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And in the sight of all the people”
993	10:3	py8y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	אֶכָּבֵ֑ד	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will demonstrate that people should honor me”
994	10:4	qzy6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	מִֽישָׁאֵל֙ & אֶלְצָפָ֔ן & בְּנֵ֥י עֻזִּיאֵ֖ל	1	Mishael and Elzaphan are the names of Aaron’s cousins, the sons of his uncle, Uzziel.
995	10:4	o9ui		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	עֻזִּיאֵ֖ל	1	Uzziel is the name of Aaron’s uncle.
996	10:4	tu5m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	דֹּ֣ד אַהֲרֹ֑ן	1	Here the term uncle specifically refers to Aaron's father's brother. If your language has a specific word for an uncle, it would be appropriate to use it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “Aaron's father's brother”
997	10:4	etlw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	קִ֠רְב֞וּ	1	To present oneself is a symbolic action that refers to bringing oneself into Yahweh’s presence to do his purposes. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation, with a period following: “Come near to the precincts of the tent of meeting where Yahweh lives among the Israelites and be ready to do what Yahweh requires of you”
998	10:4	tus1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	שְׂא֤וּ אֶת־אֲחֵי⁠כֶם֙	1	To lift something can mean to carry it. If your language has a similar idiom, consider using it here. If not, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and carry your brothers”
999	10:4	bt7v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אֶת־ אֲחֵי⁠כֶם֙	1	Here, the word brothers refers either: (1) to close family relations. Alternate translation: “your close family members” or (2) to fellow Israelites who are to consider one another as members of a single extended family. Alternate translation: “your fellow Israelites”
1000	10:4	m9ht		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	אֶת־אֲחֵי⁠כֶם֙	1	Here, your is plural. It refers to Mishael and Elzaphan, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
1001	10:4	wutc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת פְּנֵי־הַ⁠קֹּ֔דֶשׁ	1	Here, from the face of the Holy Place is an idiom that refers to the location in front of the Holy Place, likely the courtyard in front of the curtain that hung over the entrance to the Holy of Holies. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the space in front of the Holy of Holies within the tent of meeting”
1002	10:4	k1n1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הַ⁠קֹּ֔דֶשׁ	1	The Holy Place refers to the inner tent, inside of which the Holy of Holies was located. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the meaning clear. Alternate translation: “the inner sanctuary, which houses the Holy of Holies”
1003	10:5	qi3k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַֽ⁠יִּקְרְב֗וּ	1	See how you translated this symbolic action in 1:2.
1004	10:5	vv6w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יִּשָּׂאֻ⁠ם֙ בְּ⁠כֻתֳּנֹתָ֔⁠ם	1	Mishael and Elzaphan carry Nadab and Abihu by their tunics so as to not come in direct contact with a dead body, which would make Mishael and Elzaphan ceremonially unclean. If it would be helpful in your language, consider providing this implied information in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “and, because they did not want to become unclean by touching a dead body, they lifted them by their tunics”
1005	10:5	x91o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּשָּׂאֻ⁠ם֙	1	The phrase they lifted them means that they carried them. If your language has a similar idiom, consider using it here. If not, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and they carried them”
1006	10:5	lmx1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּשָּׂאֻ⁠ם֙	1	Here the pronoun them refers to the bodies of Nadab and Abihu. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent clear. Alternate translation: “and they lifted the bodies of Nadab and Abihu”
1007	10:5	g8xv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	בְּ⁠כֻתֳּנֹתָ֔⁠ם	1	See how you translated this article of clothing in 8:7.
1008	10:5	aswh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	בְּ⁠כֻתֳּנֹתָ֔⁠ם	1	Here the possessive pronoun their could refer to (1) Nadab and Abihu. Alternate translation: “by Nadab and Abihu’s tunics” or (2) Mishael and Elzaphan. Alternate translation: “by Mishael and Elzaphan’s tunics”
1009	10:6	w2ql		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וּ⁠לְ⁠אֶלְעָזָר֩ וּ⁠לְ⁠אִֽיתָמָ֨ר	1	Eleazar and Ithamar are the names of Aaron’s two remaining sons.
1010	10:6	jqvz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	׀ בָּנָ֜י⁠ו	1	Here the pronoun his refers to Aaron. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent clear. Alternate translation: “Aaron’s sons”
1011	10:6	zau7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	רָֽאשֵׁי⁠כֶ֥ם אַל־ תִּפְרָ֣עוּ׀ וּ⁠בִגְדֵי⁠כֶ֤ם לֹֽא־ תִפְרֹ֨מוּ֙	1	These are symbolic actions associated with mourning for dead relatives. If your language does not have similar actions associated with a period of mourning, consider explaining the meaning of these actions in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “Do not mourn for your relatives by letting your heads be loose or by tearing your clothes”
1012	10:6	hutl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	רָֽאשֵׁי⁠כֶ֥ם אַל־תִּפְרָ֣עוּ ׀	1	Here, the word heads refers by association to the hair of one’s head, so the expression Do not let your heads be loose refers to letting one’s hair hang down disheveled and unkempt. It is implied that Aaron’s sons’ hair was long enough to hang down over their heads. As the previous note suggests, this was a common practice associated with mourning for a dead relative. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not let your long hair hang down loose”
1013	10:6	qzuj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	רָֽאשֵׁי⁠כֶ֥ם & וּ⁠בִגְדֵי⁠כֶ֤ם & וְ⁠לֹ֣א תָמֻ֔תוּ & וַ⁠אֲחֵי⁠כֶם֙	1	The pronouns you and your are plural. They refer to Aaron’s sons, Eleazar and Ithamar, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
1014	10:6	viun		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	יִקְצֹ֑ף	1	The pronoun he refers to Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent clear. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will not be angry”
1015	10:6	s1o8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וַ⁠אֲחֵי⁠כֶם֙ כָּל־בֵּ֣ית יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases in a way that shows that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “But the whole house of Israel, your brothers”
1016	10:6	pe72		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠אֲחֵי⁠כֶם֙	1	Here, the word brothers does not mean male relatives. Rather, it likely refers to all their fellow Israelites, who were to be considered to be members of a single extended family. Alternate translation: “But all your fellow Israelites”
1017	10:6	cbn7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	כָּל־ בֵּ֣ית יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1	Here, house refers to the whole people of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the people of Israel”
1018	10:6	d6t9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	יִבְכּוּ֙	1	This expression uses a future statement to give an instruction or command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words using a command or instruction form. Alternate translation: “should weep” or “must weep”
1019	10:6	g4h2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	הַ⁠שְּׂרֵפָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֖ר שָׂרַ֥ף יְהוָֽה	1	Here, a verb and its object come from the same root. The phrase he burned translates as a verb that is related to the noun translated burning. The repetition of related words adds emphasis to the statement. If your language can repeat words for emphasis and your language has comparable terms that you can use in your own translation, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation.
1020	10:6	pcx5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֶת־הַ⁠שְּׂרֵפָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֖ר שָׂרַ֥ף יְהוָֽה׃	1	The word burning refers to the fire that came out from the Holy Place and consumed Nadab and Abihu. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for the way that Yahweh completely destroyed Nadab and Abihu with fire”
1021	10:7	iyos		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	לֹ֤א תֵֽצְאוּ֙ & תָּמֻ֔תוּ & עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם	1	Here the pronoun you is plural. It refers to Eleazar and Ithamar, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
1022	10:7	gymx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	לֹ֤א תֵֽצְאוּ֙	1	The expression you shall not go out uses a future statement to give an instruction or command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words using a command or instruction form. Alternate translation: “you must not go out” or “do not go out”
1023	10:7	xne1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּי־	1	The word translated as for indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: “This is because”
1024	10:7	pdx7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	שֶׁ֛מֶן מִשְׁחַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה	1	The expression the oil of the anointing of Yahweh uses the possessive form to describe oil that is used to anoint people for service to Yahweh. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could state the meaning with a generic expression. Alternate translation: “the special oil that is used to set people apart to serve as priests to Yahweh”
1025	10:7	u594		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וַֽ⁠יַּעֲשׂ֖וּ כִּ⁠דְבַ֥ר מֹשֶֽׁה	1	The term word is being used to mean the message that Moses spoke. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And they did exactly what Moses told them to do”
1026	10:7	mo1n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַֽ⁠יַּעֲשׂ֖וּ	1	Here, the pronoun they refers to Eleazar and Ithamar, Aaron’s two remaining sons. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent clear. Alternate translation: “And Eleazar and Ithamar did”
1027	10:8	xdru		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לֵ⁠אמֹֽר׃	1	The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.
1028	10:9	sezj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠שֵׁכָ֞ר	1	Here, beer is likely a fermented and alcoholic beverage brewed from wheat, barley, or other grains. If your language has a word for this beverage, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “or other alcoholic beverage”
1029	10:9	h40l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	אַתָּ֣ה ׀ וּ⁠בָנֶ֣י⁠ךָ אִתָּ֗⁠ךְ	1	Here, the pronoun you is singular. It refers to Aaron, so use the singular form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
1030	10:9	jjm5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וּ⁠בָנֶ֣י⁠ךָ אִתָּ֗⁠ךְ	1	The expression your sons with you refers to Eleazar and Ithamar, who are with Aaron by virtue of being his two remaining living sons (whereas the bodies of Nadab and Abihu, Aaron’s now-deceased sons, have been taken outside of the camp). If if would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “or your remaining sons who are still alive”
1031	10:9	ewsm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	בְּ⁠בֹאֲ⁠כֶ֛ם & וְ⁠לֹ֣א תָמֻ֑תוּ & לְ⁠דֹרֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם׃	1	The pronouns you and your are plural. They refer to Aaron and his sons, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
1032	10:10	c51w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וּֽ⁠לֲ⁠הַבְדִּ֔יל	1	Here, the word and does not mean that the ability to separate between the holy and the common is a direct consequence of abstaining from drinking alcohol while conducting priestly duties. If the connection between this statement and the previous one is not clear, you may want to use a connecting word to show how this statement relates to what came before it. Use a natural form in your language to connect this statement to the previous one. Alternatively, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: “You also should learn to separate”
1033	10:10	um6e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	הַ⁠קֹּ֖דֶשׁ & הַ⁠חֹ֑ל	1	The adjectives holy and common are being used as nouns to refer to that which is set apart for Yahweh alone and that which is associated with ordinary everyday life. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “that which is holy … that which is common”
1034	10:10	gy4t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הַ⁠חֹ֑ל	1	The word common refers to things, animals, or people that are not set apart for Yahweh but are associated with ordinary, everyday life. If it would be helpful in your language, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “the ordinary”
1035	10:10	h6gu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	הַ⁠טָּמֵ֖א & הַ⁠טָּהֽוֹר	1	The adjective clean is being used as a noun to refer to that which is able to be in holy space and come into contact with holy objects. The adjective unclean is being used to refer to that which is impure and cannot be in holy space without introducing impurity to that space and those objects. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “that which is clean … that which is unclean”
1036	10:10	hnd2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הַ⁠טָּמֵ֖א	1	See how you translated this term in 5:2.
1037	10:10	hwt7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הַ⁠טָּהֽוֹר	1	See how you translated this term in 4:12.
1038	10:11	ersp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	וּ⁠לְ⁠הוֹרֹ֖ת	1	Here, in order to marks teaching the sons of Israel as the goal or purpose of learning to separate between holy and common, between clean and unclean. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. Alternatively, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: “The priests should learn to do this so that they might be able to teach”
1039	10:11	z0fa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אֶת־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל	1	See how you translated this expression in 1:2.
1040	10:11	ziwv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶֽׁה	1	Here, hand represents the agency of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “through Moses”
1041	10:12	tnax		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	׀ בָּנָי⁠ו֮ הַ⁠נּֽוֹתָרִים֒	1	The pronoun his refers to Aaron. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent clear. Alternate translation: “Aaron's remaining sons”
1042	10:12	bsmt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	מֵ⁠אִשֵּׁ֣י יְהוָ֔ה	1	See how you translated this expression in 2:3.
1043	10:12	uj8a			וְ⁠אִכְל֥וּ⁠הָ מַצּ֖וֹת אֵ֣צֶל הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חַ	1	Alternate translation: “and eat the unleavened bread beside the altar”
1044	10:12	azgq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠אִכְל֥וּ⁠הָ	1	Here the pronoun it refers to whatever portion of the grain offering was left over and had not been burned on the altar. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent clear. Alternate translation: “and eat the remaining grain offering”
1045	10:12	icyo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּ֛י קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֖ים הִֽוא׃	1	The word for indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: “This is because it is a holy thing of the holy things”
1046	10:12	x7w9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֖ים הִֽוא	1	See how you translated this expression in 2:3.
1047	10:13	iemc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	וַ⁠אֲכַלְתֶּ֤ם אֹתָ⁠הּ֙	1	This expression uses a future statement to give an instruction or command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words using a command or instruction form. Alternate translation: “And you must eat it” or “Eat it”
1048	10:13	zyz7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	וַ⁠אֲכַלְתֶּ֤ם	1	Here, the pronoun you is plural. It refers to Aaron and his sons. Consider using the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
1049	10:13	dwqm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	אֹתָ⁠הּ֙	1	Here the pronoun it refers to whatever portion of the grain offering was left over and had not been burned on the altar. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent clear. Alternate translation: “the remaining grain offering”
1050	10:13	gl9f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּ֣י חָקְ⁠ךָ֤ וְ⁠חָק־בָּנֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ הִ֔וא מֵ⁠אִשֵּׁ֖י יְהוָ֑ה	1	The word because indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: “You should do this because it is your portion and the portion of your sons from the gifts of Yahweh”
1051	10:13	wa2z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	מֵ⁠אִשֵּׁ֖י יְהוָ֑ה	1	See how you translated this expression in 2:3.
1052	10:13	kd8q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּי־כֵ֖ן צֻוֵּֽיתִי׃	1	The word because indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: “This is so because thus I have been commanded”
1053	10:13	lw7m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	כִּי־ כֵ֖ן צֻוֵּֽיתִי	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “because thus Yahweh commanded me”
1054	10:14	fbtl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	וְ⁠אֵת֩ חֲזֵ֨ה הַ⁠תְּנוּפָ֜ה	1	The expression the breast of the wave offering uses the possessive form to describe breast meat that is to be offered as a wave offering. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And the breast meat that Aaron and his sons presented as a wave offering”
1055	10:14	ydf7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠אֵת֩ חֲזֵ֨ה	1	See how you translated this type of meat in 7:30.
1056	10:14	wlkc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הַ⁠תְּנוּפָ֜ה	1	See how you translated this type of offering in 7:30.
1057	10:14	zlh3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	וְ⁠אֵ֣ת ׀ שׁ֣וֹק הַ⁠תְּרוּמָ֗ה	1	The expression the thing of the contribution uses the possessive form to describe thigh meat that has been chosen to be offered as a special contribution of food to Yahweh’s priests. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and the thigh meat that Aaron and his sons presented as a special contribution”
1058	10:14	kzs9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	שׁ֣וֹק	1	See how you translated this portion of meat in 7:32.
1059	10:14	x3ba		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הַ⁠תְּרוּמָ֗ה	1	See how you translated this term in 7:14.
1060	10:14	q9tm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	תֹּֽאכְלוּ֙	1	The expression you shall eat uses a future statement to give an instruction or command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words using a command or instruction form. Alternate translation: “you must eat” or “eat”
1061	10:14	xg6a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	תֹּֽאכְלוּ֙	1	Here, you is plural. It refers to Aaron and his sons. Consider using the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
1062	10:14	hd3b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	אַתָּ֕ה וּ⁠בָנֶ֥י⁠ךָ וּ⁠בְנֹתֶ֖י⁠ךָ אִתָּ֑⁠ךְ	1	The pronouns you and your refer to Aaron. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent clear. Alternate translation: “you, Aaron, and your sons and your daughters with you”
1063	10:14	ipkv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	אַתָּ֕ה וּ⁠בָנֶ֥י⁠ךָ וּ⁠בְנֹתֶ֖י⁠ךָ אִתָּ֑⁠ךְ & חָקְ⁠ךָ֤ & בָּנֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙	1	Here, the words you and your are singular. They refer to Aaron alone. Consider using the singular form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
1064	10:14	r4oa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּֽי־חָקְ⁠ךָ֤ וְ⁠חָק־בָּנֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ נִתְּנ֔וּ	1	The word for indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: “You should do this because they are given {as} your portion and the portion of your sons”
1065	10:14	d7ig		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	כִּֽי־ חָקְ⁠ךָ֤ וְ⁠חָק־ בָּנֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ נִתְּנ֔וּ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh has given them as your portion and the portion of your sons”
1066	10:14	exsy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	נִתְּנ֔וּ	1	Here the pronoun they does not refer to Aaron’s sons and daughters. Rather, it refers to the breast meat of the wave offering and the thigh meat of the contribution. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referents explicitly. Alternate translation: “the breast meat of the wave offering and the thigh meat of the contribution are given”
1067	10:14	qnqe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	מִ⁠זִּבְחֵ֥י שַׁלְמֵ֖י	1	See how you translated this expression in 3:1.
1068	10:14	ers8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	See how you translated this expression in 1:2.
1069	10:15	mzyf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	שׁ֣וֹק הַ⁠תְּרוּמָ֞ה וַ⁠חֲזֵ֣ה הַ⁠תְּנוּפָ֗ה	1	See how you translated these expressions in 10:14.
1070	10:15	x654		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אִשֵּׁ֤י הַ⁠חֲלָבִים֙	1	The expression the gifts of the fat portions refers to all the portions of fat and internal organs that would normally be offered with sacrifices of peace offerings. See 3:3–4, 3:9–10, and 3:14–15 for the exact portions.
1071	10:15	f30w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	יָבִ֔יאוּ	1	Here the pronoun they likely refers to the people of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel shall bring”
1072	10:15	ri2a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	יָבִ֔יאוּ	1	The expression they shall bring uses a future statement to give an instruction or command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words using a command or instruction form. Alternate translation: “they must bring” or “they should bring”
1073	10:15	n69i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	לְ⁠הָנִ֥יף תְּנוּפָ֖ה	1	See how you translated this ritual action and its corresponding type of offering in 7:30.
1074	10:15	vhjx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	לְ⁠הָנִ֥יף תְּנוּפָ֖ה	1	Here, to marks waving the meat and fat portions as a wave offering as the goal or purpose of bringing them to the tent of meeting. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.
1075	10:15	agci		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה	1	See how you translated this expression in 1:5. Alternate translation: “in the precincts of the tent of meeting where Yahweh lived among the Israelites” or “in Yahweh’s presence”
1076	10:15	e8hp			וְ⁠הָיָ֨ה לְ⁠ךָ֜ וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנֶ֤י⁠ךָ אִתְּ⁠ךָ֙ לְ⁠חָק־ עוֹלָ֔ם	1	Alternate translation: “And it belongs to you and to your sons with you as an enduring portion”
1077	10:16	gh55		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	וְ⁠אֵ֣ת ׀ שְׂעִ֣יר הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֗את	1	See how you translated this possessive form in 9:15. Here, the goat of the sin offering refers to the butchered meat of the animal rather than to the live animal itself. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And the meat of the goat of the sin offering”
1078	10:16	mb94		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication	דָּרֹ֥שׁ דָּרַ֛שׁ מֹשֶׁ֖ה	1	This expression repeats the verb searched for in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “Moses diligently searched for”
1079	10:16	emuf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	שֹׂרָ֑ף	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Aaron’s sons had burned it up”
1080	10:16	u1x6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ֠⁠יִּקְצֹף	1	Here, he refers to Moses. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referents explicitly. Alternate translation: “And Moses was angry”
1081	10:16	a6vx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לֵ⁠אמֹֽר	1	The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.
1082	10:17	y3wc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	מַדּ֗וּעַ לֹֽא־אֲכַלְתֶּ֤ם & לָ⁠כֶ֗ם	1	Here the pronoun you is plural. It refers to Eleazar and Ithamar, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
1083	10:17	py7k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֶת־הַֽ⁠חַטָּאת֙	1	Here, the sin offering refers to the meat of the goat that was offered as a sin offering. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the meat of the goat that was offered as a sin offering”
1084	10:17	rz8i		rc://*/ta/man/grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּ֛י קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֖ים הִ֑וא	1	The word for indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a question mark before and a period after: “You should have done this because it is a holy thing of holy things”
1085	10:17	ckr9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠אֹתָ֣⁠הּ ׀ נָתַ֣ן לָ⁠כֶ֗ם	1	Here the pronoun it refers to the meat of the sin offering. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “And he gave the meat of the sin offering to you”
1086	10:17	pohs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	נָתַ֣ן	1	Here the pronoun he refers to Yahweh. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave”
1087	10:17	scg5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	לָ⁠שֵׂאת֙ אֶת־עֲוֺ֣ן הָ⁠עֵדָ֔ה	1	Here, to marks bearing the iniquity of the people as the goal or purpose of Yahweh’s having given the meat of the sin offering to the priests to eat. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.
1088	10:17	d4e4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לָ⁠שֵׂאת֙ אֶת־ עֲוֺ֣ן הָ⁠עֵדָ֔ה	1	See how you translated this idiom in 5:1.
1089	10:17	oubl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	לְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֖ם	1	Here, to marks making atonement for the people as the goal or purpose of Yahweh’s having given the meat of the sin offering to the priests to eat. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.
1090	10:17	i4gd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	לְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר	1	See how you translated this expression in 1:4.
1091	10:17	rsax		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֖ם	1	Here, the pronoun them refers to the congregation. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the congregation”
1092	10:17	kvwa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃	1	See how you translated this expression in 1:5. Alternate translation: “in Yahweh’s presence” or “in Yahweh’s judgment”
1093	10:18	yy2n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	לֹא־הוּבָ֣א אֶת־דָּמָ֔⁠הּ אֶל־הַ⁠קֹּ֖דֶשׁ פְּנִ֑ימָה	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this sacrifice was not the type that required the priests to bring its blood into the inner Holy Place”
1094	10:18	ijm5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לֹא־הוּבָ֣א אֶת־דָּמָ֔⁠הּ אֶל־הַ⁠קֹּ֖דֶשׁ פְּנִ֑ימָה	1	According to 6:23, sin offerings that required the priest to bring the blood of the animal into the inner sanctuary of the Holy Place could not be eaten by the priests. Rather, this variety of sin offerings had to be burned completely. Moses is saying that because the sin offering presented by the people was not this particular kind of sin offering, it should have been eaten by the priests. If this would not be clear to your readers, consider explaining the significance of this statement in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “if the blood of the sin offering had been brought into the inner Holy Place, it couldn’t have been eaten. But as it was, the sin offering that the people presented did not require this”
1095	10:18	o5qg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	אֶת־דָּמָ֔⁠הּ	1	Here, the possessive pronoun its refers to the sin offering. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “the blood of the sin offering”
1096	10:18	b9hv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הַ⁠קֹּ֖דֶשׁ פְּנִ֑ימָה	1	The inner Holy Place refers to the space inside the tent of meeting, particularly, the interior space of the inner tent in which the Holy of Holies was housed. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the interior of the tent of the Holy Place”
1097	10:18	mzac		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication	אָכ֨וֹל תֹּאכְל֥וּ אֹתָ֛⁠הּ	1	This expression repeats the verb eat in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “You shall have certainly eaten it”
1098	10:18	l9r8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	תֹּאכְל֥וּ אֹתָ֛⁠הּ	1	The expression you shall eat it uses a future statement to give an instruction or command that ought to have been followed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words using a command or instruction form. Alternate translation: “you should eat it”
1099	10:18	hnp9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	תֹּאכְל֥וּ	1	Here the pronoun you is plural. It refers to Aaron and his sons, so use the singular form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
1100	10:19	srqp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	הִקְרִ֨יבוּ אֶת־חַטָּאתָ֤⁠ם וְ⁠אֶת־עֹֽלָתָ⁠ם֙	1	Here the pronouns they and their refer to Aaron’s four sons, who had offered burnt offerings and sin offerings on their own behalf as well as on the behalf of the people. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “my four sons presented their sin offering and their burnt offering”
1101	10:19	ja8x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה	1	See how you translated this expression in 1:5. Alternate translation: “in the precincts of the tent of meeting where Yahweh lived among the Israelites” or “in Yahweh’s presence”
1102	10:19	jkx5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וַ⁠תִּקְרֶ֥אנָה אֹתִ֖⁠י כָּ⁠אֵ֑לֶּה	1	Aaron is referring to the death of his sons, Nadab and Abihu, in a polite way by using the phrase it has happened to me according to these things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to these events in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “and now my sons lie dead outside of the camp, having been consumed by Yahweh’s fire”
1103	10:19	yzv9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	וְ⁠אָכַ֤לְתִּי חַטָּאת֙ הַ⁠יּ֔וֹם הַ⁠יִּיטַ֖ב בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י יְהוָֽה	1	Aaron here uses the question form to question Moses about the appropriateness of eating the meat of the sin offering when his two sons were killed within the holy space of the tent of meeting itself. His question anticipates a negative response. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation, followed by a period rather than a question mark: “But even if I ate the sin offering today, it would not have been good in the eyes of Yahweh.”
1104	10:19	e4az		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠אָכַ֤לְתִּי חַטָּאת֙	1	Here, the sin offering refers to the meat of the sin offering. If it would be helpful for your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But if I ate the meat of the goat of the sin offering”
1105	10:19	ovou		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	הַ⁠יִּיטַ֖ב בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃	1	Here, eyes represent the sight of a person and, by extension, their judgment or approval. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “would it have been good in Yahweh’s judgment”
1106	10:19	ni6v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	הַ⁠יִּיטַ֖ב בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃	1	The expression good in the eyes of Yahweh is an idiom that means “to be pleasing to Yahweh” or “to be acceptable to Yahweh.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “would Yahweh have approved” or “would it have pleased Yahweh”
1107	10:20	npu0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֣ע מֹשֶׁ֔ה	1	The expression And Moses heard leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be helpful in your language. Alternate translation: “And Moses heard what Aaron said”
1108	10:20	k82x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וַ⁠יִּיטַ֖ב בְּ⁠עֵינָֽי⁠ו	1	Here, eyes represent the sight of a person and, by extension, their judgment or approval. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and it was good to him”
1109	10:20	dcek		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּיטַ֖ב בְּ⁠עֵינָֽי⁠ו	1	The expression good in his eyes is an idiom that means “to be pleasing” or “to be acceptable.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and he approved” or “and it seemed good to him”
1110	11:intro	i427				0	Leviticus 11 General Notes Structure and formatting Special concepts in this chapter Laws about food This chapter contains a list of the animals the Israelites were not allowed to eat. Further research may be needed to determine the exact location of different parts of an animal. Many of these foods are not consumed to this day because they cause diseases, but it is unclear why the other foods are prohibited. Eating unclean foods made a person unclean. The process of consuming these types of foods spread the uncleanliness to a person. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
1111	11:1	d55m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לֵ⁠אמֹ֥ר אֲלֵ⁠הֶֽם׃	1	The word saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.
1112	11:1-2	w7r6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	לֵ⁠אמֹ֥ר אֲלֵ⁠הֶֽם׃ & דַּבְּר֛וּ אֶל־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: “He told them to tell the sons of Israel”
1113	11:2	f52a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1	See how you translated this way of referring to the people of Israel in 1:2.
1114	11:2	mxt3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	The word saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.
1115	11:2	bz88		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	זֹ֤את הַֽ⁠חַיָּה֙	1	In this verse, the word living thing is singular in form, but it refers to all the following animals, birds, fish, lizards, and insects as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “These are the creatures”
1116	11:2	jin6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	הַֽ⁠חַיָּה֙	1	The expression the living thing does not refer to a specific animal. It describes any animal, bird, fish, lizard, or insect that an Israelite might encounter in their daily life. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is the type of creature that you might encounter”
1117	11:2	sc39		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מִ⁠כָּל־הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר עַל־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ׃	1	This expression refers to all land-dwelling animals, whether domesticated or otherwise. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. See how you translated the word livestock in 1:2.
1118	11:2	e376		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	מִ⁠כָּל־הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר עַל־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ׃	1	The expression the livestock does not refer to a specific group of animals. It describes any four-footed animal that an Israelite might own or encounter in their daily life. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “from any quadruped that is on the earth”
1119	11:3	wmod		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כֹּ֣ל ׀ מַפְרֶ֣סֶת פַּרְסָ֗ה וְ⁠שֹׁסַ֤עַת שֶׁ֨סַע֙ פְּרָסֹ֔ת מַעֲלַ֥ת גֵּרָ֖ה בַּ⁠בְּהֵמָ֑ה	1	This expression establishes criteria by which the people of Israel may determine whether a land-dwelling quadruped is acceptable for eating. Essentially, the animal must both chew the cud and have a completely divided hoof. The implication, as the following verses will illustrate, is that if an animal fulfills only one of these criteria, it should be considered unclean. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.
1120	11:3	yce6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	כֹּ֣ל ׀ מַפְרֶ֣סֶת פַּרְסָ֗ה וְ⁠שֹׁסַ֤עַת שֶׁ֨סַע֙ פְּרָסֹ֔ת	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than and in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Anything dividing the hoof that splits the cleft of the hooves completely”
1121	11:3	cwvm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	מַפְרֶ֣סֶת פַּרְסָ֗ה	1	Here, words are being repeated for emphasis. The verb dividing comes from the same root as the noun hoof. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “that has a completely divided hoof”
1122	11:3	f07l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	וְ⁠שֹׁסַ֤עַת שֶׁ֨סַע֙ פְּרָסֹ֔ת	1	Here, words are being repeated for emphasis. The verb splitting comes from the same root as the noun cleft. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “and whose hooves are completely split in two”
1123	11:3	f7fg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	מַעֲלַ֥ת גֵּרָ֖ה	1	This expression is an idiom that refers to the process of chewing partly digested food. This expression should not be taken in a modern, technical sense, as the inclusion of rock badgers and rabbits (which do not strictly chew cud) suggests. If your language has a general word for this digestive process, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “that eats partially digested food”
1124	11:3	le05		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	גֵּרָ֖ה	1	Here, the cud does not refer to a specific food substance. Rather, it refers to any food that an animal chews again. This may be food that returns from the first stomach of certain animals to their mouth for further chewing, as with camels, or food that is digested, passed, and eaten again, as with rabbits and rock badgers. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “re-digested food” or “partially digested food that is eaten again”
1125	11:3	pqzj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	בַּ⁠בְּהֵמָ֑ה	1	The expression the livestock does not refer to a specific group of animals. It describes any four-footed animal that an Israelite might own or encounter in their daily life. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “among any quadrupeds that you might own or encounter”
1126	11:3	dae5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	אֹתָ֖⁠הּ תֹּאכֵֽלוּ	1
1127	11:4	c9gz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אַ֤ךְ אֶת־זֶה֙ לֹ֣א תֹֽאכְל֔וּ מִֽ⁠מַּעֲלֵי֙ הַ⁠גֵּרָ֔ה וּ⁠מִ⁠מַּפְרִיסֵ֖י הַ⁠פַּרְסָ֑ה	1	This expression means that the following animals match one condition or the other, but not both. For example, an animal may chew cud (like the camel in the current verse), but it may not have a completely divided hoof (or any hoof at all). Alternatively, the animal may possess a divided hoof but not chew any cud. These types of animals were to be considered unclean. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.
1128	11:4	j7ny		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	אֶֽת־ הַ֠⁠גָּמָל	1	The expression the camel does not refer to a specific animal. It describes any camel that an Israelite might own or encounter in their daily life. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a camel”
1129	11:4	rw0i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	אֶֽת־הַ֠⁠גָּמָל	1	This camel is a large, long-necked animal that usually lives in dry, arid climates. It has long slender legs, broad cushioned feet, and either one or two humps on its back. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term.
1130	11:4	vhj7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כִּֽי־מַעֲלֵ֨ה גֵרָ֜ה ה֗וּא וּ⁠פַרְסָה֙ אֵינֶ֣⁠נּוּ מַפְרִ֔יס	1	This expression refers to the fact that the camel matches one condition, but not both. It chews the cud but does not possess a completely divided hoof. Because of this, it should be considered unclean. If this would be unclear in your language, it may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.
1131	11:4	rxot		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּֽי־	1	The word because indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: “You shall not eat the camel because”
1132	11:4	tv2j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	וּ⁠פַרְסָה֙ אֵינֶ֣⁠נּוּ מַפְרִ֔יס	1	Here, words are being repeated for emphasis. The verb dividing comes from the same root as the noun hoof. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “but it does not have a completely divided hoof”
1133	11:4	ddz1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	טָמֵ֥א ה֖וּא לָ⁠כֶֽם׃	1	As the General Introduction to this chapter discusses, for an animal to be unclean does not mean that it is physically dirty or nutritionally unhealthy to eat. Rather, the designation refers to whether or not the animal should be considered acceptable for an Israelite to eat and whether contact with the animal would ritually defile the people of Israel. By maintaining a specific diet, the people of Israel would keep themselves separated and distinct from the people and nations around them, demonstrating that they are holy people, dedicated to Yahweh (as 11:43–45 explains). In your translation, be sure to indicate the label unclean does not refer to an animal being unhygienic or unhealthy.
1134	11:5	ykh0		rc://*/ta/man/grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠שָּׁפָ֗ן כִּֽי	1	The word because indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “Likewise, you shall not eat the rock badger. This is because”
1135	11:5	b1fc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠שָּׁפָ֗ן	1	This rock badger is a small-to-medium-sized rodent-like animal that lives and hunts in rocky places. It is also known as the hyrax, the rock rabbit, or, in some places, the coney. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term.
1136	11:5	mirq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠שָּׁפָ֗ן	1	The expression the rock badger does not refer to a specific animal. It describes any rock badger that an Israelite might encounter in their daily life. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And a rock badger”
1137	11:5	e2np		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כִּֽי־מַעֲלֵ֤ה גֵרָה֙ ה֔וּא וּ⁠פַרְסָ֖ה לֹ֣א יַפְרִ֑יס	1	Like camels, rock badgers meet one condition, but not both. While it does not chew the cud like a camel, it moves its jaw in a similar manner as animals that chew the cud. Moreover, rock badgers habitually eat food that has already been digested and passed. Nonetheless, rock badgers do not possess a completely divided hoof, because they do not have hooves at all. Because of this, it should be considered unclean. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.
1138	11:5	tae4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	וּ⁠פַרְסָ֖ה לֹ֣א יַפְרִ֑יס	1	Here, words are being repeated for emphasis. The verb divide comes from the same root as the noun hoof. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “but it does not have a completely divided hoof”
1139	11:5	c39c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	טָמֵ֥א ה֖וּא לָ⁠כֶֽם	1	See how you translated this expression in 11:4.
1140	11:6	dhzl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠אַרְנֶ֗בֶת כִּֽי	1	The word because indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “Likewise, you shall not eat the rabbit. This is because”
1141	11:6	a11v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠אַרְנֶ֗בֶת	1	This rabbit is a burrowing, plant-eating animal with long ears, long back legs, and a short tail. If your language has a word for such an animal, consider using it here. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term.
1142	11:6	idao		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠אַרְנֶ֗בֶת	1	The expression the rabbit does not refer to a specific animal. It describes any rabbit that an Israelite might encounter in their daily life. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a rabbit”
1143	11:6	s90e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כִּֽי־מַעֲלַ֤ת גֵּרָה֙ הִ֔וא וּ⁠פַרְסָ֖ה לֹ֣א הִפְרִ֑יסָה	1	Like rock badgers, rabbits meet one condition, but not both. While it does not chew the cud like a camel, it moves its jaw in a similar manner as animals that chew the cud. Moreover, rabbits habitually eat food that has already been digested and passed. Nonetheless, they do not possess a completely divided hoof, because they do not have hooves at all. Because of this, rabbits should be considered unclean. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.
1144	11:6	imuc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	וּ⁠פַרְסָ֖ה לֹ֣א הִפְרִ֑יסָה	1	See how you translated these repeated words in 11:5.
1145	11:7	albz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠אֶת־הַ֠⁠חֲזִיר כִּֽי	1	The word because indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “Likewise, you shall not eat the pig. This is because”
1146	11:7	qmfb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠אֶת־הַ֠⁠חֲזִיר	1	This pig is a hoofed swine with a flat snout for rooting in the soil. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term.
1147	11:7	vh26		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	וְ⁠אֶת־הַ֠⁠חֲזִיר	1	The expression the pig does not refer to a specific animal. It describes any pig that an Israelite might encounter in their daily life. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And a pig”
1148	11:7	pq3j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כִּֽי־מַפְרִ֨יס פַּרְסָ֜ה ה֗וּא וְ⁠שֹׁסַ֥ע שֶׁ֨סַע֙ פַּרְסָ֔ה וְ⁠ה֖וּא גֵּרָ֣ה לֹֽא־יִגָּ֑ר	1	Like rock badgers and rabbits, pigs meet one condition, but not both. While it possesses a completely cloven hoof, it does not chew cud. Because of this, pigs should be considered unclean. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.
1149	11:7	g62y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	כִּֽי־מַפְרִ֨יס פַּרְסָ֜ה ה֗וּא וְ⁠שֹׁסַ֥ע שֶׁ֨סַע֙ פַּרְסָ֔ה	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than and in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “because it is dividing the hoof in a way that splits the cleft of the hooves completely”
1150	11:7	jjwy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	מַפְרִ֨יס פַּרְסָ֜ה ה֗וּא	1	See how you translated these repeated words in 11:5.
1151	11:7	wdut		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	וְ⁠שֹׁסַ֥ע שֶׁ֨סַע֙ פַּרְסָ֔ה	1	Here, words are being repeated for emphasis. The verb splitting comes from the same root as the noun cleft. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “and its hooves are completely divided”
1152	11:7	nczj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	וְ⁠ה֖וּא גֵּרָ֣ה לֹֽא־יִגָּ֑ר	1	Here, words are being repeated for emphasis. Here, the verb chew comes from the same root as the noun cud. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “but it itself does not chew cud”
1153	11:7	i0u3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	וְ⁠ה֖וּא גֵּרָ֣ה לֹֽא־יִגָּ֑ר	1	This expression the word itself to emphasize that pig does not chew the cud. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “but it itself never chews cud”
1154	11:9	m2na		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל אֲשֶׁ֣ר בַּ⁠מָּ֑יִם	1	This expression refers to all water-dwelling creatures, including fish and mammals. If it would be clearer in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from any fish or mammal that lives in the water”
1155	11:9	sojs			כֹּ֣ל אֲשֶׁר־ל⁠וֹ֩ סְנַפִּ֨יר וְ⁠קַשְׂקֶ֜שֶׂת	1	Alternative translation: “anything that has both fins and scales”
1156	11:9	j5mn			כֹּ֣ל אֲשֶׁר־ל⁠וֹ֩ סְנַפִּ֨יר וְ⁠קַשְׂקֶ֜שֶׂת	1	As was the case with the land-dwelling quadrupeds, here this expression states criteria by which the people of Israel may determine whether a water-dwelling fish, mammal, or anything else that lives in the water is acceptable for eating. Essentially, the creature must possess both fins and scales. The implication is that if a creature fulfills only one of these criteria, it should be considered unclean. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.
1157	11:9	j4k9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	סְנַפִּ֨יר	1	Here, fins refers to the thin, flat parts that the fish uses to move through the water.
1158	11:9	l6nh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠קַשְׂקֶ֜שֶׂת	1	Here, scales refers to the small, bony plates that cover the body of the fish.
1159	11:9	opa8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	אֹתָ֥⁠ם תֹּאכֵֽלוּ׃	1	Here, them refers to the fish that possess both fins and scales. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referents explicit. Alternate translation: “you shall eat anything that lives in water that possesses both fins and scales”
1160	11:10	owox		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠כֹל֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר אֵֽין־ל֜⁠וֹ סְנַפִּ֣יר וְ⁠קַשְׂקֶ֗שֶׂת בַּ⁠יַּמִּים֙ וּ⁠בַ⁠נְּחָלִ֔ים מִ⁠כֹּל֙ שֶׁ֣רֶץ הַ⁠מַּ֔יִם וּ⁠מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל נֶ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠חַיָּ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר בַּ⁠מָּ֑יִם	1	This expression establishes criteria by which the people of Israel may determine whether a creature that lives in the water, regardless of whether it lives in the seas or in the rivers, is acceptable for eating. Essentially, the animal must possess both fins and scales. The implication, as the following verses will illustrate, is that if an animal fulfills only one of these criteria, it should be considered a detestable thing and should be avoided at all costs. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.
1161	11:10	yngo			וְ⁠כֹל֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר אֵֽין־ל֜⁠וֹ סְנַפִּ֣יר וְ⁠קַשְׂקֶ֗שֶׂת	1	Alternative translation: “But anything that does not have both fins and scales”
1162	11:10	x8y3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	מִ⁠כֹּל֙ שֶׁ֣רֶץ הַ⁠מַּ֔יִם	1	This expression uses the possessive form to describe swarming fish that live in water, that is, schools of small fish that swarm in large numbers. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “from every fish that swarms in large numbers and lives in the water”
1163	11:10	caaa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	וּ⁠מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל נֶ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠חַיָּ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר בַּ⁠מָּ֑יִם	1	This expression uses the possessive form to describe living things that are both living, breathing creatures and live in water. Whereas the expression swarming thing of the water refers to schools of small fish, this expression likely refers to larger fish and mammals that live in water. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and from every living creature that lives in the water”
1164	11:12	znvd			כֹּ֣ל אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֵֽין־ל֛⁠וֹ סְנַפִּ֥יר וְ⁠קַשְׂקֶ֖שֶׂת	1	Alternative translation: “Anything that does not have both fins and scales”
1165	11:13	q2t5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	מִן־הָ⁠ע֔וֹף	1	The word bird is singular in form, but it refers to all winged animals as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “from winged animals”
1166	11:13	faw3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	לֹ֥א יֵאָכְל֖וּ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You should not eat them”
1167	11:13	t0xc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	אֶת־הַ⁠נֶּ֨שֶׁר֙	1	Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a large carrion-eating bird of prey, such as the eagle. Like many of the birds on this list, this bird is a large, carnivorous bird of prey that eats dead animals. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.
1168	11:13	gs9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠פֶּ֔רֶס	1	Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a vulture. Like many of the birds on this list, it is a carnivorous bird of prey that eats dead animals. Specifically, a vulture is a large bird of prey with the head and neck more or less bare of feathers, feeding mostly on carrion. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.
1169	11:13	lvfa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠אֵ֖ת הָ⁠עָזְנִיָּֽה׃	1	Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers generally to a buzzard. Like all the birds in this verse, it is a large carnivorous bird of prey that eats dead animals. If your readers would not be familiar with this group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.
1170	11:14	x7r3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠אֶת־הַ֨⁠דָּאָ֔ה	1	Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a kite. Like all the birds in this verse, it is a small-to-medium-sized carnivorous bird of prey that eats dead animals. Specifically, a kite is a small bird of prey with a partly bare face and short beak. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.
1171	11:14	jvrn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠אַיָּ֖ה	1	Although the exact designation of this group of birds is debated, the word likely refers to a falcon. Like all the birds in this verse, it is a small-to-medium-sized carnivorous bird of prey that eats dead animals. Specifically, a falcon is a bird of prey ranging in size from large to small, with long pointed wings and a notched beak. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.
1172	11:14	omqg			לְ⁠מִינָֽ⁠הּ׃	1	Alternate translation: “of any kind”
1173	11:15	mm47		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	אֵ֥ת כָּל־עֹרֵ֖ב	1	Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a raven, a medium-to-large-sized bird with entirely black feathers. It feeds on mostly carrion. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.
1174	11:15	q7mr			לְ⁠מִינֽ⁠וֹ׃	1	Alternate translation: “of any kind”
1175	11:16	asgi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠אֵת֙ בַּ֣ת הַֽ⁠יַּעֲנָ֔ה	1	The expression the daughter of clamor describes a bird who possesses a noisy cry that sounds like a clamor. Specifically, this expression is used to describe an ostrich. If it would be helpful, you could use an equivalent idiom from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and the ostrich”
1176	11:16	da3r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠אֵת֙ בַּ֣ת הַֽ⁠יַּעֲנָ֔ה	1	Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to an ostrich, a flightless, fast-running bird. It has a long neck, long bare legs, and two toes on each foot. In the ancient world, it was associated with ruins and desolate places and therefore with death and destruction. It also had religious associations with death and the afterlife in Egypt. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.
1177	11:16	livi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠תַּחְמָ֖ס	1	Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers generally to an owl, a bird that hunts at night, ranging from small to large in size, with large eyes and a hooked beak. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.
1178	11:16	krc1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠שָּׁ֑חַף	1	Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a gull, a common white bird that hunts in large bodies of water. If your readers would not be familiar with this group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.
1179	11:16	a26g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠נֵּ֖ץ לְ⁠מִינֵֽ⁠הוּ׃	1	Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a hawk, a small-to-medium-sized bird of prey with broad rounded wings and a long tail. If your readers would not be familiar with this group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.
1180	11:17	i5zy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠כּ֥וֹס	1	Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to the little owl, a small-sized variety of owls, a nocturnal bird of prey that commonly feeds on carrion. If your readers would not be familiar with this group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term. See how you translated the word “owl” in the previous verse.
1181	11:17	kime		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠שָּׁלָ֖ךְ	1	Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a cormorant, a large diving bird with a long neck, long hooked bill, and dark feathers. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.
1182	11:17	agto		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠יַּנְשֽׁוּף׃	1	Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a big owl, a large-sized variety of owls, a nocturnal bird of prey that commonly feeds on carrion. If your readers would not be familiar with this group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term. See how you translated the word “owl” in the previous verse.
1183	11:18	thz2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠תִּנְשֶׁ֥מֶת	1	Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a waterhen, a small-to-medium-sized water bird that lives in the water and hunts by wading in shallow water. If your readers would not be familiar with this group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.
1184	11:18	e7k7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠קָּאָ֖ת	1	Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a pelican, a large white or grey water bird with a large bill designed for scooping up fish and prey. This word may specifically refer to a variety of pelican that lives in the desert. If your readers would not be familiar with this group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.
1185	11:18	nsbv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠רָחָֽם׃	1	Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to an ibis, a group of wading water birds that have long necks and legs and a long, curved beak. If your readers would not be familiar with this group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.
1186	11:19	tq7q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠אֵת֙ הַ⁠חֲסִידָ֔ה	1	Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a stork, a tall long-legged bird with a long heavy bill that wades in shallow water. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific type of bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.
1187	11:19	mhlm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הָ⁠אֲנָפָ֖ה לְ⁠מִינָ֑⁠הּ	1	Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a heron, a large fish-eating bird with long legs. It is recognizable by its long S-shaped neck and long pointed bill. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.
1188	11:19	v489		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠דּוּכִיפַ֖ת	1	Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a hoopoe, a salmon-pink bird with a long thin beak and black and white wings and tail. In the ancient world, it was often associated with filth and excrement. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar specieis of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.
1189	11:19	gzj5			הָ⁠עֲטַלֵּֽף	1	Although the exact designation of this flying animal is debated, it likely refers to a bat, a winged, rodent-like mammal that usually flies and hunts at night. Although the bat is not a bird, it is a flying creature associated with death and destruction in the ancient world because of its tendency to live near desolate or deserted places. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of a similar flying animal in your area or you could use a more general term.
1190	11:20	a5q6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	כֹּ֚ל שֶׁ֣רֶץ הָ⁠ע֔וֹף הַ⁠הֹלֵ֖ךְ עַל־ אַרְבַּ֑ע	1	Here, the expression the one walking on four is an idiom that means to crawl on the ground on four legs. This sets these insects apart from other flying things, such as birds, that have only two feet. Alternate translation: “Every swarming thing of the wing that has four legs”
1191	11:20	flpp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	כֹּ֚ל שֶׁ֣רֶץ הָ⁠ע֔וֹף	1	The expression every swarming thing of the wing uses the possessive form to describe a swarming insect that is characterized by possessing wings. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “Every winged, swarming insect”
1192	11:21	xf6y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	מִ⁠כֹּל֙ שֶׁ֣רֶץ הָ⁠ע֔וֹף הַ⁠הֹלֵ֖ךְ עַל־אַרְבַּ֑ע	1	See how you translated these expressions in 11:20.
1193	11:21	we21		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֲשֶׁר־ל֤וֹ כְרָעַ֨יִם֙ מִ⁠מַּ֣עַל לְ⁠רַגְלָ֔י⁠ו לְ⁠נַתֵּ֥ר בָּ⁠הֵ֖ן עַל־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ׃	1	This expression establishes a criterion by which the people of Israel may determine whether a winged, swarming insect is acceptable for eating. Essentially, the insect must have jointed legs with which it jumps on the ground. The implication is that if an insect does not have jointed legs, the people of Israel should consider the insect to be unclean. Express this in whatever way is most natural for your language. Alternate translation: “that which has jointed legs above its feet with which it jumps on the ground”
1194	11:21	x9k0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	לְ⁠נַתֵּ֥ר בָּ⁠הֵ֖ן	1	Here, to marks jumping as the goal or purpose of having jointed legs. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.
1195	11:22	vnye			אֶת־אֵ֤לֶּה מֵ⁠הֶם֙	1	Alternate translation: “These from among them”
1196	11:22	dqs7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	אֶת־הָֽ⁠אַרְבֶּ֣ה לְ⁠מִינ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠סָּלְעָ֖ם לְ⁠מִינֵ֑⁠הוּ וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠חַרְגֹּ֣ל לְ⁠מִינֵ֔⁠הוּ וְ⁠אֶת־הֶ⁠חָגָ֖ב לְ⁠מִינֵֽ⁠הוּ	1	Although the exact designation of these insects is debated, these terms likely refer to locust- or cricket-like insects that have wings and jointed legs by which they jump on the ground. Although these insects usually have six legs, 11:20 describes these insects as swarming things that have four legs. This is because, in most cases, these insects walk on four legs and use their back two legs, quite different in size and appearance from the rest, to jump. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. If your readers would not be familiar with these types of insects, you could use the names of similar insects in your area or you could use more general terms.
1197	11:23	ntmx			וְ⁠כֹל֙ שֶׁ֣רֶץ הָ⁠ע֔וֹף אֲשֶׁר־ל֖⁠וֹ אַרְבַּ֣ע רַגְלָ֑יִם	1	Alternate translation: “Every winged, swarming insect that has four legs”
1198	11:23	cr37		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֲשֶׁר־ל֖⁠וֹ אַרְבַּ֣ע רַגְלָ֑יִם	1	This statement reiterates what 11:20 stated. Any winged, swarming insect that only has four legs with which it walks on the ground, other than the ones listed in the previous verse, are to be considered unclean. If it would be helpful in your language, consider clarifying this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.
1199	11:24	n92t			וּ⁠לְ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה	1	Here, these refers to either: 1) any winged, swarming insect that has four legs and does not possess jointed legs. Alternate translation: “And by any winged, swarming insect that has four legs that are not jointed on which it walks” or 2) all the unclean quadrupeds, including the ones that have paws, listed in \11:26–27\. Alternate translation: “And by any quadruped that either chews cud or has a completely cloven hoof, but does not possess both characteristics, or by any quadruped that has paws”
1200	11:25	eqb7			וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠נֹּשֵׂ֖א מִ⁠נִּבְלָתָ֑⁠ם	1	Alternate translation: “and whoever picks up one of their carcasses”
1201	11:25	fc28		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	יְכַבֵּ֥ס בְּגָדָ֖י⁠ו	1	The act of washing one’s clothing is not for hygienic purposes but rather for the purpose of removing ritual impurity from one’s body or from anything one comes into contact with. If this would be unclear to your readers, consider explaining the significance of this action in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “shall wash his clothes in order to remove any impurity from them that they might have acquired by touching the carcass of the unclean insect or animal”
1202	11:26	ly8c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לְֽ⁠כָל־הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֡ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר הִוא֩ מַפְרֶ֨סֶת פַּרְסָ֜ה וְ⁠שֶׁ֣סַע ׀ אֵינֶ֣⁠נָּה שֹׁסַ֗עַת וְ⁠גֵרָה֙ אֵינֶ֣⁠נָּה מַעֲלָ֔ה	1	See how you translated these expressions in 11:3.
1203	11:27	te6j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠כֹ֣ל ׀ הוֹלֵ֣ךְ עַל־כַּפָּ֗י⁠ו	1	This expression refers to any animal that walks on its paws. Express this in whatever way is most natural for your language. Alternate translation: “Anything that goes about on its paws”
1204	11:27	bs0b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הַ⁠הֹלֶ֣כֶת עַל־אַרְבַּ֔ע	1	See how you translated this expression in 11:20.
1205	11:28	y6p7			וְ⁠הַ⁠נֹּשֵׂא֙ אֶת־נִבְלָתָ֔⁠ם	1	Alternate translation: “And whoever picks up their carcasses”
1206	11:29	em5c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בַּ⁠שֶּׁ֖רֶץ הַ⁠שֹּׁרֵ֣ץ עַל־הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	This expression refers to all animals that swarm in large numbers and crawl close to the ground. Express this in whatever way would be most natural for your language. Alternate translation: “among any swarming animals that crawl close to the ground”
1207	11:29	d6ln		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הַ⁠חֹ֥לֶד	1	Although the exact designation of this animal is debated, this term likely refers to a rat, a large rodent, typically having a pointed nose and a long bare tail. If your readers would not be familiar with this animal, you could use the name of a something animal in your area or you could use a more general term.
1208	11:29	v24s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠הָ⁠עַכְבָּ֖ר	1	Although the exact designation of this animal is debated, this term likely refers to a mouse, a small rodent, typically having long ears and a long tail. If your readers would not be familiar with this animal, you could use the name of a something animal in your area or you could use a more general term.
1209	11:29	v3ct		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠הַ⁠צָּ֥ב לְ⁠מִינֵֽ⁠הוּ׃	1	Although the exact designation of this animal is debated, this term may refer to a large lizard. This term includes a wide variety of large scaly reptiles with four short legs. If your readers would not be familiar with this kind of animal, you could use the name of a similar group of animals in your area or you could use a more general term.
1210	11:30	qr8n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠הָ⁠אֲנָקָ֥ה	1	Although the exact designation of this animal is debated, this term may refer to a gecko, a large group of small lizards with sticky pads on their feet by which they climb. If your readers would not be familiar with this kind of animal, you could use the name of a similar group of animals in your area or you could use a more general term.
1211	11:30	n83c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠הַ⁠כֹּ֖חַ	1	Although the exact designation of this animal is debated, this term may refer to a monitor lizard, a term that includes a wide variety or large, heavy-set lizards with large claws and a forked, snake-like tongue. If your readers would not be familiar with this kind of animal, you could use the name of a similar group of animals in your area or you could use a more general term.
1212	11:30	gqug		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠הַ⁠לְּטָאָ֑ה	1	Although the exact designation of this animal is debated, this term may generally refer to a lizard, including a wide variety of small-to-large-sized scaly reptiles with four short legs and a long tail. If your readers would not be familiar with this general group of animals, you could use the name of a similar kind of animal in your area or you could use a more general term.
1213	11:30	vad4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠הַ⁠חֹ֖מֶט	1	Although the exact designation of this animal is debated, this term may refer to a skink. This term includes a wide variety of small smooth-skinned lizards that typically burrow in sandy ground. If your readers would not be familiar with this kind of animal, you could use the name of a similar group of animals in your area or you could use a more general term.
1214	11:30	bplm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠הַ⁠תִּנְשָֽׁמֶת׃	1	Although the exact designation of this animal is debated, this term may refer to a chameleon. If this is the case, this term refers to a small, slow lizard with a long, curved tail, and a long, sticky tongue. It also has bulging eyes that move independently and is most recognizable for its ability to blend in with its surroundings by changing color. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific animal, you could use the name of a similar animal in your area or you could use a more general term.
1215	11:31	tryh			בְּ⁠מֹתָ֖⁠ם	1	Alternate translation: “when they have died”
1216	11:32	jw6y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	מֵ⁠הֶ֨ם	1	The expression one from them refers to any unclean animal, but specifically the list of lizards and “swarming things” from 11:29–30.
1217	11:32	b5he			בְּ⁠מֹתָ֜⁠ם	1	Alternate translation: “when they have died”
1218	11:32	acz5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מִ⁠כָּל־כְּלִי־עֵץ֙ א֣וֹ בֶ֤גֶד אוֹ־עוֹר֙ א֣וֹ שָׂ֔ק	1	This expression refers to any container, clothing, or object that is made from wood, cloth, leather, or sackcloth. Alternate translation: “anything made from wood or cloth or leather or sackcloth”
1219	11:32	u25t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	כָּל־כְּלִ֕י אֲשֶׁר־יֵעָשֶׂ֥ה מְלָאכָ֖ה בָּ⁠הֶ֑ם בַּ⁠מַּ֧יִם יוּבָ֛א	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the owner of any such item with which he does work should bring it into water”
1220	11:33	d03r			וְ⁠כָל־כְּלִי־חֶ֔רֶשׂ אֲשֶׁר־יִפֹּ֥ל מֵ⁠הֶ֖ם אֶל־תּוֹכ֑⁠וֹ	1	Alternate translation: “And any vessel of clay into which one from them falls”
1221	11:33	hczh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	מֵ⁠הֶ֖ם	1	See how you translated this expression in 11:32.
1222	11:33	jtb7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	וְ⁠אֹת֥⁠וֹ תִשְׁבֹּֽרוּ׃	1	Here, you is plural. It refers to the people of Israel, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
1223	11:33	hnm9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠אֹת֥⁠וֹ תִשְׁבֹּֽרוּ׃	1	Here, it refers to the vessel of clay. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “and you shall break the vessel of clay”
1224	11:34	uwh4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	מִ⁠כָּל־הָ⁠אֹ֜כֶל אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֵאָכֵ֗ל	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Any edible food”
1225	11:34	alk8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	מִ⁠כָּל־הָ⁠אֹ֜כֶל אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֵאָכֵ֗ל	1	Words are being repeated for emphasis. Specifically, the verb eaten comes from the same root as the noun food. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “From anything that can be eaten”
1226	11:34	z15b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֲשֶׁ֨ר יָב֥וֹא עָלָ֛י⁠ו מַ֖יִם	1	Here, water refers to any liquid that was in the vessel of clay when any dead unclean animal falls into it. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “onto which any such water comes”
1227	11:34	dj72		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	וְ⁠כָל־מַשְׁקֶה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִשָּׁתֶ֔ה	1	Here, words are being repeated for emphasis. Here, the verb drunk comes from the same root as the noun drink. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “and any liquid that you can drink”
1228	11:34	v5h5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠כָל־מַשְׁקֶה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִשָּׁתֶ֔ה	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and any drinkable liquid”
1229	11:34	x0fr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בְּ⁠כָל־כְּלִ֖י	1	Here, any vessel refers to any container into which a dead unclean animal has fallen. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from any vessel into which a dead, unclean animal has fallen”
1230	11:35	tpt7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	מִ⁠נִּבְלָתָ֥⁠ם	1	Here, their refers to the list of unclean animals. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “one of the carcasses of any unclean animal”
1231	11:35	dg8w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	תַּנּ֧וּר וְ⁠כִירַ֛יִם יֻתָּ֖ץ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You shall shatter an oven or stove” or “The owner of the oven or stove shall shatter it”
1232	11:35	j42w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	תַּנּ֧וּר	1	See how you translated this household item in 2:4.
1233	11:35	xz0g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠כִירַ֛יִם	1	This stove was likely a household item on which food could be cooked in or over an open flame. If your language has a word for such an item, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “or other means of cooking food”
1234	11:36	fcx9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אַ֣ךְ מַעְיָ֥ן וּ⁠ב֛וֹר מִקְוֵה־מַ֖יִם	1	These terms all refer to some flowing source of water as opposed to still, tapped water, for example, as in a cistern. The implication is that although a dead, unclean animal may fall into them, the source of water and the water it produces are still to be considered clean. Express this in whatever way is most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “However, any source of flowing water”
1235	11:36	w98a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	בְּ⁠נִבְלָתָ֖⁠ם	1	Here, their refers to the list of unclean animals. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “the carcass of any unclean animal”
1236	11:37	xaa3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	מִ⁠נִּבְלָתָ֔⁠ם	1	Here, their refers to the list of unclean animals. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “one of the carcasses of any unclean animal”
1237	11:37	t32e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	כָּל־זֶ֥רַע זֵר֖וּעַ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִזָּרֵ֑עַ	1	Words are being repeated for emphasis. The noun seed is related to the verb sown. The emphasis distinguishes these seeds as plant seeds and not any other kind of seed, whether male sperm, discharge, or otherwise. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “any plant seeds that are sown in the ground”
1238	11:37	u7nr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	כָּל־זֶ֥רַע זֵר֖וּעַ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִזָּרֵ֑עַ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “any seed that someone might plant in the ground”
1239	11:38	as1j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠כִ֤י יֻתַּן־ מַ֨יִם֙ עַל־ זֶ֔רַע	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But when you water the seed” or ”But when someone waters the seed”
1240	11:38	fazf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠כִ֤י יֻתַּן־מַ֨יִם֙ עַל־זֶ֔רַע	1	This expression is an idiom that refers to watering a seed after it has been planted in the ground. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. However, if this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But when a seed is watered after it has been planted in the ground”
1241	11:38	glvk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	עַל־זֶ֔רַע	1	In this verse, the word seed is singular in form, but it refers to all plant seeds as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “on some seeds”
1242	11:38	zl8u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	מִ⁠נִּבְלָתָ֖⁠ם	1	Here, their refers to the list of unclean animals. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “one of the carcasses of any unclean animal”
1243	11:39	v8eb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠כִ֤י יָמוּת֙ מִן־הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֔ה אֲשֶׁר־הִ֥יא לָ⁠כֶ֖ם לְ⁠אָכְלָ֑ה	1	This expression refers to any land-dwelling quadruped that is acceptable for eating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “But whenever one of the livestock that is acceptable for you to eat dies”
1244	11:39	bm8t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	הַ⁠נֹּגֵ֥עַ בְּ⁠נִבְלָתָ֖⁠הּ	1	The phrase the one touching represents anyone who touches these animals in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “whoever touches its carcass”
1245	11:40	fqfo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	וְ⁠הָֽ⁠אֹכֵל֙ מִ⁠נִּבְלָתָ֔⁠הּ	1	The phrase the one eating represents anyone who eats these animals in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “And whoever eats meat from its carcass”
1246	11:40	ktwu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	וְ⁠הַ⁠נֹּשֵׂא֙ אֶת־נִבְלָתָ֔⁠הּ	1	The phrase the one lifting represents anyone who carries these animals in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “And whoever picks up its carcass”
1247	11:41	ikn8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖רֶץ הַ⁠שֹּׁרֵ֣ץ עַל־הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	This expression refers to a broad category of animals that swarm and crawl on the ground. You may be able to use a similar expression in your language. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “And any kind of animal that swarms on the ground”
1248	11:41	h8uj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖רֶץ הַ⁠שֹּׁרֵ֣ץ עַל־הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	This expression is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that comes from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “Anything at all that swarms all over the ground”
1249	11:41	kd84		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	לֹ֥א יֵאָכֵֽל	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must not eat it”
1250	11:42	h8rs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	כֹּל֩ הוֹלֵ֨ךְ עַל־גָּח֜וֹן	1	This expression is an idiom that refers to any swarming animal that crawls and possesses short limbs or limbs that are angled in such a way that its belly drags on the ground. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “Any animal that crawls with its belly on the ground”
1251	11:42	xk6h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠כֹ֣ל ׀ הוֹלֵ֣ךְ עַל־אַרְבַּ֗ע	1	See how you translated this expression in 11:20.
1252	11:42	i3zp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	עַ֚ד כָּל־מַרְבֵּ֣ה רַגְלַ֔יִם	1	This expression is an idiom that refers to any swarming animal that possesses many legs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “or anything with many legs”
1253	11:42	t34d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	לְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖רֶץ הַ⁠שֹּׁרֵ֣ץ עַל־הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	This expression is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that comes from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “to anything at all that swarms all over the ground”
1254	11:43	swkt			אַל־תְּשַׁקְּצוּ֙ אֶת־נַפְשֹׁ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם	1	Alternate translation: “You shall not make yourselves detestable”
1255	11:43	kiao		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	בְּ⁠כָל־הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖רֶץ הַ⁠שֹּׁרֵ֑ץ	1	This expression is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that comes from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “with anything at all that swarms all over”
1256	11:43	fzj2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וְ⁠לֹ֤א תִֽטַּמְּאוּ֙ בָּ⁠הֶ֔ם וְ⁠נִטְמֵתֶ֖ם בָּֽ⁠ם׃	1	Yahweh repeats the same idea twice with different words in order to strengthen the command that the people of Israel are not to eat any unclean animal. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word that shows that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “And you should not make yourselves unclean with them. No, certainly, you should never be made unclean by them”
1257	11:43	g8uj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִטְמֵתֶ֖ם בָּֽ⁠ם׃	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and do not let them make you unclean”
1258	11:44	t1ws		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּ֣י אֲנִ֣י יְהוָה֮ אֱלֹֽהֵי⁠כֶם֒	1	The word translated as For indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “You should avoid making your spirits unclean with them because I am Yahweh your God”
1259	11:44	eofj			וְ⁠לֹ֤א תְטַמְּאוּ֙ אֶת־נַפְשֹׁ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם	1	Alternate translation: “And you shall not make yourselves unclean”
1260	11:44	cvsc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בְּ⁠כָל־הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖רֶץ הָ⁠רֹמֵ֥שׂ עַל־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ׃	1	This expression refers to the same animals that were described in 11:41–42. If this would be unclean in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with any of those swarming animals or insects that swarm or crawl on the earth”
1261	11:45	lb8t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּ֣י ׀ אֲנִ֣י יְהוָ֗ה	1	The word translated as For indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “You should not make yourselves unclean because I am Yahweh”
1262	11:45	ffea		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	לִ⁠הְיֹ֥ת לָ⁠כֶ֖ם לֵ⁠אלֹהִ֑ים	1	Here, the word to marks Yahweh being Israel’s God as the goal or purpose of his bringing them out of Egypt. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. Alternate translation, with a period before: “I brought you out of Egypt so that I could be your God”
1263	11:45	utb7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּ֥י קָד֖וֹשׁ אָֽנִי׃	1	The word translated as for indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: “You must be a holy people because I am holy”
1264	11:46	p067		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	זֹ֣את תּוֹרַ֤ת הַ⁠בְּהֵמָה֙ וְ⁠הָ⁠ע֔וֹף	1	This expression uses the possessive form to describe the instruction that is characterized by its referring to the wide variety of animals, fish, and living things listed in this verse. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “This is the instruction that has to do with the livestock and the bird” or “This is the instruction that pertains to the livestock and the bird”
1265	11:46	hr3k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	הַ⁠בְּהֵמָה֙ וְ⁠הָ⁠ע֔וֹף	1	The expressions the livestock and the bird do not refer to specific groups of animals. Rather, they describe any four-footed animal or any bird that an Israelite might own or encounter in their daily life. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: ”quadrupeds and birds”
1266	11:46	h998		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns		1	See how you translated this collective noun in 11:13.
1267	11:46	dhn2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠כֹל֙ נֶ֣פֶשׁ הַֽ⁠חַיָּ֔ה הָ⁠רֹמֶ֖שֶׂת בַּ⁠מָּ֑יִם	1	This expression likely refers to small fish or water-dwelling creatures that swarm in water. This may include, for example, schools of small fish and creatures like crabs and starfish. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider using a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “and every living thing that swarms in large numbers in the water”
1268	11:46	cm35		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	וְ⁠כֹל֙ נֶ֣פֶשׁ הַֽ⁠חַיָּ֔ה	1	The expression life of the living thing uses the possessive form to describe an animal that is a living, breathing, creature. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and every living creature”
1269	11:46	ekfb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וּ⁠לְ⁠כָל־נֶ֖פֶשׁ הַ⁠שֹּׁרֶ֥צֶת עַל־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ׃	1	Like the previous expression that referred to living creatures in the water, this expression refers to anything living that crawls about on dry land. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider using a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “and of every living creature that crawls about on the ground”
1270	11:47	gtww		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	לְ⁠הַבְדִּ֕יל	1	Here, the word to marks distinguishing between clean and unclean animals as the goal or purpose of these instructions. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. Alternate translation, with a period before: “This instruction is intended to help you separate”
1271	11:47	d1y5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	בֵּ֥ין הַ⁠טָּמֵ֖א וּ⁠בֵ֣ין הַ⁠טָּהֹ֑ר	1	The adjectives unclean and clean are being used as nouns to refer to that which is able to be in holy space and come into contact with holy objects and that which is impure and cannot be in holy space without introducing impurity to that space and those objects. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “between that which is unclean and that which is clean”
1272	11:47	e7h6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	הַֽ⁠חַיָּה֙ הַֽ⁠נֶּאֱכֶ֔לֶת & הַֽ⁠חַיָּ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֖ר לֹ֥א תֵאָכֵֽל	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the living thing that you may eat … the living thing that you may not eat”
1273	12:intro	p2iu				0	Leviticus 12 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Menstruation A woman was considered to be unclean after she began to bleed from her womb every month and after having a baby. This was because all blood was considered to be unclean. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])
1274	12:1	q2xz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר׃	1	The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.
1275	12:1-2	njnq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotesinquotes	לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר׃ & דַּבֵּ֞ר אֶל־בְּנֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: “He told Moses to tell the sons of Israel”
1276	12:2	0wnp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר	1	The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.
1277	12:2	wr5g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אִשָּׁה֙ כִּ֣י תַזְרִ֔יעַ	1	This expression is an idiom that refers to when a woman becomes pregnant and brings her baby completely to term. If this expression would not have the same meaning in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “When a woman is pregnant and gives birth”
1278	12:2	b3rg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠יָלְדָ֖ה זָכָ֑ר	1	This expression refers to a woman giving birth to a male child. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and she gives birth to a son”
1279	12:2	tuc3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	כִּ⁠ימֵ֛י נִדַּ֥ת דְּוֺתָ֖⁠הּ	1	Words are being repeated for emphasis. If your language can repeat words for emphasis, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation. Alternate translation: ”Like the days when she is menstruating”
1280	12:2	5sns		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	כִּ⁠ימֵ֛י נִדַּ֥ת דְּוֺתָ֖⁠הּ	1	This expression uses the possessive form to describe days during which a woman is menstruating. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Like when she is normally menstruating”
1281	12:2	v94l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	כִּ⁠ימֵ֛י נִדַּ֥ת דְּוֺתָ֖⁠הּ	1	The word menstruation refers to the time when blood discharges from a woman’s uterine lining. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the words menstruation, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “Like the time when she is menstruating normally”
1282	12:3	cven		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֖וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁמִינִ֑י	1	The word eighth is the ordinal number for eight. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “And after seven days”
1283	12:3	rcr8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	יִמּ֖וֹל בְּשַׂ֥ר עָרְלָתֽ⁠וֹ	1	Only the priest could perform this action. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a priest must circumcise the flesh of the foreskin of the baby boy”
1284	12:4	65su		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים יוֹם֙ וּ⁠שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת יָמִ֔ים	1	This expression denotes 33 days, which, combined with the seven-day period before the child is circumcised, makes 40 days. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation, with a comma after: “And for 33 days”
1285	12:4	d17l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	תֵּשֵׁ֖ב בִּ⁠דְמֵ֣י טָהֳרָ֑ה	1	The expression the blood of her purification uses the possessive form to describe a flow of blood that is characterized by the fact that the onset of this blood begins a period of time during which the woman should prepare to be purified. The implication is that for the 33 days during which time she is bleeding from childbirth, the woman is preparing to be purified from the impurity caused by the blood that she bled during her childbirth. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “she shall prepare to be purified from the impurity of the blood that she bled during childbirth”
1286	12:4	ti40		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	בִּ⁠דְמֵ֣י טָהֳרָ֑ה & יְמֵ֥י טָהֳרָֽ⁠הּ׃	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of purification, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the blood that begins a period that prepares her to be purified ... the days during which she prepares to be purified”
1287	12:4	v3y0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	עַד־מְלֹ֖את יְמֵ֥י טָהֳרָֽ⁠הּ׃	1	This expression is an idiom that refers to the completion of the 33 days during which the woman who has given birth to a son is preparing to be purified. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “until the days of her purification are completed”
1288	12:4	u7mi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	עַד־מְלֹ֖את יְמֵ֥י טָהֳרָֽ⁠הּ׃\n	1	This expression uses the word days to refer to a period of time during which the woman who has given birth should prepare to be purified. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “until the period of her purification is full” or “until the time during which she is preparing to be purified is full”
1289	12:5	xn6g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠אִם־נְקֵבָ֣ה תֵלֵ֔ד	1	This expression refers to a woman giving birth to a female child. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But if she gives birth to a daughter”
1290	12:5	coma		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	שְׁבֻעַ֖יִם	1	The expression two sets of seven days refers to a two-week or 14-day period. If this phrase would not have that meaning in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for fourteen days”
1291	12:5	z4ub		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	כְּ⁠נִדָּתָ֑⁠הּ	1	The word menstruation refers to the time when blood discharges from a woman’s uterine lining. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the words menstruation, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “as when she is normally menstruating”
1292	12:5	b6pn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠שִׁשִּׁ֥ים יוֹם֙ וְ⁠שֵׁ֣שֶׁת יָמִ֔ים	1	As was the case when a woman bears a male child, this expression denotes 66 days during which the woman must prepare to be purified from the impurity caused by the blood she bled during childbirth. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And for 66 days”
1293	12:5	8z4v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	עַל־ דְּמֵ֥י טָהֳרָֽה׃	1	See how you translated this expression in 12:4.
1294	12:6	yy8n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וּ⁠בִ⁠מְלֹ֣את ׀ יְמֵ֣י טָהֳרָ֗⁠הּ	1	This expression is an idiom that refers to the completion of the period of time during which the woman who has given birth to a child is preparing to be purified—33 days for a son and 66 days for a daughter. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And when the days of her purification are completed”
1295	12:6	aeit		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	יְמֵ֣י טָהֳרָ֗⁠הּ	1	See how you translated this expression in 12:4.
1296	12:6	ygmw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	יְמֵ֣י טָהֳרָ֗⁠הּ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of purification, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the days during which she prepares to be purified”
1297	12:6	cz1p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לְ⁠בֵן֮ א֣וֹ לְ⁠בַת֒	1	This expression references the different number of days for purification based on whether the woman gave birth to a son or a daughter. If this would not be clear, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whether 33 days for a son or 66 days for a daughter”
1298	12:6	d2yd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	כֶּ֤בֶשׂ בֶּן־שְׁנָת⁠וֹ֙	1	The expression a son of its year is an idiom that refers to an animal that is a year old. If your language has a similar idiom, consider using it here. If not, state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expression in 9:3. Alternate translation: “a year-old lamb” or “a twelve-months old lamb”
1299	12:6	m1qx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וּ⁠בֶן־יוֹנָ֥ה	1	See how you translated this expression in 1:14.
1300	12:6	upd0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	אֶל־פֶּ֥תַח אֹֽהֶל־מוֹעֵ֖ד אֶל־הַ⁠כֹּהֵֽן׃	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word that shows that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “to the entrance of the tent of meeting where the priest is”
1301	12:7	gual		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	וְ⁠הִקְרִיב֞⁠וֹ	1	Here, he refers to the priest and it refers to all the animals that the previous verse described. If this would be unclear in your language, consider making the referents explicit. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall present the lamb and the bird”
1302	12:7	xi1f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֤י יְהוָה֙	1	See how you translated this expression in 1:3.
1303	12:7	515d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠כִפֶּ֣ר עָלֶ֔י⁠הָ	1	See how you translated the abstract noun atonement in 1:4. However, in your translation, make it clear that the woman does not need atonement because of any sin on her part. Here, the sacrifices performed by the priest provide for the removal of impurity from the women—in this case, impurity acquired by the presence of blood discharging from the woman's body, not by any sin. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.
1304	12:7	w9ty		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠טָהֲרָ֖ה מִ⁠מְּקֹ֣ר דָּמֶ֑י⁠הָ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh will cleanse her from her bleeding occurring during childbirth”
1305	12:7	uejj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מִ⁠מְּקֹ֣ר דָּמֶ֑י⁠הָ	1	This expression refers to the flow of blood that the woman bled during the process of childbirth. The implication is that the woman was made impure because of the presence of blood discharging from her body. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the impurity that she acquired from the blood that she bled during her childbirth”
1306	12:7	fzid		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	תּוֹרַת֙ הַ⁠יֹּלֶ֔דֶת לַ⁠זָּכָ֖ר א֥וֹ לַ⁠נְּקֵבָֽה׃	1	This expression uses the possessive form to describe these instructions that pertain to women giving birth to children, whether boys or girls. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “This is the instruction that pertains to the woman who bears a male or a female”
1307	12:7	q1wb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הַ⁠יֹּלֶ֔דֶת לַ⁠זָּכָ֖ר א֥וֹ לַ⁠נְּקֵבָֽה׃	1	This expression refers to a woman giving birth to a child, whether a male or a female. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the woman who gives birth to a male or a female”
1308	12:8	vh6a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠אִם־לֹ֨א תִמְצָ֣א יָדָ⁠הּ֮ דֵּ֣י שֶׂה֒	1	This expression is an idiom that refers to being too poor to afford to offer one’s own flock animal or to purchase another’s flock animal. If your language uses a similar idiom, consider using it here. Otherwise, if it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expressions in 5:7 and 5:11. Alternate translation: “But if she cannot afford to offer her own flock animal or to purchase someone else’s”
1309	12:8	lha0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י יוֹנָ֔ה	1	See how you translated this expression in 1:14.
1310	12:8	mfay		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠כִפֶּ֥ר עָלֶ֛י⁠הָ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן	1	See how you translated the abstract noun atonement in 1:4. However, in your translation, make it clear that the woman does not need atonement because of any sin on her part. Here, the sacrifices performed by the priest provide for the removal of impurity from the women—in this case, impurity acquired by the presence of blood discharging from the woman's body, not by any sin. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.
1311	13:intro	fn27				0	Leviticus 13 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Skin disease This chapter addresses the ways a priest was to decide if a person had a skin disease, which would make a person unclean. This was important because these diseases could have easily spread among the people in the ancient Near East. This is also true concerning things growing on clothing or things that touch a person’s skin. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
1312	13:1	e5bu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לֵ⁠אמֹֽר׃	1	The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.
1313	13:2	241f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בְ⁠עוֹר־בְּשָׂר⁠וֹ֙ & בְ⁠עוֹר־בְּשָׂר֖⁠וֹ	1	Here and throughout these chapters, flesh refers to one’s body. If this would be confusing in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on the skin of his body … on the skin of his body”
1314	13:2	9hca		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	שְׂאֵ֤ת	1	This swelling refers to a portion of skin that has become inflamed, swollen, and usually discolored. In some instances, it can be the symptom of an infectious skin disease. If your language has a word for this kind of skin condition, consider using it here. If not, use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “a swollen spot of skin”
1315	13:2	9og1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	סַפַּ֨חַת֙	1	This scab refers to a hard, crusty portion of skin that is irritated and often discolored. In some instances, it can be the symptom of an infectious skin disease. If your language has a word for this kind of skin condition, consider using it here. If not, use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “a crusty and irritated spot of skin”
1316	13:2	thzh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	בַהֶ֔רֶת	1	This bright spot refers to a portion of skin that has become irritated and discolored. In some instances, it can be the symptom of an infectious skin disease. If your language has a word for this kind of skin condition, consider using it here. If not, use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “a discolored and irritated spot of skin”
1317	13:2	pjf5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	לְ⁠נֶ֣גַע צָרָ֑עַת	1	The expression an inflection of skin disease uses the possessive form to describe a contagious skin disease that is characterized by the presence of certain symptoms—in this case, a visible infection. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “a likely symptom of a contagious skin disease”
1318	13:2	bj45		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	צָרָ֑עַת	1	The phrase skin disease may be commonly translated as “leprosy,” but, in terms of modern medicine, the phrase actually covers a large range of contagious skin diseases, not limited to the modern designation Hansen’s disease. If your language has a word or expression that describes a wide range of infectious and sometimes deadly skin diseases, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “contagious disease that affects people's skin”
1319	13:2	gy4s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠הוּבָא֙ אֶל־אַהֲרֹ֣ן הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “then someone shall bring him to Aaron the priest” or “then he shall go to Aaron the priest”
1320	13:2	ukq4			אֶל־אַחַ֥ד מִ⁠בָּנָ֖י⁠ו	1	Alternate translation: “to one of his sons”
1321	13:2	f6g5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	אֶל־אַחַ֥ד מִ⁠בָּנָ֖י⁠ו	1	Here, his refers to Aaron the priest. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “to one of Aaron’s sons”
1322	13:3	vhk6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠שֵׂעָ֨ר בַּ⁠נֶּ֜גַע הָפַ֣ךְ ׀ לָבָ֗ן	1	The expression implies that the presence of hair on the infection that is white in color should indicate to the priest that the infection might be the symptom of an infectious skin disease. Specifically, white hair refers to hair that is discolored and unhealthy. If your language refers to unhealthy or diseased hair with a specific color, consider using that color here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and if the hair on the infection is unhealthy and looks diseased”
1323	13:3	ra3g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וּ⁠מַרְאֵ֤ה הַ⁠נֶּ֨גַע֙ עָמֹק֙ מֵ⁠ע֣וֹר בְּשָׂר֔⁠וֹ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of appearance, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and it appears to be deeper than the skin of his flesh”
1324	13:3	r2in		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	נֶ֥גַע צָרַ֖עַת ה֑וּא	1	See how you translated this expression in 13:2.
1325	13:4	0xrd			וְ⁠עָמֹק֙ אֵין־מַרְאֶ֣⁠הָ מִן־הָ⁠ע֔וֹר	1	Alternate translation: “and its appearance is not deeper than the skin”
1326	13:4	kzg5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠עָמֹק֙ אֵין־מַרְאֶ֣⁠הָ מִן־הָ⁠ע֔וֹר	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of appearance, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and it does not appear to be deeper than the skin”
1327	13:4	uxiv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וּ⁠שְׂעָרָ֖⁠ה לֹא־הָפַ֣ךְ לָבָ֑ן	1	See how you handled the information in this phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “and its hair appears to be healthy”
1328	13:4	5t1n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠הִסְגִּ֧יר הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן אֶת־הַ⁠נֶּ֖גַע	1	This expression refers to the process of quarantining the person who has the infection for a period of time. This allows the infection to either heal itself or progress in a fashion that develops symptoms more easily identifiable as an infectious skin disease. If this meaning would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “then, in order to better determine what is the cause of the infection, the priest shall isolate the infection”
1329	13:4	bah5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אֶת־הַ⁠נֶּ֖גַע	1	Here, the expression the infection represents the whole person who has the infection. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the infected person” or “the person with the infection”
1330	13:5	a6bj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִי֒	1	The word seventh is the ordinal form of the number seven. Alternate translation: “on the last day of that week-long period”
1331	13:5	z468		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה הַ⁠נֶּ֨גַע֙ עָמַ֣ד	1	This expression is an idiom that refers to the infection remaining as it was before the seven-day quarantine, not having spread or grown on the person’s skin. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If, alternatively, this expression does not have this meaning in your language, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and look, the infection has remained as it was”
1332	13:5	03gp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠עֵינָ֔י⁠ו	1	Here, eyes represent the sight of a person and, by extension, their judgment or assessment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in his assessment” or “as far as he can see”
1333	13:5	z4zz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠הִסְגִּיר֧⁠וֹ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן	1	See how you translated this expression in 13:4.
1334	13:5	mz02		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִ֖ים שֵׁנִֽית׃	1	This expression refers to a second seven-day period during which the person with the infection is to be quarantined from other people. The word second is the ordinal form of the number two. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “for another seven days”
1335	13:6	faap		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִי֮ שֵׁנִית֒	1	The word seventh is the ordinal form of the number seven, and second is the ordinal form of the number two. Alternate translation: “on the last day of that week-long period”
1336	13:6	nznn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠הִנֵּה֙ כֵּהָ֣ה הַ⁠נֶּ֔גַע	1	For the infection to have faded means that it has reduced in size and become dimmer in color. If this meaning would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and look, the infection has reduced in size and the color of the infection is closer to the person’s normal skin color”
1337	13:6	wn1f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מִסְפַּ֣חַת הִ֔יא	1	This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the infection on the person's skin is merely a scab and not the symptom of an infectious disease. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. See how you translated the word scab in 13:2. Alternate translation: “The infection is only a scab”
1338	13:6	vsio		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠כִבֶּ֥ס בְּגָדָ֖י⁠ו וְ⁠טָהֵֽר׃	1	Here, a person is to wash his or her clothes not to be physically clean but so as to become religiously and ceremonially clean. If your language has a special word that refers to washing clothing for a religious (and not hygienic) purpose, consider using it here. If not, use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and he shall clean his clothing with and he will be ritually clean”
1339	13:7	1w5l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication	וְ⁠אִם־פָּשֹׂ֨ה תִפְשֶׂ֤ה הַ⁠מִּסְפַּ֨חַת֙ בָּ⁠ע֔וֹר	1	This expression repeats the verb spread in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “But if the scab spreads aggressively on the skin”
1340	13:7	dy1n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אַחֲרֵ֧י הֵרָאֹת֛⁠וֹ אֶל־הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן לְ⁠טָהֳרָת֑⁠וֹ	1	This expression refers to a period of time after an individual has gone to the priest and been declared clean, as the previous verse explained. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “after he has appeared to the priest and was pronounced clean”
1341	13:7	sw6k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠נִרְאָ֥ה שֵׁנִ֖ית אֶל־הַ⁠כֹּהֵֽן	1	This expression means that the individual whose scab has spread after he was pronounced clean should go back to the priest to be examined again. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “then he shall go to the priest a second time”
1342	13:7	hm39		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	שֵׁנִ֖ית	1	The word second is the ordinal form of the number two. Alternate translation: “again”
1343	13:8	lsj4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	צָרַ֥עַת הִֽוא	1	This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the infection on the person's skin is actually a symptom of an infectious skin disease. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. See how you translated the words skin disease in 13:2. Alternate translation: “The scab is actually the symptom of an infectious skin disease”
1344	13:9	obyj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	נֶ֣גַע צָרַ֔עַת	1	See how you translated this expression in 13:2.
1345	13:9	3m0t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	בְּ⁠אָדָ֑ם	1	Although the term man is masculine, it is being used the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “on a person”
1346	13:9	f447		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠הוּבָ֖א אֶל־הַ⁠כֹּהֵֽן׃	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “then someone shall bring him to the priest” or “then he shall go to the priest”
1347	13:10	4wcp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	שְׂאֵת	1	See how you translated this word in 13:2.
1348	13:10	ipjz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠הִ֕יא הָפְכָ֖ה שֵׂעָ֣ר לָבָ֑ן	1	The expression implies that the presence of hair on the swelling that is white in color should indicate to the priest that the swelling might be the symptom of an infectious skin disease. Specifically, white hair refers to hair that is discolored and unhealthy. If your language refers to unhealthy or diseased hair with a specific color, consider using that color here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and if the hair on the swelling is unhealthy and looks diseased”
1349	13:10	y3fz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וּ⁠מִֽחְיַ֛ת בָּשָׂ֥ר חַ֖י בַּ⁠שְׂאֵֽת׃	1	Here, the expression a preservation of living flesh refers to open sores on the skin or raw skin. In the priest’s estimation, the presence of open sores or raw skin means that the infection is likely a symptom of an infectious skin disease. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “and raw skin or an open sore is on the swelling”
1350	13:11	m1pu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	צָרַ֨עַת נוֹשֶׁ֤נֶת הִוא֙	1	This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the raw skin on the person's skin is actually a chronic or reoccurring skin disease, that is, an infectious disease that returns over and over. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “The raw skin on the swelling is actually a sign of a persistent and returning skin disease”
1351	13:11	yqc0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בְּ⁠ע֣וֹר בְּשָׂר֔⁠וֹ	1	See how you translated this expression in 13:2.
1352	13:11	yz8i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לֹ֣א יַסְגִּרֶ֔⁠נּוּ כִּ֥י טָמֵ֖א הֽוּא׃	1	This infers that the priest need not isolate the infected person because it is sufficiently clean that they have an infectious skin disease that has made the person unclean. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. See how you translated the idea of separating the infection in 13:4. Alternate translation: “He need not separate the person, because it is clear that they are unclean”
1353	13:12	c7er		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication	וְ⁠אִם־פָּר֨וֹחַ תִּפְרַ֤ח הַ⁠צָּרַ֨עַת֙ בָּ⁠ע֔וֹר	1	This expression repeats the verb breaking out in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “But if the skin disease breaks aggressively out on the skin”
1354	13:12	8uli		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אֵ֚ת כָּל־ע֣וֹר הַ⁠נֶּ֔גַע	1	Here, the expression the infection represents the whole person who has the infection. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the skin of the infected person” or “all the skin of the person with the infection”
1355	13:12	g4cy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	מֵ⁠רֹאשׁ֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠עַד־רַגְלָ֑י⁠ו	1	The expression refers to all of the person by naming the parts that are at the extreme ends of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the entire person”
1356	13:12	a6s0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לְ⁠כָל־מַרְאֵ֖ה עֵינֵ֥י הַ⁠כֹּהֵֽן׃	1	Here, eyes represent the sight of a person and, by extension, their judgment or assessment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the whole appearance, as far as the priest can see” or “the whole appearance, as the priest judges”
1357	13:12	zjqt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	לְ⁠כָל־מַרְאֵ֖ה עֵינֵ֥י הַ⁠כֹּהֵֽן׃\n	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of appearance, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “as far as it appears in the eyes of the priest”
1358	13:13	3i5v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠טִהַ֖ר אֶת־הַ⁠נָּ֑גַע	1	Here, the expression the infection represents the whole person who has the infection. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Then he shall pronounce the infected person clean”
1359	13:13	ba0s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כֻּלּ֛⁠וֹ הָפַ֥ךְ לָבָ֖ן	1	This expression refers to the fact that if the priest sees white skin all over the person's body, then the skin disease has been healed by the process of natural desquamation, that is, by the infected skin naturally falling off, leaving white, new skin in its place. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, it may be helpful to clarify it for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “All of the person's infected skin has naturally fallen off, leaving uninfected white skin in its place”
1360	13:14	1h8u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וּ⁠בְ⁠י֨וֹם הֵרָא֥וֹת בּ֛⁠וֹ בָּשָׂ֥ר חַ֖י	1	Here, the word day is being used to refer to a hypothetical situation. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “But whenever living flesh appears on him”
1361	13:14	02cs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בָּשָׂ֥ר חַ֖י	1	As in 13:10, Here, the expression living flesh refers to open sores on the skin or raw skin. In the priest’s estimation, the presence of open sores or raw skin means that the infection is likely a symptom of an infectious skin disease. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “raw skin”
1362	13:15	uk5q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֶת־הַ⁠בָּשָׂ֥ר הַ⁠חַ֖י & הַ⁠בָּשָׂ֥ר הַ⁠חַ֛י	1	See how you translated these words in 13:10.
1363	13:15	kj82		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠טִמְּא֑⁠וֹ	1	Here, him refers to the person with the skin disease. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “and he shall pronounce the person with the living flesh unclean”
1364	13:15	50li		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	הַ⁠בָּשָׂ֥ר הַ⁠חַ֛י טָמֵ֥א ה֖וּא	1	Here, the expression the living flesh represents the whole person who has raw skin or an open sore. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: ”The person with the raw skin or open sore is unclean”
1365	13:15	c219		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	צָרַ֥עַת הֽוּא׃	1	See how you translated this skin condition in 13:2.
1366	13:15	bjww		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	צָרַ֥עַת הֽוּא׃	1	This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the raw skin on the person's living flesh is actually infected with a skin disease. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “The living flesh on the skin is actually a sign of an infectious skin disease”
1367	13:16	6vbo			וְ⁠נֶהְפַּ֣ךְ לְ⁠לָבָ֑ן	1	Alternate translation: “but it has turned white”
1368	13:16	nwg6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠נֶהְפַּ֣ךְ לְ⁠לָבָ֑ן	1	This expression refers to the fact that if the priest sees white skin all over the person's body, then the living flesh, that is, the raw skin, may be healing naturally. The infected skin may be falling off naturally, leaving white, new skin in its place. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, it may be helpful to clarify it for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. See how you handled the presence of white skin in 13:13.
1369	13:17	mzlk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠הִנֵּ֛ה נֶהְפַּ֥ךְ הַ⁠נֶּ֖גַע לְ⁠לָבָ֑ן	1	See how you handled the presence of white skin on the infection in 13:13.
1370	13:18	54a7			וּ⁠בָשָׂ֕ר כִּֽי־יִהְיֶ֥ה בֽ⁠וֹ־בְ⁠עֹר֖⁠וֹ שְׁחִ֑ין	1	Alternate translation: “But when someone has a boil on their skin”
1371	13:18	kw5i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	שְׁחִ֑ין	1	A boil is a painful, swollen area on the skin that is infected. In some instances, it can be the symptom of an infectious skin disease. If your language has a word for this kind of skin condition, consider using it here. If not, use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “an abscess”
1372	13:18	9fao		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִרְפָּֽא׃	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but it got better and healed”
1373	13:19	l1vz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	שְׂאֵ֣ת	1	See how you translated this word in 13:2.
1374	13:19	qgn2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בִּ⁠מְק֤וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁחִין֙	1	The expression the place of the boil refers to the spot on the skin where the boil was previously. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “where the boil was previously”
1375	13:19	gc9j			וְ⁠נִרְאָ֖ה אֶל־ הַ⁠כֹּהֵֽן	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “then he shall show it to the priest” or “then he shall go to the priest”
1376	13:20	b1gp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה מַרְאֶ֨⁠הָ֙ שָׁפָ֣ל מִן־הָ⁠ע֔וֹר	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of appearance, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and look, it appears to be deeper than the skin”
1377	13:20	cvbr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וּ⁠שְׂעָרָ֖⁠הּ הָפַ֣ךְ לָבָ֑ן	1	See how you handled the presence of white hair in 13:3. Alternate translation: “and if the hair on the swelling or the bright spot is unhealthy and looks diseased”
1378	13:20	lsou		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	נֶֽגַע־צָרַ֥עַת הִ֖וא בַּ⁠שְּׁחִ֥ין פָּרָֽחָה׃	1	This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the swelling or bright spot on the person's skin is actually a symptom of an infectious skin disease. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “The swelling or bright spot is actually the symptom of an infection of skin disease”
1379	13:21	k5ud		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠אִ֣ם ׀ יִרְאֶ֣⁠נָּה הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֗ן	1	Here, it refers to the white swelling or bright spot on the skin. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “And if the priest sees the bright spot or the swelling”
1380	13:21	ga2m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה אֵֽין־בָּ⁠הּ֙ שֵׂעָ֣ר לָבָ֔ן	1	See how you handled the presence of white hair in 13:3. Alternate translation: “and look, there is no unhealthy or diseased hair on it”
1381	13:21	opf5			וּ⁠שְׁפָלָ֥ה אֵינֶ֛⁠נָּה מִן־הָ⁠ע֖וֹר	1	Alternate translation: “and it is not deeper than the surface of the skin”
1382	13:21	vdwm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠הִסְגִּיר֥⁠וֹ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן	1	See how you translated this expression in 13:4.
1383	13:22	qh4i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication	וְ⁠אִם־פָּשֹׂ֥ה תִפְשֶׂ֖ה בָּ⁠ע֑וֹר	1	This expression repeats the verb spread in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “But if it spreads aggressively on the skin”
1384	13:22	gdnt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	נֶ֥גַע הִֽוא׃	1	This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the swelling or bright spot on the person's skin where the boil once was is actually an infection of a skin disease. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “The swelling or bright spot where the boil used to be is actually an infection”
1385	13:23	3wj2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠אִם־תַּחְתֶּ֜י⁠הָ תַּעֲמֹ֤ד הַ⁠בַּהֶ֨רֶת֙	1	This expression is an idiom that refers to the bright spot remaining unchanged in the place on the person’s skin where the boil once was. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If, alternatively, the meaning of this expression would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But if the bright spot remains unchanged in the place where the boil once was”
1386	13:23	abla		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠אִם־תַּחְתֶּ֜י⁠הָ תַּעֲמֹ֤ד הַ⁠בַּהֶ֨רֶת֙	1	Here, it refers to the boil that has healed, as described in 13:18. If this would not be clear to your readers, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “But if the bright spot stands under the boil that has now healed”
1387	13:23	8vuq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	צָרֶ֥בֶת הַ⁠שְּׁחִ֖ין הִ֑וא	1	This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the bright spot is nothing more than a scar that has resulted from the healed boil. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “it is only a scar that has resulted from the healed boil”
1388	13:24	vkmw			א֣וֹ בָשָׂ֔ר כִּֽי־יִהְיֶ֥ה בְ⁠עֹר֖⁠וֹ מִכְוַת־אֵ֑שׁ	1	Alternate translation: “Or when someone has a burn of fire on his skin”
1389	13:24	ikha		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	מִכְוַת־ אֵ֑שׁ	1	This expression uses the possessive form to describe a burn that has resulted from a person’s contact with fire. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “a burn”
1390	13:24	w8u3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מִֽחְיַ֣ת הַ⁠מִּכְוָ֗ה	1	The word preservation refers to new, raw flesh growing where the burn is on the person’s skin. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the raw skin from the burn”
1391	13:25	z79b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠הִנֵּ֣ה נֶהְפַּךְ֩ שֵׂעָ֨ר לָבָ֜ן	1	See how you handled the presence of white hair in 13:3. Alternate translation: “and look, the hair appears to be unhealthy and diseased”
1392	13:25	gi69		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וּ⁠מַרְאֶ֨⁠הָ֙ עָמֹ֣ק מִן־הָ⁠ע֔וֹר	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of appearance, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and it appears to be deeper than the skin”
1393	13:25	nx6x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	צָרַ֣עַת הִ֔וא & צָרַ֖עַת	1	See how you translated these words in 13:3.
1394	13:25	lnka		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	צָרַ֣עַת הִ֔וא & נֶ֥גַע צָרַ֖עַת הִֽוא	1	These expressions refer to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the raw skin has become infected with a skin disease. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “The discolored raw skin is actually an infection that is the symptom of an infectious skin disease”
1395	13:26	a2pm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠אִ֣ם ׀ יִרְאֶ֣⁠נָּה הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֗ן	1	Here, it refers to the raw skin that grows on the burn on the person’s skin. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “But if the priest sees the discolored, raw skin growing on the burn”
1396	13:26	mdm4			וּ⁠שְׁפָלָ֥ה אֵינֶ֛⁠נָּה מִן־הָ⁠ע֖וֹר	1	Alternate translation: “and it is not deeper than the skin”
1397	13:26	bg0x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠הִ֣וא כֵהָ֑ה	1	For the discoloration to have faded means that it has reduced in sized and become dimmer in color. If this meaning would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but it has reduced in size and its color is closer to the person’s normal skin color”
1398	13:26	n5cm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠הִסְגִּיר֥⁠וֹ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן	1	See how you translated this expression in 13:4.
1399	13:27	a02c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֑י	1	The word seventh is the ordinal form of the number seven. Alternate translation: “on the last day of that week-long period”
1400	13:27	t3tv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication	אִם־פָּשֹׂ֤ה תִפְשֶׂה֙ בָּ⁠ע֔וֹר	1	This expression repeats the verb spread in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “If it has spread aggressively on the skin”
1401	13:27	wwo3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	נֶ֥גַע צָרַ֖עַת הִֽוא׃	1	These expressions refer to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the bright spot on the burn has become infected with an infection of skin disease. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “The bright spot on the burn is actually an infection that is the symptom of an infection of skin disease”
1402	13:28	vib3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠אִם־תַּחְתֶּי⁠הָ֩ תַעֲמֹ֨ד הַ⁠בַּהֶ֜רֶת	1	This expression is an idiom that refers to the bright spot remaining unchanged in the place on the person’s skin where the burn once was. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If, alternatively, the meaning of this expression would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But if the bright spot remains unchanged in the spot where the burn once was”
1403	13:28	wtc1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠הִ֣וא כֵהָ֔ה	1	See how you translated this expression in 13:6.
1404	13:28	hzkc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	שְׂאֵ֥ת הַ⁠מִּכְוָ֖ה הִ֑וא	1	This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the discolored skin is merely a swelling caused by the person’s burn. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “the bright spot is merely a swelling caused by the burn”
1405	13:28	bea0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּֽי־צָרֶ֥בֶת הַ⁠מִּכְוָ֖ה הִֽוא	1	The word translated as because indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: “The priest should pronounce the person clean because it is the scar of the burn”
1406	13:28	rj0s			צָרֶ֥בֶת הַ⁠מִּכְוָ֖ה הִֽוא	1	This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the discolored skin is merely a scar caused by the person’s burn. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “the bright spot is merely a scar caused by the burn”
1407	13:29	6biq			וְ⁠אִישׁ֙ א֣וֹ אִשָּׁ֔ה כִּֽי־יִהְיֶ֥ה ב֖⁠וֹ נָ֑גַע	1	Alternate translation: “And when a man or a woman has an infection”
1408	13:29	yv33		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	כִּֽי־יִהְיֶ֥ה ב֖⁠וֹ נָ֑גַע	1	Although the words he and him are masculine, they are being used in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “when any person has an infection on him”
1409	13:29	ir1j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	א֥וֹ בְ⁠זָקָֽן׃	1	Here, a beard represents the lower portion of the face where hair typically grows. Since the verse explicitly includes men and women, this word should not be limited to refer only to men's faces. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “or on the lower part of the face where hair might grow”
1410	13:30	ok73		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה מַרְאֵ֨⁠הוּ֙ עָמֹ֣ק מִן־הָ⁠ע֔וֹר	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of appearance, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “And look, it appears to be deeper than the skin of his flesh”
1411	13:30	bvzx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וּ⁠ב֛⁠וֹ שֵׂעָ֥ר צָהֹ֖ב דָּ֑ק	1	This expression implies that the presence of hair on the infection that is yellow in color and thin should indicate to the priest that the infection might be a scall that is the symptom of an infectious skin disease. Specifically, yellow, thing hair refers to hair that is discolored, diseased, or unhealthy. If your language refers to unhealthy or diseased hair with a specific color, consider using that color here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and the hair on the infection looks unhealthy and diseased”
1412	13:30	im3e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	נֶ֣תֶק ה֔וּא	1	A scall is a scaly and scabby infection that is typically itchy. These are associated with the scalp or places that grow hair and are generally symptoms of a wide variety of infectious skin diseases. If your language has a word for this kind of skin condition, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “It is an itchy, scabbed infection”
1413	13:30	p76b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	נֶ֣תֶק ה֔וּא	1	This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the infection on the person's skin is actually a scall that is the symptom of a disease. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “The infection is actually a scall”
1414	13:30	6x85		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	צָרַ֧עַת הָ⁠רֹ֛אשׁ א֥וֹ הַ⁠זָּקָ֖ן הֽוּא׃	1	This expression uses the possessive form to describe a skin disease that is characterized by its location on the person’s head or beard. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “It is a skin disease that has affected the head or the beard”
1415	13:30	jm2p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	הַ⁠זָּקָ֖ן	1	As in the previous verse, here, the beard represents the lower portion of the face where hair typically grows. Since the verse explicitly includes men and women, this word should not be limited to men. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the lower part of the face where hair might grow”
1416	13:31	6koz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	אֶת־נֶ֣גַע הַ⁠נֶּ֗תֶק & אֶת־נֶ֥גַע הַ⁠נֶּ֖תֶק	1	These expressions use the possessive form to describe an infection that is characterized by its characteristics that qualify it as a scall If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “the itchy, scabby infection … the itchy, scabby infection”
1417	13:31	f88x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה אֵין־מַרְאֵ֨⁠הוּ֙ עָמֹ֣ק מִן־הָ⁠ע֔וֹר	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of appearance, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and look, it does not appear to be deeper than the skin”
1418	13:31	pdhc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠שֵׂעָ֥ר שָׁחֹ֖ר אֵ֣ין בּ֑⁠וֹ	1	Here, black hair refers to healthy hair, as opposed to the yellow, thin hair that grows out of the scall when it is the symptom of an infectious skin disease. If your language refers to healthy hair with a specific color, consider using that color here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and there is no healthy hair on it”
1419	13:31	m1rx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠הִסְגִּ֧יר הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן אֶת־נֶ֥גַע הַ⁠נֶּ֖תֶק	1	See how you translated this expression in 13:4.
1420	13:31	n0ge		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אֶת־נֶ֥גַע הַ⁠נֶּ֖תֶק	1	Here, the expression the infection of the scall represents the person who has the infection. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the person who has the infection of the scall”
1421	13:32	wx17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִי֒	1	The word seventh is the ordinal form of the number seven. Alternate translation: “on the last day of that week-long period”
1422	13:32	wurx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠לֹא־הָ֥יָה ב֖⁠וֹ שֵׂעָ֣ר צָהֹ֑ב	1	See how you handled the presence of yellow hair in 13:30.
1423	13:32	jvwk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וּ⁠מַרְאֵ֣ה הַ⁠נֶּ֔תֶק אֵ֥ין עָמֹ֖ק מִן־הָ⁠עֽוֹר׃	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of appearance, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and it does not appear to be deeper than the skin”
1424	13:33	r628		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠הִ֨תְגַּלָּ֔ח	1	Here, he and himself refer to the person who has the scall. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Then the person with the scall shall shave himself”
1425	13:33	li6b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	הַ⁠נֶּ֖תֶק לֹ֣א יְגַלֵּ֑חַ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but he shall not shave the scall”
1426	13:33	srm6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠הִסְגִּ֨יר הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֧ן אֶת־הַ⁠נֶּ֛תֶק	1	See how you translated this expression in 13:4.
1427	13:33	r7u5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אֶת־הַ⁠נֶּ֛תֶק	1	Here, the scall represents the person who has the infection. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the person who has the scall”
1428	13:33	hon1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִ֖ים שֵׁנִֽית׃	1	The word second is the ordinal form of the number two. Alternate translation: “for seven days once again”
1429	13:34	zs1e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֗י	1	The word seventh is the ordinal form of the number seven. Alternate translation: “on the last day of that week-long period”
1430	13:34	ecis		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וּ⁠מַרְאֵ֕⁠הוּ אֵינֶ֥⁠נּוּ עָמֹ֖ק מִן־הָ⁠ע֑וֹר	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of appearance, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and it does not appear to be deeper than the skin”
1431	13:34	1r0b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠כִבֶּ֥ס בְּגָדָ֖י⁠ו	1	As the General Introduction to this chapter discusses, a person was to wash his or her clothes not to be physically clean but so as to become religiously and ceremonially clean. If your language has a special word that refers to washing clothing for a religious (and not hygienic) purpose, consider using it here. If not, use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and he shall clean his clothing”
1432	13:35	ewms		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication	וְ⁠אִם־פָּשֹׂ֥ה יִפְשֶׂ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֖תֶק בָּ⁠ע֑וֹר	1	This expression repeats the verb spread in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “But if the scall has spread aggressively on the skin”
1433	13:35	f92l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	אַחֲרֵ֖י טָהֳרָתֽ⁠וֹ׃	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of cleansing, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “after he was pronounced clean”
1434	13:36	isgo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לֹֽא־יְבַקֵּ֧ר הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן לַ⁠שֵּׂעָ֥ר הַ⁠צָּהֹ֖ב	1	See how you handled the presence of yellow hair in 13:30.
1435	13:36	zvoi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לֹֽא־יְבַקֵּ֧ר הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן לַ⁠שֵּׂעָ֥ר הַ⁠צָּהֹ֖ב טָמֵ֥א הֽוּא׃	1	This instruction refers to the fact that if the priest sees the scall spreading aggressively after the person was pronounced clean, they need not have yellow hair in order to be pronounced unclean once more. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “The priest need not look for yellow hair. Because the scall has spread once again, the person is unclean”
1436	13:37	a5fe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠עֵינָי⁠ו֩	1	Here, eyes represent the sight of a person and, by extension, their judgment or assessment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated this expression in 13:5. Alternate translation: “in his assessment” or “as far as he can see”
1437	13:37	bpkw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	עָמַ֨ד הַ⁠נֶּ֜תֶק	1	This expression is an idiom that refers to the scall remaining unchanged (as opposed to spreading aggressively). If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If, alternatively, the meaning of this expression would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the scall has not changed or spread at all” or “the scall has remained as it was”
1438	13:37	oh8i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠שֵׂעָ֨ר שָׁחֹ֧ר צָֽמַח־בּ֛⁠וֹ	1	This expression is an idiom that refers to the growth of black hair on the scall. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If, alternatively, the meaning of this expression would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and black hair has grown on it”
1439	13:37	4e3s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠שֵׂעָ֨ר שָׁחֹ֧ר	1	Here, black hair refers to healthy hair, as opposed to the yellow, thin hair that grows out of the scall when it is the symptom of an infectious skin disease. If your language refers to healthy hair with a specific color, consider using that color here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and healthy hair”
1440	13:37	p95b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	נִרְפָּ֥א הַ⁠נֶּ֖תֶק	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the scall is no longer infected but has gotten better”
1441	13:38	ig4x			וְ⁠אִישׁ֙ אֽוֹ־אִשָּׁ֔ה כִּֽי־יִהְיֶ֥ה בְ⁠עוֹר־בְּשָׂרָ֖⁠ם בֶּהָרֹ֑ת	1	Alternate translation: “And when a man or a woman has a bright spot on the skin of his or her body”
1442	13:38	b9sz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	בֶּהָרֹ֑ת בֶּהָרֹ֖ת	1	See how you translated these words in 13:2.
1443	13:39	c13i			כֵּה֣וֹת לְבָנֹ֑ת	1	Alternate translation: “are a faded white”
1444	13:39	v8r7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בֹּ֥הַק ה֛וּא	1	This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the bright spots are a rash that has broken out on the person’s skin. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “the bright spots are actually symptoms of a benign rash”
1445	13:40	opks		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	כִּ֥י יִמָּרֵ֖ט רֹאשׁ֑⁠וֹ	1	This expression is an idiom. It does not refer to shaving one’s head intentionally but to the natural process of male balding, specifically of balding on the back of one’s head (that is, on the crown of the head). If your language has a similar expression that refers generally to balding, consider using it here. If, alternatively, the meaning of this expression would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when he becomes bald naturally”
1446	13:40	ucyg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	קֵרֵ֥חַ ה֖וּא	1	Here, the expression he is bald refers to a person who has naturally lost hair on the top, or crown, of their head. If your language has an expression that describes this kind of natural balding, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate expression: “he is crown balding”
1447	13:41	n4l5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	יִמָּרֵ֖ט רֹאשׁ֑⁠וֹ	1	As in the previous verse, this expression is an idiom. It does not refer to shaving one’s head intentionally but to the natural process of male balding, specifically of balding on the front of one’s head (that is, on the hairline). If your language has a similar expression that refers generally to balding, consider using it here. If, alternatively, the meaning of this expression would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when he becomes bald naturally”
1448	13:41	c1wc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	מִ⁠פְּאַ֣ת פָּנָ֔י⁠ו	1	The expression the corners of his face is an idiom that refers to one’s hairline on the front of their face. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If, alternatively, the meaning of this expression would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on the hairline of his forehead”
1449	13:41	o8rz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	גִּבֵּ֥חַ ה֖וּא	1	Here, the expression he is balding refers to a person who has naturally lost hair on the hairline or edges of the forehead. If your language has an expression that describes this kind of natural balding, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate expression: “he has a receding hairline”
1450	13:42	23n6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בַ⁠קָּרַ֨חַת֙ א֣וֹ בַ⁠גַּבַּ֔חַת & בְּ⁠קָרַחְתּ֖⁠וֹ א֥וֹ בְ⁠גַבַּחְתּֽ⁠וֹ׃	1	These expressions refer to the two kinds of balding described in 13:40–41. Specifically, the back bald spot refers to crown balding and the front balding spot refers to having a receding hairline. As before, If your language has similar expressions that refer to these ways of balding, consider using them here. If, alternatively, the meaning of these expressions would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on the bald spot on the crown of his head or on his receding hairline … on the bald spot on the crown of his head or on his receding hairline”
1451	13:42	vwu4			צָרַ֤עַת	1	See how you translated these words in 13:3.
1452	13:43	8kk7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כְּ⁠מַרְאֵ֥ה צָרַ֖עַת ע֥וֹר בָּשָֽׂר׃	1	This expression suggests that the priest ought to look for an infection on the person’s balding head (however they are balding) that is similar in appearance to infections that are symptoms of infectious skin diseases that might occur elsewhere on a person’s body. It may be helpful to clarify the meaning for your readers. Alternate translation: “like the appearance of a skin disease that presents itself elsewhere on a person’s body”
1453	13:43	pq09		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	כְּ⁠מַרְאֵ֥ה צָרַ֖עַת ע֥וֹר בָּשָֽׂר׃	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of appearance, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “like the skin disease of the skin of the flesh appears”
1454	13:44	hl37		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	אִישׁ־ צָר֥וּעַ ה֖וּא	1	The expression man of skin disease uses the possessive form to describe a man who has contracted this kind of infectious skin disease. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “The man has contracted a skin disease”
1455	13:44	1nuy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication	טַמֵּ֧א יְטַמְּאֶ֛⁠נּוּ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן	1	This expression repeats the verb being unclean in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “The priest shall certainly pronounce him unclean”
1456	13:44	5opp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	בְּ⁠רֹאשׁ֥⁠וֹ נִגְעֽ⁠וֹ׃	1	This expression uses the possessive form to describe the person’s head that has contracted the infection. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “on his infected head”
1457	13:45	w6dp			וְ⁠הַ⁠צָּר֜וּעַ אֲשֶׁר־בּ֣⁠וֹ הַ⁠נֶּ֗גַע בְּגָדָ֞י⁠ו	1	Alternate translation: “But the person who has a skin disease and the infection is on his clothes”
1458	13:45	69s0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	יִהְי֤וּ פְרֻמִים֙	1	Here, they refers to the person’s infected clothing. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the person’s infected clothes shall be torn”
1459	13:45	io37		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	יִהְי֤וּ פְרֻמִים֙	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he shall tear up the infected clothes”
1460	13:45	bmwv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠רֹאשׁ⁠וֹ֙ יִהְיֶ֣ה פָר֔וּעַ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and he shall let his head be unbound”
1461	13:45	m9a8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠רֹאשׁ⁠וֹ֙ יִהְיֶ֣ה פָר֔וּעַ	1	Here, head represents the hair of one’s head. Consequently, the expression his head shall be unbound refers to letting one’s long hair hang down loose and untied. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and his long hair shall hang down loose and untied”
1462	13:45	3rtk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וְ⁠עַל־שָׂפָ֖ם יַעְטֶ֑ה	1	Covering over one’s mustache is a symbolic action to show one’s public shame. If this would not be clear to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action in the text or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “and he shall cover his mustache in order to express his shame”
1463	13:45	8q76		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	שָׂפָ֖ם	1	Here, the mustache does not refer to a specific mustache but to the infected person’s facial hair. In this way, it represents the upper lip generally. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “his mustache” or “his upper lip”
1464	13:46	82vv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	כָּל־יְמֵ֞י אֲשֶׁ֨ר הַ⁠נֶּ֥גַע בּ֛⁠וֹ	1	This expression uses the word days to denote a period of time. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “As long as he has the infection”
1465	13:46	zw43		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מִ⁠ח֥וּץ לַֽ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֖ה	1	The camp is the area where the majority of Israelites lived. It represents the normal living space for the Israelites while they wandered in the desert. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “shall be away from the location where everyone else lives”
1466	13:47	yjv7			וְ⁠הַ⁠בֶּ֕גֶד כִּֽי־ יִהְיֶ֥ה ב֖⁠וֹ נֶ֣גַע צָרָ֑עַת	1	Alternate translation: “But when the clothing has the infection of disease on it”
1467	13:47	1c2v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	וְ⁠הַ⁠בֶּ֕גֶד	1	The expression the clothing refers to all clothing in general, not one piece of clothing in particular. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “But any piece of clothing”
1468	13:47	llaj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	נֶ֣גַע צָרָ֑עַת	1	Although this expression is the same as the one used previously for infections that are symptoms of infectious skin diseases, here the issue is with infections that affect clothing and other household objects. Consequently, this expression likely refers to infectious molds or mildews. If your language has an expression that can describe both skin diseases and these kinds of molds and mildews, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “an infectious mold or mildew”
1469	13:47	ifwg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	בְּ⁠בֶ֣גֶד צֶ֔מֶר	1	This wool is the shorn hair of sheep, goats, or other similar animals. It is used in the production of textiles, like yarn. If your language has a word for this kind of material, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “on clothing of yarn thread”
1470	13:47	k0l6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	בְּ⁠בֶ֥גֶד פִּשְׁתִּֽים׃	1	This linen is a textile material made from flax. If your language has a word for this kind of material, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “on clothing of cloth thread”
1471	13:48	7oc6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	א֤וֹ בִֽ⁠שְׁתִי֙ א֣וֹ בְ⁠עֵ֔רֶב לַ⁠פִּשְׁתִּ֖ים וְ⁠לַ⁠צָּ֑מֶר	1	The words warp and woof refer to a structure used in weaving and the production of textiles. Specifically, warp refers to the threads that run vertically up and down, and woof (or weft) refers to the threads that run horizontally from side to side. If your language has an expression for this kind of weaving structure, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “or on linen or woolen threats that are being woven together on a loom”
1472	13:48	umbp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	לַ⁠פִּשְׁתִּ֖ים	1	See how you translated this textile material in the previous verse.
1473	13:48	8cf6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	לַ⁠פִּשְׁתִּ֖ים	1	Here, the linen does not refer to a specific piece of fabric, but to any linen product generally. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “of any linen that you are weaving”
1474	13:48	9bjm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠לַ⁠צָּ֑מֶר	1	See how you translated this textile material in the previous verse.
1475	13:48	1jrn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	וְ⁠לַ⁠צָּ֑מֶר	1	Here, the wool does not refer to a specific piece of wool, but to any woolen product generally. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “of any wool that you are weaving”
1476	13:48	7gv5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בְ⁠ע֔וֹר	1	Here, leather refers generally to any scrap pieces of animal hide that have not yet been made into a household object or article of clothing. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on any scrap leather”
1477	13:48	ww38		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	בְּ⁠כָל־ מְלֶ֥אכֶת עֽוֹר	1	The expression any work of leather uses the possessive form to describe an object that has been made out of leather. This includes a large variety of items, such as belts, bags, saddles, straps, etc. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “on anything that has been made of leather” or “on any leatherwork”
1478	13:49	jj1l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	בַ⁠שְּׁתִ֤י אוֹ־בָ⁠עֵ֨רֶב֙	1	See how you translated these words in the previous verse.
1479	13:49	xozo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כְּלִי־ ע֔וֹר	1	The expression equipment of leather refers to the same leatherwork that the previous verse called “any work of leather.” If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “equipment that has been made of leather” or “leatherwork”
1480	13:49	pl1e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	נֶ֥גַע צָרַ֖עַת ה֑וּא	1	This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the infection on the material is actually an infectious and diseased mold or mildew. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “The infection on the material is actually a sign of an infection of skin disease”
1481	13:49	xcr7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠הָרְאָ֖ה אֶת־הַ⁠כֹּהֵֽן׃	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And the owner of the fabric must show it to the priest”
1482	13:50	ijov		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠הִסְגִּ֥יר אֶת־הַ⁠נֶּ֖גַע	1	See how you translated this expression in 13:4.
1483	13:50	7sq6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אֶת־הַ⁠נֶּ֖גַע	1	Here, the expression the infection represents the whole article of clothing, thread of fabric, or leatherwork that has mold or mildew on it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the infected item” or “the item with the infection on it”
1484	13:51	b5hr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֗י	1	The word seventh is the ordinal form of the number seven. Alternate translation: “on the last day of that week-long period”
1485	13:51	8z6u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	בַ⁠שְּׁתִ֤י אֽוֹ־בָ⁠עֵ֨רֶב֙	1	See how you translated these words in 13:48.
1486	13:51	n4xg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	לְ⁠כֹ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־יֵעָשֶׂ֥ה הָ⁠ע֖וֹר לִ⁠מְלָאכָ֑ה	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of anything that someone made from leather”
1487	13:51	cmgk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	צָרַ֧עַת מַמְאֶ֛רֶת הַ⁠נֶּ֖גַע	1	This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the infection (that is, the mold or mildew) is actually a sign of an infectious and potentially deadly disease. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “the infection is actually a sign that the item has an infectious and potentially deadly disease on it”
1488	13:52	3fdf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠שָׂרַ֨ף אֶת־הַ⁠בֶּ֜גֶד	1	Here, he refers to the individual who owns whatever item has become infected with the mold or mildew. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “And whoever owns the clothing shall burn it”
1489	13:52	oaev		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	אֶֽת־הַ⁠שְּׁתִ֣י ׀ א֣וֹ אֶת־הָ⁠עֵ֗רֶב	1	See how you translated these words in 13:48.
1490	13:52	1i4w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֶת־כָּל־כְּלִ֣י הָ⁠ע֔וֹר	1	See how you translated these words in 13:49.
1491	13:52	wttq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּֽי־ צָרַ֤עַת מַמְאֶ֨רֶת֙ הִ֔וא	1	The word translated as because indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: “The owner of the item should burn it because the infection is a malignant disease”
1492	13:52	r25j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	בָּ⁠אֵ֖שׁ תִּשָּׂרֵֽף	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He shall burn the item with fire”
1493	13:52	vvpc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	בָּ⁠אֵ֖שׁ תִּשָּׂרֵֽף	1	This expression contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. See how you handled the similar expression in 7:17. Alternate translation: “It shall be completely burned”
1494	13:53	j5u1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	בַ⁠שְּׁתִ֖י א֣וֹ בָ⁠עֵ֑רֶב	1	See how you translated these words in 13:48.
1495	13:53	txf1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בְּ⁠כָל־כְּלִי־עֽוֹר׃	1	See how you translated these words in 13:49.
1496	13:54	zq9x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠צִוָּה֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן	1	This expression leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Here, the priest is telling the people what to do with household items that were infected with mold or mildew. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “then the priest shall tell the people what to do”
1497	13:54	k1tv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠כִ֨בְּס֔וּ	1	Here, they refers to whoever owns the item. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “and whoever owns the item shall wash”
1498	13:54	hcm6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֵ֥ת אֲשֶׁר־בּ֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠נָּ֑גַע	1	This expression is a condensed way of referring to all the diverse pieces of clothing, fabric, or leatherwork that were described in the previous verse. If the meaning of this expression would not be clear to your readers, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “whatever item has the mold or mildew on it”
1499	13:54	48lf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠הִסְגִּיר֥⁠וֹ	1	See how you translated this expression in 13:4.
1500	13:54	3n2o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	שִׁבְעַת־ יָמִ֖ים שֵׁנִֽית׃	1	The word second is the ordinal form of the number two. Alternate translation: “for seven days once again”
1501	13:55	wsk2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	אַחֲרֵ֣י ׀ הֻכַּבֵּ֣ס אֶת־הַ⁠נֶּ֗גַע	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “after the item’s owner has washed the infection”
1502	13:55	q6dh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ֠⁠הִנֵּה לֹֽא־הָפַ֨ךְ הַ⁠נֶּ֤גַע אֶת־עֵינ⁠וֹ֙	1	This expression is an idiom that refers to the appearance of the infection changing. In other words, for an infection to have turned its eye is for that infection to have changed its appearance, likely by spreading or changing colors. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and look, the infection appears to be unchanged”
1503	13:55	v5wf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	בָּ⁠אֵ֖שׁ תִּשְׂרְפֶ֑⁠נּוּ	1	Here, you is singular. It refers to the owner of the infected item, so use the singular form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
1504	13:55	gd8d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	בָּ⁠אֵ֖שׁ תִּשְׂרְפֶ֑⁠נּוּ	1	As the General Introduction to this chapter discusses, here the author of Leviticus switches to a second-person address. If the sudden switch to the second person would be confusing in your language, consider continuing to use the third person in your translation. Alternate translation: “The owner of the item should burn it with fire”
1505	13:55	924b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	בָּ⁠אֵ֖שׁ תִּשְׂרְפֶ֑⁠נּוּ	1	This expression contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. See how you handled the similar expression in 7:17. Alternate translation: “You shall burn it completely”
1506	13:55	ykjw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	פְּחֶ֣תֶת הִ֔וא	1	This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the infection is actually a rot, that is, an infectious and decaying mold or mildew. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “The infection is actually a sign of an infectious and decaying mold or mildew”
1507	13:55	3tz6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בְּ⁠קָרַחְתּ֖⁠וֹ א֥וֹ בְ⁠גַבַּחְתּֽ⁠וֹ׃	1	These expressions refer to the front or backside of a piece of fabric using the same terms that described male-pattern balding in 13:40–41. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “on the front or back of it”
1508	13:56	j9p7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠הִנֵּה֙ כֵּהָ֣ה הַ⁠נֶּ֔גַע	1	For the infection to have faded means that it has reduced in size and become dimmer in color. If this meaning would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and look, the infection has reduced in size and the color of the infection is closer to the item's normal color”
1509	13:56	h4my		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	אַחֲרֵ֖י הֻכַּבֵּ֣ס אֹת֑⁠וֹ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “after the owner of the item washed it”
1510	13:56	hktj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠קָרַ֣ע אֹת֗⁠וֹ	1	Here, it refers to the portion of the item that has the infectious mold or mildew on it. If this would not be clear in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “then he shall tear the infected portion of the item”
1511	13:56	qdmp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הָ⁠ע֔וֹר א֥וֹ מִן־הַ⁠שְּׁתִ֖י	1	See how you translated these words in 13:48.
1512	13:57	6jqk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	בַ⁠שְּׁתִ֤י אֽוֹ־בָ⁠עֵ֨רֶב֙	1	See how you translated these words in 13:48.
1513	13:57	vtks		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בְ⁠כָל־כְּלִי־ע֔וֹר	1	See how you translated these words in 13:49.
1514	13:57	kmmz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	פֹּרַ֖חַת הִ֑וא	1	This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes the mold or mildew returning and continuing to spread even after the portion of the item that previously had the infectious mold or mildew was removed, then the mold has broken out over the entire item. This means that the item cannot be made clean but must be burned. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “it is a sign that the infectious mold or mildew has broken out over the entire item such that it cannot be washed and made clean”
1515	13:57	t251		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	בָּ⁠אֵ֣שׁ תִּשְׂרְפֶ֔⁠נּוּ	1	Here, you is singular. It refers to the owner of the infected item, so use the singular form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
1516	13:57	fsbc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	בָּ⁠אֵ֣שׁ תִּשְׂרְפֶ֔⁠נּוּ	1	As the General Introduction to this chapter discusses, here the author of Leviticus switches to a second-person address. If the sudden switch to the second person would be confusing in your language, consider continuing to use the third person in your translation. Alternate translation: “The owner should burn it with fire”
1517	13:57	mno6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	בָּ⁠אֵ֣שׁ תִּשְׂרְפֶ֔⁠נּוּ	1	This expression contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. See how you handled the similar expression in 7:17. Alternate translation: “You shall completely burn it”
1518	13:57	chro		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֵ֥ת אֲשֶׁר־בּ֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠נָּֽגַע׃	1	This expression is a condensed way of referring to all the diverse pieces of clothing, fabric, or leatherwork that were described in the previous verse. If the meaning of this expression would not be clear to your readers, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “whatever item has the mold or mildew on it”
1519	13:58	0zfb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	אֽוֹ־הַ⁠שְּׁתִ֨י אוֹ־הָ⁠עֵ֜רֶב	1	See how you translated these words in 13:48.
1520	13:58	m3cy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֽוֹ־כָל־כְּלִ֤י הָ⁠עוֹר֙	1	See how you translated these words in 13:49.
1521	13:58	fpzu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	אֲשֶׁ֣ר תְּכַבֵּ֔ס	1	Here, you is singular. It refers to the owner of the infected item, so use the singular form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
1522	13:58	u6p4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	אֲשֶׁ֣ר תְּכַבֵּ֔ס	1	As the General Introduction to this chapter discusses, here the author of Leviticus switches to a second-person address. If the sudden switch to the second person would be confusing in your language, consider continuing to use the third person in your translation. Alternate translation: “that the owner of the item has washed”
1523	13:58	bc84		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠סָ֥ר מֵ⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠נָּ֑גַע	1	This expression is an idiom. For the infection to have turned aside from the item means for it to have been removed through the process of washing. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and the infection was successfully removed from them”
1524	13:58	kxv3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠כֻבַּ֥ס	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the owner shall wash it”
1525	13:58	unl4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	שֵׁנִ֖ית	1	The word second is the ordinal form of the number two. Alternate translation: “again”
1526	13:59	6stm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	זֹ֠את תּוֹרַ֨ת נֶֽגַע־ צָרַ֜עַת	1	This expression uses the possessive form to describe the instruction that is characterized by its referring to the infection of disease that might occur in a variety of textiles and materials. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “This is the instruction that has to do with the infection of disease” or “This is the instruction that pertains to the infection of disease”
1527	13:59	39fy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	נֶֽגַע־צָרַ֜עַת בֶּ֥גֶד הַ⁠צֶּ֣מֶר ׀ א֣וֹ הַ⁠פִּשְׁתִּ֗ים א֤וֹ הַ⁠שְּׁתִי֙ א֣וֹ הָ⁠עֵ֔רֶב א֖וֹ כָּל־כְּלִי־ע֑וֹר	1	This expression uses a prolonged possessive form to describe an infection that is actually the symptom of an infectious disease that can occur on a variety of textiles and household materials. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “an infection that is the symptom of an infectious disease that might occur on clothing of wool or linen or on the warp or woof or on any equipment of leather”
1528	13:59	xtkh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	א֤וֹ הַ⁠שְּׁתִי֙ א֣וֹ הָ⁠עֵ֔רֶב	1	See how you translated these words in 13:48.
1529	13:59	zylr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	א֖וֹ כָּל־ כְּלִי־ ע֑וֹר	1	See how you translated these words in 13:49.
1530	13:59	llt7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	לְ⁠טַהֲר֖⁠וֹ א֥וֹ לְ⁠טַמְּאֽ⁠וֹ	1	Here, to marks pronouncing the item to be clean or unclean as the goal or purpose of the instruction. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.
1531	14:intro	u79h				0	Leviticus 14 General Notes Structure and formatting This chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter. Special concepts in this chapter Skin disease and mildew This chapter addresses the ways a priest was to decide if a person had a skin disease, which would make a person unclean. This was important because these diseases could have easily spread among the people in the ancient Near East. This was also true for the things which could have touched a person’s skin. This chapter explains how the priest was to treat the person suffering with a skin disease. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
1532	14:1	plba		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר	1	The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.
1533	14:2	5sbt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	תּוֹרַ֣ת הַ⁠מְּצֹרָ֔ע	1	This expression uses the possessive form to describe the instruction that is characterized by its referring to the process of cleansing for any person with a skin disease who has been pronounced clean by the priest. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “This is the instruction that has to do with the person who previously had a skin disease” or “This is the instruction that pertains to the person who previously had a skin disease”
1534	14:2	xvvl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הַ⁠מְּצֹרָ֔ע	1	This expression refers to any person who has had a skin disease that was described in the previous chapter but has now been pronounced clean. The following instructions pertain to the sacrifices that such an individual requires in order to receive atonement and be cleansed from the impurity that they acquired from their previous skin condition. It may be helpful to clarify this meaning for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “any person who had a skin disease but was pronounced clean by the priest”
1535	14:2	mv99		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	בְּ⁠י֖וֹם טָהֳרָת֑⁠וֹ	1	This expression refers to the day on which the priest declares the person to be ritually clean. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word cleansing, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “on the day on which he is to be made clean”
1536	14:2	d521		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠הוּבָ֖א אֶל־ הַ⁠כֹּהֵֽן	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And someone should bring him to the priest” or “He should go to the priest”
1537	14:3	uk4z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠הִנֵּ֛ה נִרְפָּ֥א נֶֽגַע־הַ⁠צָּרַ֖עַת מִן־הַ⁠צָּרֽוּעַ׃	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And look, the infection of the skin disease has completely healed from the person with the skin disease”
1538	14:3	b7wz			נֶֽגַע־ הַ⁠צָּרַ֖עַת	1	See how you translated these words in 13:3.
1539	14:4	ivuq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠צִוָּה֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן	1	This expression leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Here, the priest is telling the infected person how to prepare for his cleansing. You could supply words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Then the priest shall tell the infected person what to do”
1540	14:4	93pt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠לָקַ֧ח לַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֛ר	1	This expression contains the context of what the priest is commanding. Here, he refers to either: 1) the person who is to be cleansed. Alternate translation: “and the person who is to be cleansed shall take for himself” or 2) an unnamed person other than the priest or the person being cleansed. Alternate translation: “and someone else shall take for the person who is being cleansed”
1541	14:4	slt9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	לַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֛ר	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for the person who wishes to be clean”
1542	14:4	t9pk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	שְׁתֵּֽי־ צִפֳּרִ֥ים חַיּ֖וֹת טְהֹר֑וֹת	1	This expression refers to birds that are not on the list provided in 11:13–19. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “two live birds that the people of Israel are permitted to eat and sacrifice”
1543	14:4	gdc5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וּ⁠שְׁנִ֥י תוֹלַ֖עַת	1	The expression crimson of worm is unclear but likely refers to a thread of unspecified fabric that is crimson in color. The dye for this crimson color was likely the byproduct of crushing the eggs of a certain insect, here referred to as a worm. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers, either in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “and thread that has been naturally dyed crimson”
1544	14:4	ws3c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠אֵזֹֽב	1	This hyssop was a herby, leafed plant that was common in Israel. Its large and numerous leaves made it ideal for use in sprinkling, especially in ceremonial or ritual contexts, like the present chapter. If your language does not have a word for this plant, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and a bunch of leafy branches”
1545	14:5	oh2r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠צִוָּה֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן	1	This expression leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Here, the priest is telling the infected person how to proceed with the ritual cleansing. You could supply some words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Then the priest shall tell the person what to do”
1546	14:5	m5us		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠שָׁחַ֖ט אֶת־הַ⁠צִּפּ֣וֹר הָ⁠אֶחָ֑ת אֶל־כְּלִי־חֶ֖רֶשׂ	1	This expression refers to slaughtering one of the birds while suspending it over a container of clay. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and he shall slaughter one bird over a container of clay”
1547	14:5	wg0i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠שָׁחַ֖ט אֶת־הַ⁠צִּפּ֣וֹר הָ⁠אֶחָ֑ת	1	Here, he refers to the person who is to be cleansed. This expression contains the context of what the priest is commanding. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the person who is to be cleansed shall slaughter one bird”
1548	14:5	g9th		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	כְּלִי־ חֶ֖רֶשׂ	1	The expression container of clay refers to a vessel made from clay or earthenware, likely resembling modern kitchen pots or perhaps clay pots, which could hold water. If your language has a specific word for a pot made from this material, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “a clay vessel”
1549	14:5	h3t7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	חֶ֖רֶשׂ	1	The container is described as made of clay, which refers to a material similar to earthenware or potsherds, out of which a pot-shaped vessel could be shaped and baked in a kiln until hardened. If your language has a specific word for this material, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “earthenware”
1550	14:5	fzd5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	מַ֥יִם חַיִּֽים׃	1	This expression is an idiom that refers to flowing water—that is, the water in the container of clay needed to be taken from a flowing source, such as a river or well rather than from a cistern. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “freshwater taken from a flowing source”
1551	14:6	rxqk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	אֶת־הַ⁠צִּפֹּ֤ר הַֽ⁠חַיָּה֙ יִקַּ֣ח אֹתָ֔⁠הּ & וְ⁠טָבַ֨ל אוֹתָ֜⁠ם	1	Here, he refers to the priest and not to the person being cleansed. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “The live bird, the priest shall take it … and the priest shall dip them”
1552	14:6	fsbi			אֶת־הַ⁠צִּפֹּ֤ר הַֽ⁠חַיָּה֙ יִקַּ֣ח אֹתָ֔⁠הּ	1	Alternate translation: “He shall take the living bird”
1553	14:6	aws9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	בְּ⁠דַם֙ הַ⁠צִּפֹּ֣ר הַ⁠שְּׁחֻטָ֔ה עַ֖ל הַ⁠מַּ֥יִם הַֽ⁠חַיִּֽים׃	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in the blood of the bird that the person who wishes to be clean killed”
1554	14:6	5c2c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	עַ֖ל הַ⁠מַּ֥יִם הַֽ⁠חַיִּֽים׃	1	See how you translated this idiom in the previous verse.
1555	14:7	m472		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠הִזָּ֗ה & וְ⁠טִ֣הֲר֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠שִׁלַּ֛ח	1	Here, he refers to the priest, not to the person being cleansed. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall sprinkle … and the priest shall pronounce him clean. And the priest shall send”
1556	14:7	7qo6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠הִזָּ֗ה עַ֧ל הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֛ר מִן־הַ⁠צָּרַ֖עַת שֶׁ֣בַע פְּעָמִ֑ים	1	This is a ritual action by which cedar wood, hyssop, and a living bird are used to sprinkle the person with the skin disease with both blood and clean water. This action ritually purifies and cleanses the individual from any impurity that they acquired through their unclean skin disease. It may be helpful to explain this to your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. See how you handled the idea of ritual sprinkling in 1:5 and elsewhere.
1557	14:7	cj5v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	עַ֧ל הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֛ר מִן־הַ⁠צָּרַ֖עַת	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “on the person who wishes to be clean”
1558	14:7	ybh1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	עַל־פְּנֵ֥י הַ⁠שָּׂדֶֽה׃	1	Here, the expression the face of the field refers to an open field. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “toward an open field”
1559	14:7	wnhd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	הַ⁠שָּׂדֶֽה׃	1	Here, the expression the field does not refer to a specific field but to any field near the place where the Israelites are living. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “a nearby field”
1560	14:8	8xft		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠כִבֶּס֩ הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֨ר אֶת־בְּגָדָ֜י⁠ו וְ⁠גִלַּ֣ח אֶת־כָּל־שְׂעָר֗⁠וֹ וְ⁠רָחַ֤ץ בַּ⁠מַּ֨יִם֙	1	These are ritual actions designed to show the people and the individual who is being cleansed that he is now ritually and ceremonially clean. If your language has expressions for these kinds of ritual actions, especially in religious contexts, consider using them here. If not, consider explaining the significance of these actions in a footnote or in the text of your translation.
1561	14:8	dni4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֨ר	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person who wishes to be clean”
1562	14:8	mikz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	וְ⁠רָחַ֤ץ בַּ⁠מַּ֨יִם֙	1	It might seem that the expression and he shall bathe in the water contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you could use an equivalent expression. See how you translated this expression in 1:9. Alternate translation: “And he shall wash thoroughly”
1563	14:9	5elj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal (?)	בַ⁠יּ֨וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֜י	1	The word seventh is the ordinal form of the number seven. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “on the last day of that week-long period”
1564	14:9	pzhd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	יְגַלַּ֣ח אֶת־כָּל־שְׂעָר֗⁠וֹ אֶת־רֹאשׁ֤⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־זְקָנ⁠וֹ֙ וְ⁠אֵת֙ גַּבֹּ֣ת עֵינָ֔י⁠ו וְ⁠אֶת־כָּל־שְׂעָר֖⁠וֹ יְגַלֵּ֑חַ	1	These expressions mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word that shows that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “he shall shave all his hair, including his head and his beard and the brows of his eyes and all his hair”
1565	14:9	wv7v			וְ⁠אֵת֙ גַּבֹּ֣ת עֵינָ֔י⁠ו	1	Alternate translation: “and his eyebrows”
1566	14:9	3wyw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	וְ⁠רָחַ֧ץ אֶת־בְּשָׂר֛⁠וֹ בַּ⁠מַּ֖יִם	1	See how you translated this expression in the previous verse and in 1:9.
1567	14:9	czy4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֶת־בְּשָׂר֛⁠וֹ	1	As before, here and throughout the chapter, the word flesh refers to a person’s body as a whole and, occasionally, his genitals specifically. If this expression would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his whole body”
1568	14:10	2q76		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal (?)	וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁמִינִ֗י	1	The word eighth is the ordinal form of the number eight. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “And on the next day”
1569	14:10	jjr4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	יִקַּ֤ח	1	Here, the word he refers to the person who is being cleansed. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “the person who is being cleansed shall take”
1570	14:10	qdu9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	תְּמִימִ֔ים & תְּמִימָ֑ה	1	See how you translated the word perfect in 1:3.
1571	14:10	7cmv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠כַבְשָׂ֥ה אַחַ֛ת בַּת־שְׁנָתָ֖⁠הּ תְּמִימָ֑ה	1	The expression a daughter of her year is an idiom that refers to an animal that is a year old. If your language has a similar idiom, consider using it here. If not, state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expression in 9:3. Alternate translation: “and a perfect female lamb that is a year old” or “and a perfect female lamb that is twelve months of age”
1572	14:10	vzq4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume	וּ⁠שְׁלֹשָׁ֣ה עֶשְׂרֹנִ֗ים סֹ֤לֶת	1	Although the measurement is not explicitly listed here, the flour is likely to be measured in ephahs. One ephah was about 23 liters so three-tenths of an ephah would amount to almost seven liters of flour. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the equivalent modern measurement in your translation or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “and about seven liters of flour”
1573	14:10	5hr3		Ordinal	וּ⁠שְׁלֹשָׁ֣ה עֶשְׂרֹנִ֗ים	1	The word tenth is the ordinal form of the number ten. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression.
1574	14:10	wjy5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	מִנְחָה֙ בְּלוּלָ֣ה בַ⁠שֶּׁ֔מֶן	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 2:5.
1575	14:10	48sl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מִנְחָה֙	1	See how you translated this sacrifice in 2:1.
1576	14:10	ys2l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume	וְ⁠לֹ֥ג אֶחָ֖ד שָֽׁמֶן׃	1	One log was about one-sixth of a liter (or 0.167 liters). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the equivalent modern measurement in your translation or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “and one-sixth of a liter of oil”
1577	14:11	0ruq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠הֶעֱמִ֞יד הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֣ן הַֽ⁠מְטַהֵ֗ר אֵ֛ת הָ⁠אִ֥ישׁ הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר וְ⁠אֹתָ֑⁠ם	1	This expression refers to positioning the man and his sacrificial items in such a way that they face the inner tent of the tent of meeting in which the Holy of Holy was housed. If this meaning would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And the priest, the one pronouncing clean, shall position the man, the person being cleansed, and them in such a way that they stand”
1578	14:11	zbvg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	אֵ֛ת הָ⁠אִ֥ישׁ הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר	1	Even though the word man is masculine, it is being used in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “the person who is being cleansed”
1579	14:11	d4tp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	אֵ֛ת הָ⁠אִ֥ישׁ הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person who wishes to be clean”
1580	14:11	b5f7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠אֹתָ֑⁠ם	1	Here, them refers to the three lambs, the flour, and the oil that the individual was told to bring in the previous verse. If this would not be clear in your language, you could state the referents explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the three lambs, the flour, and the oil that he has brought”
1581	14:11	l99k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה	1	See how you translated this expression in 1:9. Alternate translation: “in Yahweh’s presence in the sacred precincts of the tent of meeting, where Yahweh lives among the Israelites”
1582	14:12	ht8v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠הִקְרִ֥יב אֹת֛⁠וֹ	1	See how you handled this ritual action in 1:2.
1583	14:12	j7sk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לְ⁠אָשָׁ֖ם	1	See how you translated this sacrifice in 5:15.
1584	14:12	i44p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume	וְ⁠אֶת־לֹ֣ג הַ⁠שָּׁ֑מֶן	1	One log was about one-sixth of a liter (or 0.167 liters). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the equivalent modern measurement in your translation or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “and the one-sixth of a liter of oil”
1585	14:12	pfmd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠הֵנִ֥יף אֹתָ֛⁠ם תְּנוּפָ֖ה לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃	1	It is highly unlikely that the living lamb was physically waved in Yahweh’s presence before it was killed. Instead, this expression may refer to waving one’s hands over the living lamb or some other physical motion that demarcated the lamb (and the oil) as the kind of sacrifice that qualified as a wave offering. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “And he shall wave his hands over them as a wave offering to the face of Yahweh”
1586	14:12	kxj6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	תְּנוּפָ֖ה	1	See how you translated this sacrifice in 7:30.
1587	14:12	nlun		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃	1	See how you translated this expression in 1:9.
1588	14:13	22ko		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠שָׁחַ֣ט אֶת־הַ⁠כֶּ֗בֶשׂ	1	Here, he refers to the person who is to be cleansed. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “And the person who is to be cleansed shall slaughter the lamb”
1589	14:13	i44q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	בִּ֠⁠מְקוֹם אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִשְׁחַ֧ט אֶת־הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֛את וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠עֹלָ֖ה בִּ⁠מְק֣וֹם הַ⁠קֹּ֑דֶשׁ	1	These expressions mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Here, in the holy place clarifies the previous phrase and further defines where the priest was to kill the lamb. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word that shows that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “in the place where he slaughters the sin offering and the burnt offering, that is, in the holy place”
1590	14:13	haf6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	בִּ֠⁠מְקוֹם אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִשְׁחַ֧ט אֶת־הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֛את וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠עֹלָ֖ה	1	Here, the author of Leviticus does not use the present tense to describe contemporaneous or ongoing action, as if he is referring to a specific instance where an individual is preparing a sin offering or a burnt offering. Rather, the present tense is being used both to describe an action that was previously described in the book of Leviticus and to depict a hypothetical situation. If it would be helpful in your language, consider choosing language that makes it plain that the author is not referring to specific past actions. Alternate translation: “in the same place where he might slaughter the sin offering and the burnt offering”
1591	14:13	o4ia		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִשְׁחַ֧ט אֶת־הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֛את	1	Here, he does not refer to the person who is to be cleansed specifically. Rather, it refers generally to anyone who might offer the sin offering or the burnt offering. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “where people slaughter the sin offering”
1592	14:13	90k0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּ֡י כַּ֠⁠חַטָּאת הָ⁠אָשָׁ֥ם	1	The word translated as for indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: “This is because the guilt offering is like the sin offering”
1593	14:13	w5gf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הוּא֙ לַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן	1	See how you handled the similar expression in 5:13.
1594	14:13	gczz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֖ים הֽוּא׃	1	See how you handled the similar expression in 2:3.
1595	14:14	98xe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠נָתַן֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן עַל־תְּנ֛וּךְ אֹ֥זֶן הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר הַ⁠יְמָנִ֑ית וְ⁠עַל־בֹּ֤הֶן יָד⁠וֹ֙ הַ⁠יְמָנִ֔ית וְ⁠עַל־בֹּ֥הֶן רַגְל֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠יְמָנִֽית׃	1	See how you translated the similar ritual action in 8:23–24.
1596	14:14	by98		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠נָתַן֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן עַל־תְּנ֛וּךְ אֹ֥זֶן הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר הַ⁠יְמָנִ֑ית	1	See how you handled this idiom in 1:7.
1597	14:14	pnv5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person who wishes to be clean”
1598	14:15	zyb9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume	מִ⁠לֹּ֣ג הַ⁠שָּׁ֑מֶן	1	See how you translated this measurement in 14:10.
1599	14:16	f3cv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explict	וְ⁠הִזָּ֨ה מִן־הַ⁠שֶּׁ֧מֶן בְּ⁠אֶצְבָּע֛⁠וֹ שֶׁ֥בַע פְּעָמִ֖ים לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃	1	Although the object on which the priest is to sprinkle the oil is not specified, it is likely that the expression to the face of Yahweh refers to the direction of the Holy of Holies, where Yahweh lived among the Israelites. This action ritually cleanses the holy space where Yahweh lives of any impurity that the person who had the skin disease might have brought into the tent of meeting. It may be helpful to explain the significance of this action to your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “and he shall sprinkle some of the oil with his finger seven times to the face of Yahweh so that the holy space where Yahweh lives might be cleansed from any potential impurity that the person who had the skin disease might have brought in”
1600	14:16	8i5u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃	1	See how you translated this expression in 1:9.
1601	14:17	mqyh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וּ⁠מִ⁠יֶּ֨תֶר הַ⁠שֶּׁ֜מֶן אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל־כַּפּ֗⁠וֹ יִתֵּ֤ן הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙ עַל־תְּנ֞וּךְ אֹ֤זֶן הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵר֙ הַ⁠יְמָנִ֔ית וְ⁠עַל־בֹּ֤הֶן יָד⁠וֹ֙ הַ⁠יְמָנִ֔ית וְ⁠עַל־בֹּ֥הֶן רַגְל֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠יְמָנִ֑ית עַ֖ל דַּ֥ם הָ⁠אָשָֽׁם׃	1	See how you translated the similar ritual action in 8:23–24.
1602	14:17	18bl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וּ⁠מִ⁠יֶּ֨תֶר הַ⁠שֶּׁ֜מֶן אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל־כַּפּ֗⁠וֹ יִתֵּ֤ן הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙ עַל־תְּנ֞וּךְ אֹ֤זֶן הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵר֙ הַ⁠יְמָנִ֔ית	1	See how you handled this idiom in 1:7.
1603	14:17	6hrv			וּ⁠מִ⁠יֶּ֨תֶר הַ⁠שֶּׁ֜מֶן אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל־כַּפּ֗⁠וֹ יִתֵּ֤ן הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙	1	Alternate translation: “And the priest shall give some of the remaining oil that is on his palm”
1604	14:17	c24c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵר֙	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person who wishes to be clean”
1605	14:18	b8uu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹתָ֗ר בַּ⁠שֶּׁ֨מֶן֙ אֲשֶׁר֙ עַל־כַּ֣ף הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן יִתֵּ֖ן עַל־רֹ֣אשׁ הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֑ר	1	See how you handled this idiom in 1:7.
1606	14:18	1am8			וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹתָ֗ר בַּ⁠שֶּׁ֨מֶן֙	1	Alternate translation: “And the remaining oil”
1607	14:18	k5ss		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	עַל־רֹ֣אשׁ הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֑ר	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “on the head of the person who wishes to be clean”
1608	14:18	u3xr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠כִפֶּ֥ר עָלָ֛י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃	1	See how you translated the abstract noun atonement in 1:4. However, here and throughout this chapter, make sure that your translation makes it clear that the person is not being atoned for because of any sin on his or her part. In this case, atonement removes impurity that is not caused by sin, but by infection and uncleanness. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.
1609	14:18	vmy1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה	1	See how you translated this expression in 1:9.
1610	14:19	jdhf			וְ⁠עָשָׂ֤ה הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙ אֶת־הַ֣⁠חַטָּ֔את	1	Alternate translation: “And the priest shall prepare the sin offering”
1611	14:19	y11v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠כִפֶּ֕ר עַל־הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר	1	See how you translated the abstract noun atonement in 1:4. Specifically, see how you handled this phrase in the previous verse.
1612	14:19	hs6x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person who wishes to be clean”
1613	14:19	4hqe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	מִ⁠טֻּמְאָת֑⁠וֹ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of uncleanness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “from that which has made him unclean”
1614	14:19	z2kf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠אַחַ֖ר יִשְׁחַ֥ט אֶת־הָ⁠עֹלָֽה׃	1	Here, he refers to the person who is to be cleansed. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “And after, the person being cleansed will slaughter the burnt offering”
1615	14:20	q661		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠הֶעֱלָ֧ה הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן אֶת־הָ⁠עֹלָ֥ה וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠מִּנְחָ֖ה הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חָ⁠ה	1	This expression is an idiom. It depicts the act of burning the burnt offering and the grain offering on the altar as converting the offer into smoke that goes up to God in heaven from the altar. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall burn the burnt offering and the grain offering on the altar in such a way that they go up to Yahweh in smoke”
1616	14:20	jdvm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠כִפֶּ֥ר עָלָ֛י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן	1	See how you translated the abstract noun atonement in 1:4. Specifically, see how you handled this phrase in 14:18.
1617	14:21	c76j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠אֵ֣ין יָד⁠וֹ֮ מַשֶּׂגֶת֒	1	This expression is an idiom that refers to being unable to afford to purchase the three lambs required for the ritual cleansing. If your language has a similar idiomatic expression, consider using it here. Otherwise, if it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expression in 5:11. Alternate translation: “and he cannot afford to offer the three lambs”
1618	14:21	azv9		rc://*/ta/man/grammar-connect-logic-goal	לִ⁠תְנוּפָ֖ה לְ⁠כַפֵּ֣ר עָלָ֑י⁠ו	1	Here, to marks waving and making atonement as the goal or purpose of bringing the lamb, flour, and birds to the priest. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.
1619	14:21	gfgr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	לְ⁠כַפֵּ֣ר עָלָ֑י⁠ו	1	See how you translated the abstract noun atonement in 1:4 and 14:18.
1620	14:21	drj0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠עִשָּׂר֨וֹן סֹ֜לֶת אֶחָ֨ד בָּל֥וּל בַּ⁠שֶּׁ֛מֶן	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and one-tenth of flour that he has mixed with oil”
1621	14:21	3fgb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	וְ⁠עִשָּׂר֨וֹן סֹ֜לֶת אֶחָ֨ד	1	Here, tenth is the ordinal form of the number ten. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression.
1622	14:21	hwj7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume	וְ⁠עִשָּׂר֨וֹן סֹ֜לֶת אֶחָ֨ד	1	Although it is not explicit, it is likely that one-tenth refers to a tenth of an ephah of flour. See how you translated this measurement in 14:10.
1623	14:21	aj8d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume	וְ⁠לֹ֥ג שָֽׁמֶן׃	1	See how you translated this measurement in 14:10.
1624	14:22	ncfg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י יוֹנָ֔ה	1	See how you translated this expression in 1:14.
1625	14:22	0cpe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אֲשֶׁ֥ר תַּשִּׂ֖יג יָד֑⁠וֹ	1	This expression is an idiom that refers to being able to afford to purchase an animal. In other words, that which his hand reaches refers to whatever bird the individual is able to afford. If your language has a similar idiomatic expression, consider using it here. Otherwise, if it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expression in 5:11. Alternate translation: “that he can afford”
1626	14:23	6p4d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠הֵבִ֨יא אֹתָ֜⁠ם בַּ⁠יּ֧וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁמִינִ֛י	1	Here, he refers to the person who is to be cleansed, and them refers to the lamb, portions of flour, and birds that the ritual cleansing requires. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referents plainly. Alternate translation: “And on the eighth day, the person who is to be cleansed should bring the lamb, portions of flour, oil, and the birds”
1627	14:23	j9v1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בַּ⁠יּ֧וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁמִינִ֛י	1	The word eighth is the ordinal form of the number eight. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. The eighth day refers to the day after the week-long period of purification mentioned in 14:8 during with the person dwells outside of the camp. If this would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on the day after the week-long period during which he lived outside of the camp”
1628	14:23	e94b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	לְ⁠טָהֳרָת֖⁠וֹ	1	Here, for marks cleansing as the goal or purpose of bringing all of the required items and animals. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.
1629	14:23	pc6z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	לְ⁠טָהֳרָת֖⁠וֹ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of cleansing, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “so that he is no longer unclean” or “so that he can be clean”
1630	14:23	14ne		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	אֶל־הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֑ן אֶל־פֶּ֥תַח אֹֽהֶל־מוֹעֵ֖ד לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃	1	These expressions mean basically the same thing. The second and third emphasize the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word that shows that the second and third phrases are repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “to the priest who is at the entrance of the tent of meeting, that is, to the face of Yahweh”
1631	14:23	107n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃	1	See how you translated this expression in 1:9.
1632	14:24	wiiz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	אֶת־כֶּ֥בֶשׂ הָ⁠אָשָׁ֖ם	1	This expression uses the possessive form to describe a lamb that is characterized by the fact that it has been selected to become a guilt offering. If your language would not use the possessive form to express this, use a construction that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the lamb that he has selected to offer as a guilt offering”
1633	14:24	u8i7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume	וְ⁠אֶת־לֹ֣ג הַ⁠שָּׁ֑מֶן	1	See how you translated this measurement in 14:10.
1634	14:24	dolf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠הֵנִ֨יף אֹתָ֧⁠ם הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן תְּנוּפָ֖ה לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃	1	Again, it is highly unlikely that the living lamb of the guilt offering was physically waved in Yahweh’s presence. Instead, this expression may refer to waving one’s hands over the lamb in order or some other physical motion that would demarcate it (and the measure of oil) as the kind of sacrifice that qualified as a wave offering. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall wave his hands over them as a wave offering to the face of Yahweh”
1635	14:25	rm8b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠שָׁחַט֮ אֶת־כֶּ֣בֶשׂ הָֽ⁠אָשָׁם֒	1	Here, he refers to the person who is to be cleansed. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “And the person who is to be cleansed shall slaughter the lamb of the guilt offering”
1636	14:25	otcw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	אֶת־כֶּ֣בֶשׂ הָֽ⁠אָשָׁם֒	1	See how you translated this expression in the previous. Alternate translation: “the lamb that he has selected to offer as a guilt offering”
1637	14:25	xj95		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠נָתַ֛ן עַל־תְּנ֥וּךְ אֹֽזֶן־הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר הַ⁠יְמָנִ֑ית וְ⁠עַל־בֹּ֤הֶן יָד⁠וֹ֙ הַ⁠יְמָנִ֔ית וְ⁠עַל־בֹּ֥הֶן רַגְל֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠יְמָנִֽית׃	1	See how you translated the similar ritual action in 8:23–24.
1638	14:25	rzoz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠נָתַ֛ן עַל־תְּנ֥וּךְ אֹֽזֶן־הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר הַ⁠יְמָנִ֑ית	1	See how you handled this idiom in 1:7.
1639	14:25	g7wh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person who wishes to be clean”
1640	14:27	lk7b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠הִזָּ֤ה הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙ בְּ⁠אֶצְבָּע֣⁠וֹ הַ⁠יְמָנִ֔ית מִן־הַ⁠שֶּׁ֕מֶן אֲשֶׁ֥ר עַל־כַּפּ֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠שְּׂמָאלִ֑ית	1	See how you translated the similar ritual action in 14:16.
1641	14:27	zi57		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃	1	See how you translated this expression in 1:9.
1642	14:28	9x04		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠נָתַ֨ן הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֜ן מִן־הַ⁠שֶּׁ֣מֶן ׀ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל־כַּפּ֗⁠וֹ עַל־תְּנ֞וּךְ אֹ֤זֶן הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵר֙ הַ⁠יְמָנִ֔ית וְ⁠עַל־בֹּ֤הֶן יָד⁠וֹ֙ הַ⁠יְמָנִ֔ית וְ⁠עַל־בֹּ֥הֶן רַגְל֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠יְמָנִ֑ית	1	See how you handled this idiom in 1:7.
1643	14:28	n3d5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵר֙	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person who wishes to be clean”
1644	14:29	28ft		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹתָ֗ר מִן־הַ⁠שֶּׁ֨מֶן֙ אֲשֶׁר֙ עַל־כַּ֣ף הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן יִתֵּ֖ן עַל־רֹ֣אשׁ הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֑ר	1	See how you handled this idiom in 1:7.
1645	14:29	b1wd			וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹתָ֗ר מִן־הַ⁠שֶּׁ֨מֶן֙	1	Alternate translation: “And the remaining oil”
1646	14:29	e4hb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	עַל־רֹ֣אשׁ הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֑ר	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “on the head of the person who wishes to be clean”
1647	14:29	zy5d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	לְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר עָלָ֖י⁠ו	1	See how you translated the abstract noun atonement in 1:4 and 14:18.
1648	14:29	deiw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר עָלָ֖י⁠ו	1	Here, to marks making atonement as the goal or purpose of putting the oil on the head of the person being cleansed. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.
1649	14:29	4g1r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃	1	See how you translated this expression in 1:9.
1650	14:30	hg23			וְ⁠עָשָׂ֤ה אֶת־הָֽ⁠אֶחָד֙ מִן־הַ⁠תֹּרִ֔ים	1	Alternate translation: “And he shall prepare one of the doves”
1651	14:30	29dv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מִן־בְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠יּוֹנָ֑ה	1	See how you translated this expression in 1:14.
1652	14:30	heez		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	מֵ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר תַּשִּׂ֖יג יָדֽ⁠וֹ	1	This expression is an idiom that refers to being able to afford to purchase an animal. In other words, that which his hand reaches refers to whatever bird the individual is able to afford. If your language has a similar idiomatic expression, consider using it here. Otherwise, if it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expression in 5:11. Alternate translation: “from that which he can afford”
1653	14:31	g2k7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אֵ֣ת אֲשֶׁר־תַּשִּׂ֞יג יָד֗⁠וֹ	1	This expression is an idiom that refers to being able to afford to purchase an animal. In other words, that which his hand reaches refers to whatever bird the individual is able to afford. If your language has a similar idiomatic expression, consider using it here. Otherwise, if it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expression in 5:11. Alternate translation: “whatever he can afford”
1654	14:31	uy5g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠כִפֶּ֧ר הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן עַ֥ל הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר	1	See how you translated the abstract noun atonement in 1:4 and 14:18.
1655	14:31	ap91		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person who wishes to be clean”
1656	14:31	fe8s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃	1	See how you translated this expression in 1:9.
1657	14:32	ia5o			זֹ֣את תּוֹרַ֔ת אֲשֶׁר־בּ֖⁠וֹ נֶ֣גַע צָרָ֑עַת	1	Alternate translation: “This is the instruction of whoever has an infectious skin disease”
1658	14:32	185v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	זֹ֣את תּוֹרַ֔ת אֲשֶׁר־בּ֖⁠וֹ נֶ֣גַע צָרָ֑עַת	1	This expression uses the possessive form to describe the instruction that is characterized by referring to a person who has an infection of a skin disease who cannot afford the three lambs normally required for the ritual cleansing. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “This is the instruction that has to do with whoever has an infection of a skin disease” or “This is the instruction that pertains to whoever has an infection of a skin disease”
1659	14:32	eka8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	נֶ֣גַע צָרָ֑עַת	1	See how you translated these words in 13:3.
1660	14:32	p78r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אֲשֶׁ֛ר לֹֽא־תַשִּׂ֥יג יָד֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠טָהֳרָתֽ⁠וֹ	1	This expression is an idiom that refers to being unable to afford to purchase the three lambs required for the ritual cleansing. If your language has a similar idiomatic expression, consider using it here. Otherwise, if it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expression in 5:11. Alternate translation: “who cannot afford the three lambs required for his cleansing”
1661	14:32	a7pp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	בְּ⁠טָהֳרָתֽ⁠וֹ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of cleansing, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the means by which he can become clean” or “the means by which he can be cleansed”
1662	14:33	wzw6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לֵ⁠אמֹֽר׃	1	The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.
1663	14:34	snu5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	תָבֹ֨אוּ֙ & לָ⁠כֶ֖ם & אֲחֻזַּתְ⁠כֶֽם׃	1	Here, you and your are plural. They refer to the people of Israel, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
1664	14:34	k89h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠נָתַתִּי֙ נֶ֣גַע צָרַ֔עַת	1	See how you handled this idiom in 1:7.
1665	14:34	u9um		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	נֶ֣גַע צָרַ֔עַת	1	Here, the expression infection of a disease, while the same expression that was used above for infectious skin diseases, likely refers to an infectious household mold or fungus. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “an infection of mold or mildew”
1666	14:34	0utr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	נֶ֣גַע צָרַ֔עַת	1	This expression uses the possessive form to describe an infection that is characterized by the fact that it is the symptom of a disease, likely referring to a mold or mildew. If your language would not use the possessive form to express this, use a construction that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “an infectious disease” or “an infectious mold or mildew”
1667	14:34	9lfq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	בְּ⁠בֵ֖ית אֶ֥רֶץ אֲחֻזַּתְ⁠כֶֽם׃	1	This expression uses the possessive form to describe a house that is in the land that the Israelites will come to possess, that is, the land of Canaan. If your language would not use the possessive form to express this, use a construction that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in a house that is in the land that you will possess”
1668	14:34	ap3a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	אֶ֥רֶץ אֲחֻזַּתְ⁠כֶֽם	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word possession, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “in the land that you will possess”
1669	14:35	gcc6			וּ⁠בָא֙ אֲשֶׁר־ל֣⁠וֹ הַ⁠בַּ֔יִת	1	Alternate translation: “then he who owns the house shall come”
1670	14:35	st5a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotesinquotes	וְ⁠הִגִּ֥יד לַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר כְּ⁠נֶ֕גַע נִרְאָ֥ה לִ֖⁠י בַּ⁠בָּֽיִת׃	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “and he shall inform the priest that something like an infection has appeared to him in the house”
1671	14:35	qp4m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.
1672	14:36	5efb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠צִוָּ֨ה הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֜ן	1	This expression leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Here, the priest is telling the people what to do with the house that is infected with mold or mildew. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Then the priest shall tell the people what to do”
1673	14:36	ol0s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וּ⁠פִנּ֣וּ אֶת־הַ⁠בַּ֗יִת בְּ⁠טֶ֨רֶם יָבֹ֤א הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙ לִ⁠רְא֣וֹת אֶת־הַ⁠נֶּ֔גַע וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִטְמָ֖א כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֣ר בַּ⁠בָּ֑יִת	1	This means that unless the owners and residents of the house open all the windows in preparation for the priest to arrive to inspect the household mold, the priest will declare the house and everything (and, likely, everyone) in it to be unclean. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “and they shall open up the windows of the house before the priest comes to see the infection. If they do not do this, the priest will declare everything that is in the house unclean”
1674	14:36	lt1j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וּ⁠פִנּ֣וּ אֶת־הַ⁠בַּ֗יִת	1	Here, they refers to the residents of the house. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the people in the house shall open the house”
1675	14:36	q9ki		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִטְמָ֖א כָּל־ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בַּ⁠בָּ֑יִת	1	Once the priest declared the house to be unclean, everything in the house became unclean, as well. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the priest does not need to declare anything or anyone in the house to be unclean”
1676	14:36	x4iy			וְ⁠אַ֥חַר כֵּ֛ן	1	Alternate translation: “And afterward”
1677	14:37	8uja		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	שְׁקַֽעֲרוּרֹת֙ יְרַקְרַקֹּ֔ת א֖וֹ אֲדַמְדַּמֹּ֑ת	1	These eruptions likely refer to spots on the wall where the mold or mildew has aggressively spread and changed colors. If your language has a word for this kind of infectious mold or mildew, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “is a large spot of mold or mildew that is green or red in color”
1678	14:37	nv5n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וּ⁠מַרְאֵי⁠הֶ֥ן שָׁפָ֖ל מִן־ הַ⁠קִּֽיר	1	This expression refers to the fact that the priest is to determine whether mold or mildew has gone deeper than just the surface of the wall. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of \\appearance\\, you could express the same idea in another way.  Alternate translation: “and they look to be deeper than the surface of the wall”
1679	14:38	kwwq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠הִסְגִּ֥יר אֶת־הַ⁠בַּ֖יִת שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִֽים׃	1	As was the case with the person who had the potential symptom of an infectious skin disease, this expression refers to quarantining the house for a period of time in order to allow the mold to naturally progress and for a diagnosis to be more easily made in one direction or another. If this meaning would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and he shall shut up the house for seven days so that no one can come in or out”
1680	14:39	u6kx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal (?)	בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֑י	1	The word seventh is the ordinal form of the number seven. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “on the last day of that week-long period”
1681	14:40	60re		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠צִוָּה֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן	1	This expression leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Here, the priest is telling the people what to do with the house that is infected with mold or mildew. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Then the priest shall tell the people what to do”
1682	14:40	wehe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠חִלְּצוּ֙ & וְ⁠הִשְׁלִ֤יכוּ	1	Here, they refers to the residents of the house. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “the residents of the house shall pull out … and they shall cast”
1683	14:40	m445			אֶת־הָ֣⁠אֲבָנִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר בָּ⁠הֵ֖ן הַ⁠נָּ֑גַע	1	Alternate translation: ”the stones that have the infection on them” or “the stones that show signs of the infection”
1684	14:40	j27k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וְ⁠הִשְׁלִ֤יכוּ אֶתְ⁠הֶן֙ אֶל־מִ⁠ח֣וּץ לָ⁠עִ֔יר אֶל־מָק֖וֹם טָמֵֽא׃	1	These expressions mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word that shows that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “and they shall cast them to a place on the outside of the city that is unclean”
1685	14:40	bkh5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֶל־מִ⁠ח֣וּץ לָ⁠עִ֔יר אֶל־מָק֖וֹם טָמֵֽא׃	1	This unclean place was a location outside of the city limits where refuse and other unclean items would be disposed of. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “to the unclean place on the outside of the city where people dispose of unclean things”
1686	14:40	mcvj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֶל־מִ⁠ח֣וּץ לָ⁠עִ֔יר	1	Here, as 14:34 also suggests, the inclusion of the word city implies that Yahweh is speaking of a future time when the people of Israel will be living in cities rather than in the wilderness as they were when Yahweh spoke these words to Moses. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “to a place on the outside of the city in which you will one day live”
1687	14:40	by61		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	לָ⁠עִ֔יר	1	Here, the city does not refer to a specific but to any city in which an Israelite may someday live. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “of any city in which you will someday live”
1688	14:41	0rb1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠בַּ֛יִת יַקְצִ֥עַ מִ⁠בַּ֖יִת סָבִ֑יב	1	This expression refers to removing the soil that coated the exterior of the walls of the house. This process had the potential to remove the mold or mildew from the walls. If your language has a specific word for this process, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “And the house he shall have scraped from the house all around in order to try and remove the infectious mold”
1689	14:41	kwu9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠אֶת־ הַ⁠בַּ֛יִת יַקְצִ֥עַ	1	Here, he refers to the priest, although the priest is not the one who will scrape the house. The rest of the verse suggests that the residents of the house will scrape the walls. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall have the house scraped”
1690	14:41	o49y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠שָׁפְכ֗וּ אֶת־הֶֽ⁠עָפָר֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הִקְצ֔וּ	1	Here, they refers to the residents of the house. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “And the residents of the house shall pour out the soil that they scrape off”
1691	14:41	92l7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֶת־הֶֽ⁠עָפָר֙	1	This soil likely refers to an earthen, plaster-like material that would be used to cover the outside of the exterior walls of a house. If your language has a word for this kind of building material, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “the wall plaster”
1692	14:41	y6tq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֶל־מִ⁠ח֣וּץ לָ⁠עִ֔יר אֶל־מָק֖וֹם טָמֵֽא׃	1	See how you handled the similar expression in the previous verse.
1693	14:42	19vg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠לָקְחוּ֙ & וְ⁠הֵבִ֖יאוּ	1	Here, they refers to the residents of the house. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “And the residents of the house shall take … and they shall bring them”
1694	14:42	wjmx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֲבָנִ֣ים אֲחֵר֔וֹת & וְ⁠עָפָ֥ר אַחֵ֛ר	1	These expressions refer to new, uncontaminated stones and fresh soil. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “new, clean stones … fresh soil”
1695	14:42	060v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠הֵבִ֖יאוּ אֶל־תַּ֣חַת הָ⁠אֲבָנִ֑ים	1	The expression into under the stones means the location where the infected stones previously were in the walls. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “and they shall put them wherever the infected stones were in the wall”
1696	14:42	p5i3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠עָפָ֥ר אַחֵ֛ר יִקַּ֖ח וְ⁠טָ֥ח אֶת־הַ⁠בָּֽיִת׃	1	Here, he refers either to: 1) the owner of the house. Alternate translation: “and the owner of the house shall take other soil and he shall plaster the house” or 2) the priest. Alternate translation: “and the priest shall take other soil and he shall plaster the house”
1697	14:43	bcz7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אַחַ֖ר חִלֵּ֣ץ אֶת־הָ⁠אֲבָנִ֑ים וְ⁠אַחֲרֵ֛י הִקְצ֥וֹת אֶת־הַ⁠בַּ֖יִת וְ⁠אַחֲרֵ֥י הִטּֽוֹחַ׃	1	These expressions refer to the process of scraping off the entire house, removing the infected stones, and re-plastering the house. If this meaning would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “after the residents of the house have pulled out the infected stones, scraped off of the entire house, and re-plastered it with fresh soil”
1698	14:44	pu4i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	צָרַ֨עַת מַמְאֶ֥רֶת הִ֛וא בַּ⁠בַּ֖יִת	1	This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the infection (that is, the mold or mildew) is actually a sign of an infectious and potentially deadly disease. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. See how you translated the similar expression in 13:51. Alternate translation: “the infection is actually a sign that the house has an infectious and potentially deadly mold or mildew on it”
1699	14:45	j2th		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠נָתַ֣ץ אֶת־ הַ⁠בַּ֗יִת	1	Here, he refers either to: 1) the owner of the house. Alternate translation: “Then the owner of the house shall tear down the house” or 2) the priest. Alternate translation: “Then the priest shall tear down the house”
1700	14:45	84up		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠אֵ֖ת כָּל־עֲפַ֣ר הַ⁠בָּ֑יִת	1	See how you translated the word soil in 14:41.
1701	14:45	i591		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠הוֹצִיא֙ אֶל־מִ⁠ח֣וּץ לָ⁠עִ֔יר אֶל־מָק֖וֹם טָמֵֽא׃	1	See how you handled the similar expression in 14:40.
1702	14:45	20dp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠הוֹצִיא֙	1	Here, them refers to all the parts of the house that were previously mentioned in this verse, including the stones, wood, and soil of the house. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referents plainly. Alternate translation: “And he shall take out the stones, wood, and soil of the house”
1703	14:46	jlji		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּא֙ אֶל־הַ⁠בַּ֔יִת	1	This expression represents any person who enters the house in general, not one particular individual. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “And any person who enters into the house”
1704	14:46	je7y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כָּל־יְמֵ֖י הִסְגִּ֣יר אֹת֑⁠וֹ	1	This expression refers to the period of time during which the priest has quarantined the house. If this meaning would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “during the time when the priest has shut up the house”
1705	14:47	zddy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	וְ⁠הַ⁠שֹּׁכֵ֣ב בַּ⁠בַּ֔יִת	1	This expression represents any person who dwells in the house in general, not one particular individual. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “And any person who dwells in the house”
1706	14:47	b8ih		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	וְ⁠הָ⁠אֹכֵ֣ל בַּ⁠בַּ֔יִת	1	This expression represents any person who eats in the house in general, not one particular individual. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “And any person who eats in the house”
1707	14:48	30io		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication	וְ⁠אִם־בֹּ֨א יָבֹ֜א הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֗ן	1	This expression repeats the verb coming in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “But if the priest ever comes” or ”But whenever the priest comes”
1708	14:48	pd23		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אַחֲרֵ֖י הִטֹּ֣חַ אֶת־הַ⁠בָּ֑יִת	1	This expression refers to the process of having re-plastered the house with fresh, clean soil. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “after the residents of the house have re-plastered it”
1709	14:48	hoa5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּ֥י נִרְפָּ֖א הַ⁠נָּֽגַע׃	1	The word translated as because indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: “The house should be pronounced clean because the infection was healed”
1710	14:48	aw4s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	נִרְפָּ֖א הַ⁠נָּֽגַע	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the owner has successfully removed the infection from the house”
1711	14:49	wnyv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠לָקַ֛ח	1	Here, he refers to the priest. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall take”
1712	14:49	qk3m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠עֵ֣ץ אֶ֔רֶז וּ⁠שְׁנִ֥י תוֹלַ֖עַת וְ⁠אֵזֹֽב	1	See how you translated these words in 14:4.
1713	14:49	sefd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	לְ⁠חַטֵּ֥א אֶת־הַ⁠בַּ֖יִת	1	Here, to marks cleansing the house as the goal or purpose of the priests’ acquiring these items. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.
1714	14:50	z4nj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠שָׁחַ֖ט אֶת־הַ⁠צִּפֹּ֣ר הָ⁠אֶחָ֑ת	1	Although it is ambiguous, based on 14:4, he likely refers to the owner of the house that is to be cleansed. This expression contains the context of what the priest is commanding. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “And the owner of the house that is to be cleansed shall slaughter one bird”
1715	14:50	g7um		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֶל־ כְּלִי־ חֶ֖רֶשׂ עַל־ מַ֥יִם חַיִּֽים׃	1	See how you translated this expression in 14:5.
1716	14:51	7k4z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠לָקַ֣ח	1	Here, he refers to the priest and not to the owner of the house that is being cleansed. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall take”
1717	14:51	pk9n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֶת־עֵֽץ־הָ֠⁠אֶרֶז וְ⁠אֶת־הָ֨⁠אֵזֹ֜ב וְ⁠אֵ֣ת ׀ שְׁנִ֣י הַ⁠תּוֹלַ֗עַת וְ⁠אֵת֮ הַ⁠צִּפֹּ֣ר הַֽ⁠חַיָּה֒	1	See how you translated these words in 14:4.
1718	14:51	cq38		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	בְּ⁠דַם֙ הַ⁠צִּפֹּ֣ר הַ⁠שְּׁחוּטָ֔ה	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in the blood of the bird that the owner of the house slaughtered”
1719	14:51	l18z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וּ⁠בַ⁠מַּ֖יִם הַֽ⁠חַיִּ֑ים	1	See how you translated this expression in 14:5.
1720	14:51	ir6a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠הִזָּ֥ה אֶל־הַ⁠בַּ֖יִת שֶׁ֥בַע פְּעָמִֽים׃	1	See how you handled the similar ritual action in 14:7.
1721	14:52	k4zl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠חִטֵּ֣א אֶת־הַ⁠בַּ֔יִת	1	This expression refers to the priest successfully purifying the house so that the items in it and the people residing in it will no longer be unclean. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “And he shall purify the house from all of the impurities of the infectious mold or mildew”
1722	14:52	jep8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וּ⁠בַ⁠מַּ֖יִם הַֽ⁠חַיִּ֑ים	1	See how you translated this expression in 14:5.
1723	14:52	93bg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וּ⁠בַ⁠צִּפֹּ֣ר הַ⁠חַיָּ֗ה וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵ֥ץ הָ⁠אֶ֛רֶז וּ⁠בָ⁠אֵזֹ֖ב וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁנִ֥י הַ⁠תּוֹלָֽעַת׃	1	See how you translated these words in 14:4.
1724	14:53	jukk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠שִׁלַּ֞ח אֶת־הַ⁠צִּפֹּ֧ר הַֽ⁠חַיָּ֛ה	1	Here, he refers to the priest and not to the owner of the house that is being cleansed. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall send the live bird”
1725	14:53	78qe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אֶל־פְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֑ה	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 14:7.
1726	14:53	et8y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠כִפֶּ֥ר עַל־הַ⁠בַּ֖יִת	1	See how you translated the abstract noun atonement in 1:4. Here, however, make sure your translation makes it clear that the house is not being atoned for because of any sin on the part of anyone who lived in it. In this case, atonement removes impurity that is not caused by sin, but by infection and uncleanness. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.
1727	14:54	344d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	זֹ֖את הַ⁠תּוֹרָ֑ה לְ⁠כָל־נֶ֥גַע הַ⁠צָּרַ֖עַת	1	This expression uses the possessive form to describe the instruction that is characterized by referring to the process of cleansing for any of the scenarios described in 14:54–57. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “This is the instruction that has to do with every infection of the skin disease” or “This is the instruction that pertains to every infection of the skin disease”
1728	14:54	f451		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	נֶ֥גַע הַ⁠צָּרַ֖עַת	1	See how you translated these words in 13:3.
1729	14:54	9f62		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠לַ⁠נָּֽתֶק׃	1	See how you translated this skin condition in 13:30.
1730	14:55	e1sz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וּ⁠לְ⁠צָרַ֥עַת	1	See how you translated this skin condition in 13:47.
1731	14:56	doj3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠לַ⁠שְׂאֵ֥ת	1	See how you translated this skin condition in 13:2.
1732	14:56	qrw5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠לַ⁠סַּפַּ֖חַת	1	See how you translated this skin condition in 13:6.
1733	14:56	hhiq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠לַ⁠בֶּהָֽרֶת׃	1	See how you translated this skin condition in 13:2.
1734	14:57	rv13		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	לְ⁠הוֹרֹ֕ת	1	Here, the expression in order to marks teaching how to identify uncleanness and cleanness as the goal or purpose of the instruction. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.
1735	14:57	ut76		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	בְּ⁠י֥וֹם הַ⁠טָּמֵ֖א וּ⁠בְ⁠י֣וֹם הַ⁠טָּהֹ֑ר	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the words uncleanness and cleanness, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Additionally, the word day is being used to refer to a period of time. If your language has a similar idiom, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “when a person is unclean or when a person is clean”
1736	14:57	n4s7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	זֹ֥את תּוֹרַ֖ת הַ⁠צָּרָֽעַת	1	This expression uses the possessive form to describe the instruction that is characterized by referring to the wide variety of skin diseases described in 14:54–57. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “This is the instruction that has to do with skin diseases” or “This is the instruction that pertains to skin diseases”
1737	15:intro	zp3s				0	Leviticus 15 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Bodily fluid This chapter discusses fluids that come out of the body. These fluids caused a person to be unclean because of their potential to cause diseases. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) Cleanliness While these rules about cleanliness are intended to benefit the Israelites and promote their health, they also were about making Israel into a separate and holy nation, different from the rest of the world. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
1738	15:1	upg3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לֵ⁠אמֹֽר׃	1	The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.
1739	15:1-2	7tzz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotesinquotes	לֵ⁠אמֹֽר & דַּבְּרוּ֙ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וַ⁠אֲמַרְתֶּ֖ם אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֑ם	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: “He told Moses to speak to the sons of Israel and to say to them”
1740	15:2	zyg8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-doublet	דַּבְּרוּ֙ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וַ⁠אֲמַרְתֶּ֖ם אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֑ם	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition emphasizes that Moses and Aaron are to deliver the following speech to the people of Israel. If your language does not use repetition for emphasis, you could use a single phrase and convey the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Make sure you say this to the sons of Israel”
1741	15:2	wy6m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1	See how you translated this metaphor in 1:2.
1742	15:2	9dw8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	וַ⁠אֲמַרְתֶּ֖ם	1	The word you here is plural. The word refers to Moses and Aaron. Use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
1743	15:2	9ahv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	אִ֣ישׁ אִ֗ישׁ	1	Words are being repeated for emphasis. Specifically, here man is repeated to refer to any male. If your language can repeat words in a similar way, consider doing so here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “Any man”
1744	15:2	9s7a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כִּ֤י יִהְיֶה֙ זָ֣ב מִ⁠בְּשָׂר֔⁠וֹ	1	This expression refers to a scenario when a man has a flowing bodily discharge, specifically (as the next note will clarify) from his genitals. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “when he has a flowing discharge from his flesh”
1745	15:2	rq7z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	מִ⁠בְּשָׂר֔⁠וֹ	1	Here and throughout this chapter the word flesh is a polite way of referring to a man‘s genitals. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “from his genitals”
1746	15:3	z6ih		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠זֹ֛את תִּהְיֶ֥ה טֻמְאָת֖⁠וֹ & טֻמְאָת֖⁠וֹ הִֽוא	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the words uncleanness, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “This is what makes him unclean … it makes him unclean”
1747	15:3	z2y1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	רָ֣ר בְּשָׂר֞⁠וֹ אֶת־זוֹב֗⁠וֹ	1	This expression refers to the manner of the man’s flow. It likely describes a discharge that excretes or drips from a man’s genitals. If this meaning would not be clear to your readers, consider using an expression that is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whether the discharge drips from his flesh”
1748	15:3	4kfj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֽוֹ־הֶחְתִּ֤ים בְּשָׂר⁠וֹ֙ מִ⁠זּוֹב֔⁠וֹ	1	Like the previous expression, this phrase refers to the manner of the man’s flow. It likely describes a discharge that is stopped up in a man’s genitals and has become infected. If this meaning would not be clear to your readers, consider using an expression that is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “or the discharge is stopped up in the man’s flesh”
1749	15:4	hdul		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הַ⁠זָּ֖ב	1	Here and in the following verses, the expression the flowing man refers to the man who has the flowing infection in his genitals. If this meaning would not be clear to your readers, consider using an expression that is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man with the discharge”
1750	15:5	xvhv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠אִ֕ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִגַּ֖ע בְּ⁠מִשְׁכָּב֑⁠וֹ יְכַבֵּ֧ס בְּגָדָ֛י⁠ו	1	See how you handled this ritual action in 14:8.
1751	15:5	gkxa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	וְ⁠אִ֕ישׁ	1	Although the word man is masculine, here is it being used in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “And any person”
1752	15:5	99a0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	וְ⁠רָחַ֥ץ בַּ⁠מַּ֖יִם	1	It might seem that the expression he will wash with water contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you could use an equivalent expression. See how you translated this expression in 1:9. Alternate translation: “And he shall wash thoroughly”
1753	15:6	i1j0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	וְ⁠הַ⁠יֹּשֵׁב֙ עַֽל־הַ⁠כְּלִ֔י	1	This expression represents any person who sits on any furniture on which the man with the discharge has sat, not one particular individual. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “And any person who sits on the furniture”
1754	15:6	3tyn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	וְ⁠רָחַ֥ץ בַּ⁠מַּ֖יִם	1	See how you translated this expression in 1:9.
1755	15:7	sr1b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠הַ⁠נֹּגֵ֖עַ בִּ⁠בְשַׂ֣ר הַ⁠זָּ֑ב	1	Here, flesh likely represents not the genitals specifically, but the body of the person with the discharge as a whole. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And the person who touches any part of the flowing man's body”
1756	15:7	odfg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	וְ⁠הַ⁠נֹּגֵ֖עַ בִּ⁠בְשַׂ֣ר	1	This expression represents any person who touches the flesh of the man with the discharge, not one particular individual. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “And any person who touches the flesh”
1757	15:7	qfd1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	וְ⁠רָחַ֥ץ בַּ⁠מַּ֖יִם	1	See how you translated this expression in 1:9.
1758	15:8	t7pc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	וְ⁠רָחַ֥ץ בַּ⁠מַּ֖יִם	1	See how you translated this expression in 1:9.
1759	15:9	edw3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠מֶּרְכָּ֗ב אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִרְכַּ֥ב עָלָ֛י⁠ו הַ⁠זָּ֖ב	1	Words are being repeated for emphasis. Specifically, the expression means of riding translates a noun that is related to the verb rides. If your language can repeat words in a similar way, consider doing so here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “And anything on which the flowing man has ridden”
1760	15:9	vfp5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠מֶּרְכָּ֗ב	1	The expression any means of riding refers to anything that is placed on the back of a horse or donkey on which a person would ride. This includes objects like saddles, clothes, blankets, and the like. If this meaning would not be clear to your readers, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “And anything could be used to ride a horse or donkey”
1761	15:10	dsi4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בְּ⁠כֹל֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִהְיֶ֣ה תַחְתָּ֔י⁠ו	1	This expression refers to the ”means of riding” that was described in the previous verse. This means that the word him in this expression refers to the man who has the discharge. If this meaning would not be clear to your readers, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “anything that the man with the discharge used to ride a horse or donkey”
1762	15:10	anv9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹשֵׂ֣א אוֹתָ֔⁠ם	1	This expression represents any person who lifts anything on which the man with the discharge has sat while riding, not one particular individual. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “And whoever lifts them”
1763	15:11	ga5g			וְ⁠כֹ֨ל אֲשֶׁ֤ר יִגַּע־ בּ⁠וֹ֙ הַ⁠זָּ֔ב	1	Alternate translation: “And whomever the person with the infected flow touches”
1764	15:11	pujd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠יָדָ֖י⁠ו לֹא־שָׁטַ֣ף בַּ⁠מָּ֑יִם	1	Here, he refers to the flowing man, that is, the man who has the genital discharge. If this would not be clear to your readers, consider making the referents explicit. Alternate translation: “but the flowing man did not first wash his hands”
1765	15:12	g4sf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וּ⁠כְלִי־ חֶ֛רֶשׂ אֲשֶׁר־ יִגַּע־ בּ֥⁠וֹ הַ⁠זָּ֖ב יִשָּׁבֵ֑ר	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And whoever owns the container of clay that the flowing man touches shall break it”
1766	15:12	cp7m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וּ⁠כְלִי־חֶ֛רֶשׂ	1	The expression container of clay refers to a vessel made from clay or earthenware, likely resembling modern kitchen pots or perhaps clay pots, which could hold water. If your language has a specific word for a pot made from this material, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “And a clay pot”
1767	15:12	r356		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠כָל־ כְּלִי־ עֵ֔ץ יִשָּׁטֵ֖ף בַּ⁠מָּֽיִם	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and someone must rinse every wooden container with water”
1768	15:12	jxsf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	וְ⁠כָל־כְּלִי־עֵ֔ץ יִשָּׁטֵ֖ף בַּ⁠מָּֽיִם׃	1	This expression contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. See how you handled the similar expression in 7:17. Alternate translation: “and whoever owns a vessel of wood shall rinse it thoroughly”
1769	15:12	ot6t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠כָל־כְּלִי־עֵ֔ץ	1	The expression a vessel of wood is likely an implement, rather than a container. If your language has a specific word for a pot made from this material, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression.Additionally, the expression here refers to any wooden implement that the flowing man has touched. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and every wooden implement that the flowing man touches”
1770	15:13	xiep		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠כִֽי־יִטְהַ֤ר הַ⁠זָּב֙ מִ⁠זּוֹב֔⁠וֹ	1	This expression refers to a person’s discharge healing. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And when the flowing man recovers from his flow and is not longer infected”
1771	15:13	xyfn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠סָ֨פַר ל֜⁠וֹ שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִ֛ים	1	This expression refers to determining a week-long period after which the flowing man can be cleansed. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “then he shall determine a seven-day period”
1772	15:13	nds3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	לְ⁠טָהֳרָת֖⁠וֹ	1	Here, for marks cleansing as the goal or purpose of counting out seven days. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.
1773	15:13	bxqp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	לְ⁠טָהֳרָת֖⁠וֹ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the words cleansing, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “in order to determine when he can be cleansed”
1774	15:13	t3tw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	בְּשָׂר֛⁠וֹ	1	See how you handled this euphemism in 15:2.
1775	15:13	qhlt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	בְּ⁠מַ֥יִם חַיִּ֖ים	1	See how you translated this idiom in 14:5.
1776	15:14	gce4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁמִינִ֗י	1	The word eighth is the ordinal form of the number eight. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “And on the next day”
1777	15:14	gp4t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	שְׁנֵ֖י בְּנֵ֣י יוֹנָ֑ה	1	See how you translated this expression in 1:14.
1778	15:14	jmwe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֗ה	1	See how you translated this expression in 1:9.
1779	15:15	8cb2			וְ⁠עָשָׂ֤ה אֹתָ⁠ם֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן	1	Alternate translation: “And the priest shall prepare them”
1780	15:15	6h27		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠עָשָׂ֤ה אֹתָ⁠ם֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן	1	Here, them refers to the two birds that are described in the previous verse. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall make the two birds”
1781	15:15	fa9v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠כִפֶּ֨ר עָלָ֧י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן	1	See how you translated the abstract noun atonement in 1:4. However, here and throughout this chapter, make sure that your translation makes it clear that the man is not being atoned for because of any sin on his or her part. In this case, atonement removes impurity that is not caused by sin, but by infection and uncleanness. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.
1782	15:15	t2vb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה	1	See how you translated this expression in 1:9.
1783	15:16	uq1l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כִּֽי־תֵצֵ֥א מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ שִׁכְבַת־זָ֑רַע	1	This expression refers to a man having an ejaculation. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. However, if this expression would not have this meaning in your language, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “when he experiences an ejaculation”
1784	15:16	prya		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֶת־כָּל־בְּשָׂר֖⁠וֹ	1	Whereas elsewhere, the word flesh usually refers specifically to a person’s genitals, here the expression all his flesh refers to a man’s entire body. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “his whole body”
1785	15:17	rnhw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	שִׁכְבַת־ זָ֑רַע	1	See how you translated this expression in the previous verse.
1786	15:17	nnc6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠כֻבַּ֥ס בַּ⁠מַּ֖יִם	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and the owner of the item shall wash it with water”
1787	15:18	m4i8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וְ⁠אִשָּׁ֕ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִשְׁכַּ֥ב אִ֛ישׁ אֹתָ֖⁠הּ	1	This expression refers to sexual relations between a man and a woman in a polite way. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “And if a man and woman have sexual relations”
1788	15:18	ksnd			שִׁכְבַת־ זָ֑רַע	1	Alternate translation: “and there is a layer of seed” or “and the man ejaculates”
1789	15:18	0dza		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	וְ⁠רָחֲצ֣וּ בַ⁠מַּ֔יִם	1	See how you translated this expression in 1:9.
1790	15:19	70uu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כִּֽי־תִהְיֶ֣ה זָבָ֔ה דָּ֛ם יִהְיֶ֥ה זֹבָ֖⁠הּ בִּ⁠בְשָׂרָ֑⁠הּ	1	This expression refers to a woman’s normal menstruation. It may be helpful to use a more natural expression in your language. Alternate translation: “when she is bleeding normally from her flesh”
1791	15:19	05l2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	בִּ⁠בְשָׂרָ֑⁠הּ	1	Here, the word flesh is a polite way of referring to a woman’s genitals. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “in her genitals”
1792	15:19	kc0k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	שִׁבְעַ֤ת יָמִים֙ תִּהְיֶ֣ה בְ⁠נִדָּתָ֔⁠הּ	1	This expression means that when a woman begins menstruating, she will be considered unclean for seven days. If this would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “she will be unclean because of her menstruation”
1793	15:19	jke6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	תִּהְיֶ֣ה בְ⁠נִדָּתָ֔⁠הּ	1	The word menstruation refers to the time when blood discharges from a woman’s uterine lining. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the words menstruation, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “she should consider herself to be normally menstruating”
1794	15:20	s2rz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	בְּ⁠נִדָּתָ֖⁠הּ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of menstruation, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when she is menstruating”
1795	15:23	ramw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠אִ֨ם עַֽל־הַ⁠מִּשְׁכָּ֜ב ה֗וּא א֧וֹ עַֽל־הַ⁠כְּלִ֛י אֲשֶׁר־הִ֥וא יֹשֶֽׁבֶת־עָלָ֖י⁠ו	1	Here, it refers to anything that might be placed on a bed or a piece of furniture on which the menstruating woman has sat or on which she has laid. If this would not be clear in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “But if an item is placed on the bed or on furniture on which she is sitting”
1796	15:23	ntco		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	בְּ⁠נָגְע⁠וֹ־ב֑⁠וֹ יִטְמָ֖א עַד־הָ⁠עָֽרֶב׃	1	Here, he refers to the hypothetical person who touches something that has been placed on the menstruating woman’s bed or furniture. If this would not be clear in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “when anyone touches it, that person shall be unclean until the evening”
1797	15:24	k2wv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וְ⁠אִ֡ם שָׁכֹב֩ יִשְׁכַּ֨ב אִ֜ישׁ אֹתָ֗⁠הּ	1	This expression refers to sexual relations between a man and a woman in a polite way. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “And if a man has sexual relations with her”
1798	15:24	369x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication	וְ⁠אִ֡ם שָׁכֹב֩ יִשְׁכַּ֨ב אִ֜ישׁ אֹתָ֗⁠הּ	1	This expression repeats the verb laying in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “And if a man ever lies with her”
1799	15:24	sj7t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וּ⁠תְהִ֤י נִדָּתָ⁠הּ֙ עָלָ֔י⁠ו	1	Here, the expression her menstruation represents a woman’s menstrual blood. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and her menstrual blood is on him”
1800	15:25	he4r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠אִשָּׁ֡ה כִּֽי־יָזוּב֩ ז֨וֹב דָּמָ֜⁠הּ יָמִ֣ים רַבִּ֗ים בְּ⁠לֹא֙ עֶת־נִדָּתָ֔⁠הּ	1	This expression refers to a scenario in which the woman bleeds from her genitals at any time other than her menstruation. If this happens, the woman is unclean just like during her menstruation. If this would be unclear in your language, it may be helpful to express this with a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “And a woman, when she bleeds from her genitals for many days when it is not the time of her normal menstruation”
1801	15:25	xrr7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	כִּֽי־יָזוּב֩ ז֨וֹב דָּמָ֜⁠הּ	1	Words are being repeated for emphasis. Specifically, the word flow translates a noun that is related to the verb flows. If your language can repeat words in a similar way, consider doing so here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “when her blood flows heavily”
1802	15:25	psu6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כִֽי־תָז֖וּב עַל־נִדָּתָ֑⁠הּ	1	This expression refers to a scenario in which the woman bleeds from her genitals during her normal menstruation for longer than is typical for her. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “when she bleeds from her genitals during her menstruation period for longer than is typical for her”
1803	15:25	7wwj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כָּל־יְמֵ֞י ז֣וֹב טֻמְאָתָ֗⁠הּ כִּ⁠ימֵ֧י נִדָּתָ֛⁠הּ תִּהְיֶ֖ה	1	This expression refers to the fact that if either of the scenarios described in this verse occurs, the woman should be considered unclean just as if she were normally menstruating. Additionally, the word days is being used to denote a period of time. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “for as long as she is bleeding, she shall be considered unclean just like when she is menstruating normally”
1804	15:25	nw9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	כָּל־יְמֵ֞י ז֣וֹב טֻמְאָתָ֗⁠הּ	1	This expression uses the possessive form to describe days that are characterized by the presence of the woman’s unclean flow. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “as long as she is bleeding and is unclean”
1805	15:25	xvvt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	כִּ⁠ימֵ֧י נִדָּתָ֛⁠הּ	1	This expression uses the possessive form to describe days that are characterized by the presence of the woman’s menstruation. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “like the period when she normally menstruates”
1806	15:26	i6o3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כָּל־הַ⁠מִּשְׁכָּ֞ב אֲשֶׁר־תִּשְׁכַּ֤ב עָלָי⁠ו֙ כָּל־יְמֵ֣י זוֹבָ֔⁠הּ כְּ⁠מִשְׁכַּ֥ב נִדָּתָ֖⁠הּ יִֽהְיֶה־לָּ֑⁠הּ	1	This phrase means that any bed on which the woman sits while she is experiencing unusual genital bleeding should be considered unclean just like the bed of a woman who is normally menstruating. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Every bed on which she lies all the days of her flow should be considered to be unclean just like the bed of her menstruation”
1807	15:26	6lfy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	כָּל־יְמֵ֣י זוֹבָ֔⁠הּ	1	This expression uses the possessive form to describe days that are characterized by the presence of the woman’s unclean flow. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “when she is experiencing unusual genital bleeding”
1808	15:26	2hha		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	כְּ⁠מִשְׁכַּ֥ב נִדָּתָ֖⁠הּ	1	This expression uses the possessive form to describe a bed that is characterized by its use during the woman’s menstruation. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “like the bed on which she lays when she is normally menstruating”
1809	15:26	tb0l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	כְּ⁠טֻמְאַ֖ת נִדָּתָֽ⁠הּ׃	1	This expression uses the possessive form to describe uncleanness that comes from the woman’s menstruation. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “like the uncleanness that she acquires because of her menstruation”
1810	15:26	wzmh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	כְּ⁠טֻמְאַ֖ת נִדָּתָֽ⁠הּ׃	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the words uncleanness or menstruation, you can express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “like when she is unclean because she is menstruating”
1811	15:27	46z1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	בָּ֖⁠ם	1	Here, them refers to the woman’s bed and furniture that were described in the previous verse. If this would not be clear in your language, consider making the referents explicit. Alternate translation: “the bed on which the bleeding woman has laid or the furniture on which the bleeding woman has sat”
1812	15:28	u50v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠אִֽם־טָהֲרָ֖ה מִ⁠זּוֹבָ֑⁠הּ	1	This expression refers to the woman recovering from her flow and ceasing to bleed from her genitals. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “But if she recovers from her unusual genital bleeding”
1813	15:28	b471		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠אִֽם־טָהֲרָ֖ה מִ⁠זּוֹבָ֑⁠הּ	1	The words she, herself, and her refer to the woman who is experiencing unusual genital bleeding. If this would not be clear in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “But if the woman who is experiencing unusual genital bleeding cleanses herself from the flow of her blood”
1814	15:28	7qqr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠סָ֥פְרָה לָּ֛⁠הּ שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִ֖ים	1	See how you handled this expression in 15:13.
1815	15:29	97jy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁמִינִ֗י	1	The word eighth is the ordinal form of the number eight. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “And on the next day”
1816	15:29	b126		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י יוֹנָ֑ה	1	See how you translated this expression in 1:14.
1817	15:30	l9lo			וְ⁠עָשָׂ֤ה הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙	1	Alternate translation: “And the priest shall prepare”
1818	15:30	4yjc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠כִפֶּ֨ר עָלֶ֤י⁠הָ הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙	1	See how you handled the abstract noun atonement in 1:4. However, in your translation, be careful not to convey the idea that the woman has sinned and so is in need of atonement. Here, atonement removes from the woman the impurity that she acquired from the blood that she has bled. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.
1819	15:30	fnul		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה	1	See how you translated this expression in 1:9.
1820	15:30	ja3w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	מִ⁠זּ֖וֹב טֻמְאָתָֽ⁠הּ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of uncleanness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “from her flow of blood that made her unclean”
1821	15:30	wn8v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	מִ⁠זּ֖וֹב טֻמְאָתָֽ⁠הּ׃	1	See how you handled the similar expression in 15:25.
1822	15:31	uip3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	וְ⁠הִזַּרְתֶּ֥ם	1	Here, you is plural. It refers to Aaron and Moses, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
1823	15:31	d10e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אֶת־ בְּנֵי־ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1	See how you handled this way of referring to the people of Israel in 1:2.
1824	15:31	4xk1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	מִ⁠טֻּמְאָתָ֑⁠ם & בְּ⁠טֻמְאָתָ֔⁠ם בְּ⁠טַמְּאָ֥⁠ם	1	Words are being repeated for emphasis. Specifically, the word uncleanness comes from a noun that is related to the verb defiling. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis.
1825	15:31	qmq1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	מִ⁠טֻּמְאָתָ֑⁠ם	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word uncleanness, you can express the same idea with “unclean.” Alternate translation: “from becoming unclean”
1826	15:31	b1mi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וְ⁠לֹ֤א יָמֻ֨תוּ֙ בְּ⁠טֻמְאָתָ֔⁠ם בְּ⁠טַמְּאָ֥⁠ם אֶת־מִשְׁכָּנִ֖⁠י אֲשֶׁ֥ר בְּ⁠תוֹכָֽ⁠ם׃	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition emphasizes that the people of Israel will die if they defile God’s holy place. If your language does not use repetition for emphasis, you could use a single phrase and convey the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “and they will not die when they are unclean and defile my Dwelling that is in their midst”
1827	15:31	zgr6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֶת־מִשְׁכָּנִ֖⁠י אֲשֶׁ֥ר בְּ⁠תוֹכָֽ⁠ם׃	1	This expression refers to the tent of meeting, where Yahweh lived among the Israelites. If this would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the holy place where I live in their midst”
1828	15:32	pb3a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	זֹ֥את תּוֹרַ֖ת הַ⁠זָּ֑ב	1	This expression uses the possessive form to describe the instruction that is characterized by its referring to the wide variety of bodily charges listed in 15:32–33. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “This is the instruction that has to do with people who have discharges” or “This is the instruction that pertains to people who have discharges”
1829	15:32	a3f6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	שִׁכְבַת־ זֶ֖רַע	1	See how you handled this expression in 15:16.
1830	15:32	me3y			לְ⁠טָמְאָה־בָֽ⁠הּ׃	1	Alternate translation: “and he becomes unclean by it”
1831	15:33	z57j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠הַ⁠דָּוָה֙ בְּ⁠נִדָּתָ֔⁠הּ	1	This expression does not refer to physical sickness but rather to a woman’s experience of normal menstruation. If this would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and of the woman who experiences normal menstruation”
1832	15:33	3w5i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	וְ⁠הַ⁠זָּב֙ אֶת־זוֹב֔⁠וֹ	1	Although the word his is masculine, here is it being used in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “and of the flowing of any person’s flow”
1833	15:33	1rqm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	וְ⁠הַ⁠זָּב֙ אֶת־זוֹב֔⁠וֹ	1	Words are being repeated for emphasis. Specifically, the word flow translates a noun that is related to the verb flowing. If your language can repeat words in a similar way, consider doing so here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and of his flowing discharge”
1834	15:33	u1j5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וּ⁠לְ⁠אִ֕ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִשְׁכַּ֖ב עִם־טְמֵאָֽה	1	This expression refers to sexual relations between a man and a woman in a polite way. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “and of the man who has sexual relations with an unclean woman”
1835	16:intro	g4sb				0	Leviticus 16 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Holiness Because Yahweh is holy, he can only be approached in a certain way. This could only happen on a specific day, by a specific person, and only after they offered the proper sacrifice to make themselves clean. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) Day of Atonement This chapter gives rules for what the high priest had to do on the Day of Atonement. This was the most important day in Judaism. This is when he interceded for the sins of the people of Israel. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
1836	16:1	j5x7			שְׁנֵ֖י בְּנֵ֣י אַהֲרֹ֑ן	1	The phrase the two sons of Aaron refers to Nadab and Abihu, who died because they brought fire to Yahweh that he did not approve (Leviticus 10:1–2).
1837	16:4	l4te			וּ⁠מִֽכְנְסֵי־ בַד֮	1	These undergarments were clothing worn next to the skin under the outer clothes.
1838	16:4	w2r2			וּ⁠בְ⁠אַבְנֵ֥ט בַּד֙	1	A sash is a piece of cloth that ties around the waist or chest.
1839	16:4	cdp7			וּ⁠בְ⁠מִצְנֶ֥פֶת בַּ֖ד	1	A turban is a head covering made from wrapped strips of cloth.
1840	16:5	sb1l			וּ⁠מֵ⁠אֵ֗ת עֲדַת֙	1	Alternate translation: “And from the congregation of”
1841	16:6	pz6c			הַ⁠חַטָּ֖את אֲשֶׁר־ ל֑⁠וֹ	1	Alternate translation: “as the sin offering for himself”
1842	16:8	x47b			לַ⁠עֲזָאזֵֽל	1	Aaron was to have someone set the goat free in the wilderness. Alternate translation: “the scapegoat” or “for the goat that is sent away”
1843	16:9	zfb1			אֲשֶׁ֨ר עָלָ֥ה עָלָ֛י⁠ו הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֖ל	1	Alternate translation: “which the lot designated”
1844	16:10	w2u4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠הַ⁠שָּׂעִ֗יר & יָֽעֳמַד־ חַ֛י	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But Aaron must bring the goat … alive”
1845	16:11	gla3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠שָׁחַ֛ט	1	Aaron would catch the blood of the bull in a bowl so he could later sprinkle it on the atonement lid. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “And he must slaughter and catch the blood of”
1846	16:12	qg8f			מְלֹֽא־ הַ֠⁠מַּחְתָּה	1	A censor is a container for fire and incense, used by the priests.
1847	16:14	q6jm			מִ⁠דַּ֣ם הַ⁠פָּ֔ר	1	This is the blood Aaron caught with a bowl in Leviticus 16:11.
1848	16:14	l8cz			עַל־ פְּנֵ֥י הַ⁠כַּפֹּ֖רֶת	1	He put the blood on the top part of the lid that was towards him as he entered the most holy place.
1849	16:14	c3u7			וְ⁠לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠כַּפֹּ֗רֶת	1	This could mean: (1) “And below the atonement lid onto the chest” or (2) “And onto the ground in front of the atonement lid.”
1850	16:15	z5rn			וְ⁠הִזָּ֥ה אֹת֛⁠וֹ עַל־ הַ⁠כַּפֹּ֖רֶת וְ⁠לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הַ⁠כַּפֹּֽרֶת	1	Aaron sprinkled the blood in the same manner that he did with the bull’s blood. See how you translated the previous instructions in Leviticus 16:14.
1851	16:16	p9s9			וְ⁠כִפֶּ֣ר עַל־ הַ⁠קֹּ֗דֶשׁ מִ⁠טֻּמְאֹת֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1	The sins of the people of Israel made the holy place unclean.
1852	16:16	p2fa			מִ⁠טֻּמְאֹת֙ & וּ⁠מִ⁠פִּשְׁעֵי⁠הֶ֖ם & חַטֹּאתָ֑⁠ם	1	The words uncleanness, rebellion, and sins mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that the people have committed all kinds of sins.
1853	16:16	ie53		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מִ⁠טֻּמְאֹת֙	1	Sinful actions which make people unacceptable to Yahweh are spoken of as if they were physically unclean.
1854	16:16	c3bl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ טֻמְאֹתָֽ⁠ם	1	The phrase their uncleanness represents the people who commit sinful actions. Alternate translation: “in the presence of people who commit sinful actions”
1855	16:18	jra4			וְ⁠יָצָ֗א אֶל־ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֛חַ אֲשֶׁ֥ר לִ⁠פְנֵֽי־ יְהוָ֖ה	1	This is the altar of sacrifice just inside the courtyard of the tabernacle.
1856	16:18	nlh4			וְ⁠כִפֶּ֣ר עָלָ֑י⁠ו	1	Like the holy place and tent of meeting, the altar is unclean because of the sins of the people.
1857	16:18	ugh7			קַרְנ֥וֹת הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֖חַ	1	The horns of the altar refers to the corners of the altar. They are shaped like the horns of an ox. See how you translated this in Leviticus 4:7. Alternate translation: “the projections at the corners of the altar”
1858	16:19	tlc4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠טִהֲר֣⁠וֹ	1	Making the altar fit to be used for God’s purposes is spoken of as if the priest were physically cleansing it.
1859	16:19	vez3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠קִדְּשׁ֔⁠וֹ מִ⁠טֻּמְאֹ֖ת בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	The altar being dedicated to Yahweh is spoken of as if it were being physically separated from the sins of the people.
1860	16:19	im8f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מִ⁠טֻּמְאֹ֖ת בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	Sinful actions which make people unacceptable to Yahweh are spoken of as if they were physical uncleanness.
1861	16:20	c4dz			וְ⁠הִקְרִ֖יב אֶת־ הַ⁠שָּׂעִ֥יר הֶ⁠חָֽי	1	This goat is called the scapegoat in verse Leviticus 16:10.
1862	16:21	ak31			וְ⁠הִתְוַדָּ֣ה עָלָ֗י⁠ו	1	Alternate translation: “and confess over the goat”
1863	16:21	xn8e			עֲוֺנֹת֙ & פִּשְׁעֵי⁠הֶ֖ם & חַטֹּאתָ֑⁠ם	1	The words wickedness, rebellion, and sins mean basically the same thing. Aaron is confessing every kind of sin that the people committed.
1864	16:21	luj7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וְ⁠נָתַ֤ן אֹתָ⁠ם֙ עַל־ רֹ֣אשׁ הַ⁠שָּׂעִ֔יר	1	Aaron’s actions here were a symbolic transfer of the people’s sin to the goat as a sign that the goat would bear the punishment for their guilt.
1865	16:23	d54v			וּ⁠פָשַׁט֙ אֶת־ בִּגְדֵ֣י הַ⁠בָּ֔ד	1	These were the special garments Aaron wore only when he entered the most holy place.
1866	16:24	aje8			וְ⁠רָחַ֨ץ אֶת־ בְּשָׂר֤⁠וֹ בַ⁠מַּ֨יִם֙ בְּ⁠מָק֣וֹם קָד֔וֹשׁ	1	Here, holy place does not refer to the tent of meeting. This was a different place set aside for him to bathe himself.
1867	16:24	am7z			וְ⁠לָבַ֖שׁ אֶת־ בְּגָדָ֑י⁠ו	1	These garments were the clothes that Aaron wore for his ordinary duties.
1868	16:25	i3q5			יַקְטִ֥יר	1	Alternate translation: “Aaron must burn”
1869	16:26	ux3v			וְ⁠הַֽ⁠מְשַׁלֵּ֤חַ אֶת־ הַ⁠שָּׂעִיר֙ לַֽ⁠עֲזָאזֵ֔ל יְכַבֵּ֣ס בְּגָדָ֔י⁠ו וְ⁠רָחַ֥ץ אֶת־ בְּשָׂר֖⁠וֹ בַּ⁠מָּ֑יִם	1	The man was unclean because of his contact with the scapegoat, which carried the sin of the people.
1870	16:26	wer6			לַֽ⁠עֲזָאזֵ֔ל	1	See how you translated this in Leviticus 16:8. Alternate translation: “the goat that is sent away”
1871	16:27	zfe4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	אֲשֶׁ֨ר הוּבָ֤א אֶת־ דָּמָ⁠ם֙	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whose blood Aaron brought in”
1872	16:27	w3zh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	יוֹצִ֖יא	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone must carry”
1873	16:27	siz5			אֶת־ עֹרֹתָ֥⁠ם	1	Here, their refers to the bull and the goat. A hide is the skin of an animal. Alternate translation: “the skins of the bull and the goat”
1874	16:29	xdf2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	לָ⁠כֶ֖ם	1	The word you is plural and refers to the people of Israel.
1875	16:29	b4lj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths	בַּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ֠⁠שְּׁבִיעִי בֶּֽ⁠עָשׂ֨וֹר לַ⁠חֹ֜דֶשׁ	1	This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. The tenth day is near the end of September on the western calendar.
1876	16:29	uo7p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	בַּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ֠⁠שְּׁבִיעִי בֶּֽ⁠עָשׂ֨וֹר לַ⁠חֹ֜דֶשׁ	1	The words seventh and tenth are the ordinal forms of “seven” and “ten”. Alternate translation: “in month seven on day ten of the month”
1877	16:30	x3yt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	יְכַפֵּ֥ר עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Aaron will make atonement for you”
1878	16:30	qxv8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לְ⁠טַהֵ֣ר אֶתְ⁠כֶ֑ם & תִּטְהָֽרוּ	1	People who are acceptable for God’s purposes are spoken of as if they were physically made clean.
1879	16:31	aut2			שַׁבַּ֨ת שַׁבָּת֥וֹן הִיא֙ לָ⁠כֶ֔ם	1	This is not the same as the Sabbath they observed every week on the seventh day. This was a special Sabbath on the Day of Atonement.
1880	16:32	t3xf			תַּ֣חַת אָבִ֑י⁠ו	1	When the high priest died, one of his sons would replace him.
1881	16:32	g6n6			בִּגְדֵ֥י הַ⁠קֹּֽדֶשׁ	1	These holy garments were special clothes the high priest must wear when he enters the most holy place.
1882	16:33	cx4j			כָּל־ עַ֥ם הַ⁠קָּהָ֖ל	1	Alternate translation: “all the people of Israel”
1883	16:34	p82l				0	General Information: Yahweh finishes telling Moses what the people must do on the Day of Atonement.
1884	17:intro	eez5				0	Leviticus 17 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Sacrifices Sacrifices could only be offered by the priests at the temple. Any other sacrifice was strictly prohibited. This was probably intended to ensure that the people were only offering sacrifices to Yahweh and not to another god. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “The life of each creature is its blood” It is unclear why the life is described as being in the blood. It is possible that diseases were more common in the blood and this is why it was prohibited. Blood is also necessary for life to continue in a creature. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/life]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])
1885	17:4	ykk1			לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י מִשְׁכַּ֣ן יְהוָ֑ה	1	Alternate translation: “before Yahweh’s tabernacle”
1886	17:4	r4p2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠נִכְרַ֛ת הָ⁠אִ֥ישׁ הַ⁠ה֖וּא מִ⁠קֶּ֥רֶב עַמּֽ⁠וֹ	1	A person being excluded from his community is spoken of as if he had been cut off from his people, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. See how you translated this in Leviticus 7:20. Alternate translation: “that person must be cut off from among his people as a branch is cut from a tree”
1887	17:4	zibd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִכְרַ֛ת הָ⁠אִ֥ישׁ הַ⁠ה֖וּא מִ⁠קֶּ֥רֶב עַמּֽ⁠וֹ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that person may no longer live among his people” or “you must separate that person from his people”
1888	17:7	szx8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אֲשֶׁ֛ר הֵ֥ם זֹנִ֖ים אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶ֑ם	1	The people being unfaithful to Yahweh by worshiping false gods is spoken of as if they were prostitutes who sold their bodies for money. Alternate translation: “for which they are unfaithful to Yahweh”
1889	17:7	e99c			חֻקַּ֥ת עוֹלָ֛ם תִּֽהְיֶה־ זֹּ֥את לָ⁠הֶ֖ם לְ⁠דֹרֹתָֽ⁠ם	1	See how you translated this phrase in Leviticus 3:17.
1890	17:9	zxi2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠נִכְרַ֛ת הָ⁠אִ֥ישׁ הַ⁠ה֖וּא מֵ⁠עַמָּֽי⁠ו	1	A person being excluded from his community is spoken of as if he had been cut off from his people, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. See how you translated this in Leviticus 7:20. Alternate translation: “that person must be cut off from among his people like a branch is cut from a tree”
1891	17:9	cp6l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִכְרַ֛ת הָ⁠אִ֥ישׁ הַ⁠ה֖וּא מֵ⁠עַמָּֽי⁠ו	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that person may no longer live among his people” or “you must separate that person from his people”
1892	17:10	c9dr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠נָתַתִּ֣י פָנַ֗⁠י בַּ⁠נֶּ֨פֶשׁ֙	1	The idiom set my face against means he “firmly decided to oppose.” Alternate translation: “I have made up my mind to oppose that person”
1893	17:10	ppg2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠הִכְרַתִּ֥י אֹתָ֖⁠הּ מִ⁠קֶּ֥רֶב עַמָּֽ⁠הּ	1	A person being excluded from his community is spoken of as if he had been cut off from his people, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. Alternate translation: “I will not permit that person to live among his people any longer” or “I will separate that person from his people”
1894	17:11	nv7w			כִּ֣י נֶ֣פֶשׁ הַ⁠בָּשָׂר֮ בַּ⁠דָּ֣ם הִוא֒ & כִּֽי־ הַ⁠דָּ֥ם ה֖וּא בַּ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ יְכַפֵּֽר	1	This means God uses the blood to atone for the sins of the people because the blood is life. The people should not consume the blood because it has this special purpose.
1895	17:12	vd5b			אָמַ֨רְתִּי֙	1	Here, I refers to Yahweh.
1896	17:12	c3ee			כָּל־ נֶ֥פֶשׁ מִ⁠כֶּ֖ם לֹא־ תֹ֣אכַל דָּ֑ם	1	Alternate translation: “no one among you may eat meat with blood in it”
1897	17:13	s1lw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֵאָכֵ֑ל	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that I have said they may eat”
1898	17:14	abd9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	נֶ֣פֶשׁ כָּל־ בָּשָׂ֗ר דָּמ֣⁠וֹ	1	This means that the blood is enables the creature to be alive. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “each creature is able to live because of its blood”
1899	17:14	z1sc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	כָּל־ אֹכְלָ֖י⁠ו יִכָּרֵֽת	1	A person being excluded from his community is spoken of as if he had been cut off from his people, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. Alternate translation: “Whoever eats blood may no longer live among his people” or “ Anyone who eats blood must be cut off from his people, as if he were a branch cut from a tree”
1900	17:14	f360		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	כָּל־ אֹכְלָ֖י⁠ו יִכָּרֵֽת	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Whoever eats blood may no longer live among his people” or “You must separate from his people anyone who eats blood”
1901	17:15	bxq4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וּ⁠טְרֵפָ֔ה	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “or that wild animals have killed”
1902	17:15	he4j			בָּ⁠אֶזְרָ֖ח	1	Alternate translation: “among the Israelites”
1903	17:15	iyc3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠טָמֵ֥א & וְ⁠טָהֵֽר	1	The person whom other people may not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean and the person whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean.
1904	17:15	fi2a			עַד־ הָ⁠עֶ֖רֶב	1	Alternate translation: “until sunset”
1905	17:16	mf2b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠נָשָׂ֖א עֲוֺנֽ⁠וֹ	1	Here a person’s iniquity is spoken of as if it were a physical object that the person carries.
1906	17:16	ssqc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠נָשָׂ֖א עֲוֺנֽ⁠וֹ	1	Here the word iniquity represents the punishment for that iniquity. Alternate translation: “then he is responsible for his own iniquity” or “then I will punish him for his sin”
1907	18:intro	q7q3				0	Leviticus 18 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Uncovering nakedness To “uncover nakedness” is a euphemism for having sexual relations with someone. This chapter gives many examples of people with whom Israelites were not to have sexual relations.
1908	18:4	ev4k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	אֶת־ מִשְׁפָּטַ֧⁠י תַּעֲשׂ֛וּ וְ⁠אֶת־ חֻקֹּתַ֥⁠י תִּשְׁמְר֖וּ	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the people must obey everything that Yahweh has commanded them to do. You can translate this parallelism into one statement that conveys the requirement to keep all of Yahweh’s commands. Alternate translation: “You must obey all of my laws and commandments”
1909	18:4	e2a7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לָ⁠לֶ֣כֶת בָּ⁠הֶ֑ם	1	Obeying Yahweh’s commandments is spoken of as if the commandments were a path on which the person walks. Alternate translation: “so that you conduct your behavior according to them”
1910	18:6	sty1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	לְ⁠גַלּ֣וֹת עֶרְוָ֑ה	1	The phrase to uncover nakedness is a euphemism for sexual activity. Alternate translation: “to have sexual relations”
1911	18:7	bbd7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	עֶרְוַ֥ת אָבִ֛י⁠ךָ וְ⁠עֶרְוַ֥ת אִמְּ⁠ךָ֖ לֹ֣א תְגַלֵּ֑ה	1	This is a euphemism for sexual activity. Alternate translation: “Do not have sexual relations with your father or your mother”
1912	18:7	g9i3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	לֹ֥א תְגַלֶּ֖ה עֶרְוָתָֽ⁠הּ	1	This is a euphemism for sexual activity. Alternate translation: “you must not have sexual relations with her”
1913	18:8	z715			אֵֽשֶׁת־ אָבִ֖י⁠ךָ	1	Sometimes men had more than one wife. God did not allow a son to have sexual intercourse with any woman married to his father, even if she was not his mother.
1914	18:8	pit9			עֶרְוַ֥ת אָבִ֖י⁠ךָ הִֽוא	1	Alternate translation: “You would dishonor your father”
1915	18:9	u8th		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	עֶרְוַ֨ת אֲחֽוֹתְ⁠ךָ֤ בַת־ אָבִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ א֣וֹ בַת־ אִמֶּ֔⁠ךָ מוֹלֶ֣דֶת בַּ֔יִת א֖וֹ מוֹלֶ֣דֶת ח֑וּץ לֹ֥א תְגַלֶּ֖ה עֶרְוָתָֽ⁠ן	1	This is a euphemism for sexual activity. See how this is translated in Leviticus 18:7. Alternate translation: “Do not have sexual relations with your sister, the daughter of your father or the daughter of your mother, born at home or born outside”
1916	18:9	i3mf			בַת־ אָבִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ א֣וֹ בַת־ אִמֶּ֔⁠ךָ	1	This means a man cannot have sexual intercourse with his sister even if she has a different mother or father.
1917	18:10	hn2p			כִּ֥י עֶרְוָתְ⁠ךָ֖ הֵֽנָּה	1	Alternate translation: “for you will dishonor yourself as well as them”
1918	18:11	g9ak			בַּת־ אֵ֤שֶׁת אָבִ֨י⁠ךָ֙	1	This could mean: (1) “your half-sister” or (2) “your stepsister.” Here the man does not have the same father or mother as the woman. They became brother and sister when their parents married.
1919	18:12	pz5f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	עֶרְוַ֥ת אֲחוֹת־ אָבִ֖י⁠ךָ לֹ֣א תְגַלֵּ֑ה	1	This is a euphemism for sexual activity. See how this is translated in Leviticus 18:7. Alternate translation: “Do not have sexual relations with your father’s sister”
1920	18:14	pwu9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֶל־ אִשְׁתּ⁠וֹ֙ לֹ֣א תִקְרָ֔ב	1	You may have to make explicit the purpose of the approach. Alternate translation: “do not go to his wife in order to have sexual intercourse with her”
1921	18:15	dj86		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	עֶרְוַ֥ת כַּלָּֽתְ⁠ךָ֖ לֹ֣א תְגַלֵּ֑ה	1	This is a euphemism for sexual activity. See how this is translated in Leviticus 18:7. Alternate translation: “Do not have sexual relations with your daughter-in-law”
1922	18:15	c463		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	לֹ֥א תְגַלֶּ֖ה עֶרְוָתָֽ⁠הּ	1	This is a euphemism for sexual activity. Alternate translation: “you must not have sexual relations with her”
1923	18:16	n7u3			עֶרְוַ֥ת אָחִ֖י⁠ךָ הִֽוא	1	Alternate translation: “if you do that, you will dishonor your brother”
1924	18:17	m8gn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	עֶרְוַ֥ת אִשָּׁ֛ה וּ⁠בִתָּ֖⁠הּ לֹ֣א תְגַלֵּ֑ה	1	This is a euphemism for sexual activity. See how this is translated in Leviticus 18:7. Alternate translation: “Do not have sexual relations with a woman and her daughter”
1925	18:17	qj6b			לְ⁠גַלּ֣וֹת עֶרְוָתָ֔⁠הּ	1	Alternate translation: “to have sexual relations with her”
1926	18:19	sht5			בְּ⁠נִדַּ֣ת טֻמְאָתָ֑⁠הּ	1	This refers to the time every month when a woman bleeds from her womb.
1927	18:19	ar8x			לְ⁠גַלּ֖וֹת עֶרְוָתָֽ⁠הּ	1	Alternate translation: “to have sexual relations with her”
1928	18:20	l28c			אֵ֨שֶׁת֙ עֲמִֽיתְ⁠ךָ֔	1	Alternate translation: “any man’s wife”
1929	18:21	t7ie		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וּ⁠מִֽ⁠זַּרְעֲ⁠ךָ֥ לֹא־ תִתֵּ֖ן לְ⁠הַעֲבִ֣יר לַ⁠מֹּ֑לֶךְ	1	The phrase to pass over to Molech refers to burning a child in the fire as a sacrifice to the idol Molech. Alternate translation: “You must not burn your children alive for Molech”
1930	18:21	v6td		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠לֹ֧א תְחַלֵּ֛ל אֶת־ שֵׁ֥ם אֱלֹהֶ֖י⁠ךָ	1	Here the word profane means to dishonor. The word namerepresents God himself. Alternate translation: “And you must not dishonor your God”
1931	18:22	z5r6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וְ⁠אֶ֨ת & לֹ֥א תִשְׁכַּ֖ב	1	This is a polite way of speaking of sexual relations. You may have to use other words in your translation. Alternate translation: “Do not have sexual relations with”
1932	18:22	xqv3			תּוֹעֵבָ֖ה הִֽוא	1	Here, detestable refers to a violation of the natural order of things as Yahweh intended them to be.
1933	18:23	d3wz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	לְ⁠רִבְעָ֖⁠הּ	1	This is a euphemism for sexual activity. Alternate translation: “to have sexual relations with it”
1934	18:24	zgw3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	נִטְמְא֣וּ הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֔ם	1	Here, the nations refers to the people groups already living in Canaan. Translate this so the term nations is clarified as people. Alternate translation: “the people of the nations … have defiled themselves”
1935	18:25	mm7m			וַ⁠תִּטְמָ֣א הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	Alternate translation: “And the people defiled the land”
1936	18:25	l4iy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠תָּקִ֥א הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ אֶת־ יֹשְׁבֶֽי⁠הָ	1	Yahweh forcibly removing the people from the land is spoken of as if the land vomited the people out. Alternate translation: “I forcibly removed the people from the land”
1937	18:25	smuk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	וַ⁠תָּקִ֥א הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ אֶת־ יֹשְׁבֶֽי⁠הָ	1	The land is spoken of as if it were a person who could vomit.
1938	18:26	le34			מִ⁠כֹּ֥ל הַ⁠תּוֹעֵבֹ֖ת הָ⁠אֵ֑לֶּה	1	Alternate translation: “any of these disgusting things”
1939	18:28	a2rf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠לֹֽא־ תָקִ֤יא הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם & קָאָ֛ה	1	Yahweh forcibly removing the people from the land is spoken of as if the land vomited the people out. See how you translated this metaphor in Leviticus 18:25.
1940	18:28	ukwe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	וְ⁠לֹֽא־ תָקִ֤יא הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם & קָאָ֛ה	1	The land is spoken of as if it were a person who could vomit. See how you translated these phrases in Leviticus 18:25.
1941	18:29	kls3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠נִכְרְת֛וּ הַ⁠נְּפָשׁ֥וֹת הָ⁠עֹשֹׂ֖ת מִ⁠קֶּ֥רֶב עַמָּֽ⁠ם	1	People being excluded from the community is spoken of as if they had been cut off from their people, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. Alternate translation: “the people who do these things must be separated from their people as a branch is cut from a tree”
1942	18:29	i0lm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִכְרְת֛וּ הַ⁠נְּפָשׁ֥וֹת הָ⁠עֹשֹׂ֖ת מִ⁠קֶּ֥רֶב עַמָּֽ⁠ם	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must separate the who do such things from their people”
1943	18:30	cz9s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	אֲשֶׁ֣ר נַעֲשׂ֣וּ לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which the people did here before you came”
1944	18:30	k2fr			בָּ⁠הֶ֑ם	1	Here, them refers to the detestable customs.
1945	19:intro	q5dy				0	Leviticus 19 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Obeying Yahweh Being holy meant obeying Yahweh in all matters of a person’s life. It is not limited to offering correct sacrifices. The law helped to establish righteousness in a person’s life, as well as justice in Israel. In Israel, these concepts are closely related. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
1946	19:3	h3qu			שַׁבְּתֹתַ֖⁠י תִּשְׁמֹ֑רוּ	1	Alternate translation: “you must observe my sabbaths” or “you must respect my day of rest”
1947	19:4	h2g1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אַל־ תִּפְנוּ֙ אֶל־ הָ֣⁠אֱלִילִ֔ים	1	Worshiping idols is spoken of as if it were physically turning towards them. Alternate translation: “Do not begin to worship worthless idols”
1948	19:5	us48		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לִֽ⁠רְצֹנְ⁠כֶ֖ם תִּזְבָּחֻֽ⁠הוּ	1	This could mean: (1) Yahweh will accept the person offering the sacrifice. Alternate translation: “you must offer it properly so that I will accept you” or (2) Yahweh will accept the sacrifice from the person. Alternate translation: “you must offer it properly so that I will accept your sacrifice”
1949	19:6	l911		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	יֵאָכֵ֖ל	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must eat it”
1950	19:6	en6s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹתָר֙ עַד־ י֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֔י בָּ⁠אֵ֖שׁ יִשָּׂרֵֽף	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must burn up in the fire what is left until the third day”
1951	19:7	prl2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠אִ֛ם הֵאָכֹ֥ל יֵאָכֵ֖ל	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And if you eat any of it”
1952	19:7	x3pj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	לֹ֥א יֵרָצֶֽה	1	To eat the offering after the designated time is against God and increases the guilt the offering was to cover. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You may not accept it for eating”
1953	19:8	z5l5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠אֹֽכְלָי⁠ו֙ עֲוֺנ֣⁠וֹ יִשָּׂ֔א	1	A person’s iniquity is spoken of as if it were a physical object that the person carries.
1954	19:8	zfbb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠אֹֽכְלָי⁠ו֙ עֲוֺנ֣⁠וֹ יִשָּׂ֔א	1	Here the word iniquity represents the punishment for that sin. Alternate translation: “And everyone who eats the sacrifice is responsible for his own sin” or “Yahweh will punish the sin of everyone who eats the sacrifice”
1955	19:8	hb89		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֖וא מֵ⁠עַמֶּֽי⁠הָ	1	A person being excluded from his community is spoken of as if he had been cut off from his people, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. See how you translated this in Leviticus 7:20. Alternate translation: “that person must be cut off from among his people as a branch is cut from a tree”
1956	19:8	e7hk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֖וא מֵ⁠עַמֶּֽי⁠הָ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that person may no longer live among his people” or “you must separate that person from his people”
1957	19:9	qum7			וּֽ⁠בְ⁠קֻצְרְ⁠כֶם֙ אֶת־ קְצִ֣יר אַרְצְ⁠כֶ֔ם לֹ֧א תְכַלֶּ֛ה פְּאַ֥ת שָׂדְ⁠ךָ֖	1	Alternate translation: “And when you gather your crops, do not gather all the way to the edges of your fields”
1958	19:9	nrx9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠לֶ֥קֶט קְצִֽירְ⁠ךָ֖ לֹ֥א תְלַקֵּֽט	1	This refers to the practice of going back over the fields a second time to gather any produce that remained after the first time. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “and do not go back and pick up all that you left behind”
1959	19:12	ivh5			וְ⁠לֹֽא־ תִשָּׁבְע֥וּ בִ⁠שְׁמִ֖⁠י לַ⁠שָּׁ֑קֶר	1	Alternate translation: “And do not use my name to swear about something that is not true”
1960	19:13	j36g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לֹֽא־ תַעֲשֹׁ֥ק אֶת־ רֵֽעֲ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠לֹ֣א תִגְזֹ֑ל	1	Here, neighbor means “anyone.” The meaning of this can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Do not hurt or rob anyone”
1961	19:13	ryj6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לֹֽא־ תָלִ֞ין פְּעֻלַּ֥ת שָׂכִ֛יר אִתְּ⁠ךָ֖ עַד־ בֹּֽקֶר	1	Yahweh commands the employer to pay his servant promptly when his work is done that day. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear.
1962	19:15	e8ze		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	לֹא־ תַעֲשׂ֥וּ עָ֨וֶל֙ בַּ⁠מִּשְׁפָּ֔ט	1	The double negative not … injustice is used for emphasis. It can be expressed in a positive way. Alternate translation: “Always judge rightly”
1963	19:15	v6dl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	לֹא־ תִשָּׂ֣א פְנֵי־ דָ֔ל וְ⁠לֹ֥א תֶהְדַּ֖ר פְּנֵ֣י גָד֑וֹל	1	The words poor and great are two extremes, which together mean “anyone.” You can translate this to clarify the terms. Alternate translation: “You must not show favoritism to anyone based on how much money they have”
1964	19:15	z3gy			בְּ⁠צֶ֖דֶק תִּשְׁפֹּ֥ט עֲמִיתֶֽ⁠ךָ	1	Alternate translation: “Judge everyone according to what is right”
1965	19:16	w42w			רָכִיל֙	1	A slanderer is someone who says untrue, hurtful messages about other people.
1966	19:17	t7s1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לֹֽא־ תִשְׂנָ֥א אֶת־ אָחִ֖י⁠ךָ בִּ⁠לְבָבֶ֑⁠ךָ	1	Continually hating a person is spoken of as if it were hating a person in the heart. Alternate translation: “Do not continually hate your brother”
1967	19:17	mu1a			הוֹכֵ֤חַ תּוֹכִ֨יחַ֙ אֶת־ עֲמִיתֶ֔⁠ךָ	1	Alternate translation: “You must correct your fellow Israelite who is sinning”
1968	19:20	f982		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	יִשְׁכַּ֨ב אֶת	1	This is a euphemism for sexual activity. Alternate translation: “has sexual relations with”
1969	19:20	w5nn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	נֶחֱרֶ֣פֶת לְ⁠אִ֔ישׁ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom someone promised to give to a man as his wife”
1970	19:20	uw2n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠הָפְדֵּה֙ לֹ֣א נִפְדָּ֔תָה א֥וֹ חֻפְשָׁ֖ה לֹ֣א נִתַּן־ לָ֑⁠הּ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but whom her future husband has not ransomed or given her freedom”
1971	19:20	nfy4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	לֹ֥א יוּמְת֖וּ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must not kill them”
1972	19:21	ea3a			וְ⁠הֵבִ֤יא אֶת־ אֲשָׁמ⁠וֹ֙ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה אֶל־ פֶּ֖תַח אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד אֵ֖יל אָשָֽׁם	1	Alternate translation: “And a man must bring a ram as a guilt offering to Yahweh to the entrance of the tent of meeting”
1973	19:22	ff4r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִסְלַ֣ח ל֔⁠וֹ מֵ⁠חַטָּאת֖⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר חָטָֽא	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will forgive the sin which he has committed”
1974	19:23	ge88		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וַ⁠עֲרַלְתֶּ֥ם עָרְלָת֖⁠וֹ אֶת־ פִּרְי֑⁠וֹ שָׁלֹ֣שׁ שָׁנִ֗ים יִהְיֶ֥ה לָ⁠כֶ֛ם עֲרֵלִ֖ים לֹ֥א יֵאָכֵֽל	1	Yahweh repeats the prohibition in order to emphasize it and to clarify that it is in force for the first three years that the tree bears fruit. Translate this to clarify the period of time the trees must be left alone. Alternate translation: “then you must consider the fruit of the trees to be unclean for the first three years and not eat any of it until after that”
1975	19:23	qi36		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	לֹ֥א יֵאָכֵֽל	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must not eat it”
1976	19:29	h86v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠לֹא־ תִזְנֶ֣ה הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ וּ⁠מָלְאָ֥ה הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ זִמָּֽה	1	Here both occurrences of the word land represent the people who live there. Alternate translation: “the people will begin to practice prostitution and many wicked things”
1977	19:29	poqd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠לֹא־ תִזְנֶ֣ה הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ וּ⁠מָלְאָ֥ה הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ זִמָּֽה	1	Many people practicing prostitution and other wicked deeds is spoken of as if the they have fallen into or become full of those things. Alternate translation: “the people will begin to practice prostitution and many wicked things”
1978	19:31	r7ep			הָ⁠אֹבֹת֙ וְ⁠אֶל־ הַ⁠יִּדְּעֹנִ֔ים	1	The necromancers were people who claimed to speak with dead people. The soothsayers claimed to be able to predict what will happen in the future. The Israelites were not allowed to have anything to do with these people.
1979	19:31	d3wn			אַל־ תְּבַקְשׁ֖וּ לְ⁠טָמְאָ֣ה בָ⁠הֶ֑ם	1	Alternate translation: “Do not seek those people out. If you do, they will defile you”
1980	19:32	han2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	תָּק֔וּם	1	Standing up in front of someone is a sign of respect.
1981	19:32	kg1f			שֵׂיבָה֙	1	A gray-haired person refers to a person whose hair has turned gray from age, or “an old person.”
1982	19:35	l6ke			לֹא־ תַעֲשׂ֥וּ עָ֖וֶל בַּ⁠מִּשְׁפָּ֑ט בַּ⁠מִּדָּ֕ה בַּ⁠מִּשְׁקָ֖ל וּ⁠בַ⁠מְּשׂוּרָֽה	1	This prohibits the practice of intentionally using instruments that give inaccurate readings when measuring things.
1983	19:36	wsl8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume	אֵ֥יפַת צֶ֛דֶק	1	An ephah was a measurement for grain.
1984	19:36	s1cm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume	וְ⁠הִ֥ין צֶ֖דֶק	1	A hin was a measurement for liquids.
1985	19:37	m4f5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	וּ⁠שְׁמַרְתֶּ֤ם & וַ⁠עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ם	1	These phrases mean the same thing and emphasize the command for obedience.
1986	20:intro	tvf2				0	Leviticus 20 General Notes Structure and formatting Punishments for serious sins This chapter compiles a list of serious sins. The most serious sins are punished by death. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/other/death]]) Important figures of speech in this chapter Euphemism “To see someone’s nakedness” means to live as husband wife. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) Metaphor The phrase “you must carry your own guilt” is a metaphor. It is unknown what this means, but it is possible it indicates a penalty of death.
1987	20:2	b75v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִתֵּ֧ן מִ⁠זַּרְע֛⁠וֹ לַ⁠מֹּ֖לֶךְ	1	Those who worshiped Molech sacrificed their children to him by means of fire. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “who kills any of his children as a sacrifice to Molech”
1988	20:2	wp2c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	מ֣וֹת יוּמָ֑ת	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the people in the land must certainly stone him to death”
1989	20:3	h93p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠אֲנִ֞י אֶתֵּ֤ן אֶת־ פָּנַ⁠י֙ בָּ⁠אִ֣ישׁ הַ⁠ה֔וּא	1	The idiom *set me face means he “firmly decided.” Alternate translation: “And I have made up my mind to oppose that man”
1990	20:3	t5xb			כִּ֤י מִ⁠זַּרְע⁠וֹ֙ נָתַ֣ן לַ⁠מֹּ֔לֶךְ	1	Se how you translated a similar phrase in 20:2. Alternate translation: “he has sacrificed his child”
1991	20:3	blk3			לְמַ֗עַן טַמֵּא֙ אֶת־ מִקְדָּשִׁ֔⁠י וּ⁠לְ⁠חַלֵּ֖ל אֶת־ שֵׁ֥ם קָדְשִֽׁ⁠י	1	Alternate translation: “and by doing that, he has defiled my holy place and profaned my holy name”
1992	20:3	qcs4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וּ⁠לְ⁠חַלֵּ֖ל אֶת־ שֵׁ֥ם קָדְשִֽׁ⁠י	1	Here God’s name represents God and his reputation. Alternate translation: “and to dishonor my reputation” or “and to dishonor me”
1993	20:4	u6g4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	הַעְלֵ֣ם יַעְלִימֽוּ֩ עַ֨ם הָ⁠אָ֜רֶץ אֶת־ עֵֽינֵי⁠הֶם֙ מִן־ הָ⁠אִ֣ישׁ הַ⁠ה֔וּא	1	The phrase to cause their eyes to be hidden implies they do not see that thing. This speaks of ignoring something as closing the eyes. Alternate translation: “the people of the land disregard that man at all” or “the people of the land even partially ignore that man”
1994	20:5	ehp6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	כָּל־ הַ⁠זֹּנִ֣ים אַחֲרָ֗י⁠ו לִ⁠זְנ֛וֹת אַחֲרֵ֥י הַ⁠מֹּ֖לֶךְ	1	This phrase compares those who are unfaithful to Yahweh to prostitutes. Alternate translation: “who is unfaithful to Yahweh”
1995	20:6	f771		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לִ⁠זְנ֖וֹת אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶ֑ם	1	This phrase compares the unfaithful people to prostitutes. Alternate translation: “by doing that, they seek advice from the spirits rather than from me”
1996	20:6	f2f2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠נָתַתִּ֤י אֶת־ פָּנַ⁠י֙ בַּ⁠נֶּ֣פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֔וא	1	The idiom set my face means he “firmly decided.” Alternate translation: “I have made up my mind that I will oppose that person”
1997	20:8	s4bq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וּ⁠שְׁמַרְתֶּם֙ אֶת־ חֻקֹּתַ֔⁠י וַ⁠עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ם אֹתָ֑⁠ם	1	The words keep and do mean basically the same thing. They are used together in order to emphasize that the people must obey God.
1998	20:9	n5cd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	מ֣וֹת יוּמָ֑ת	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must surely put him to death”
1999	20:10	a9y7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	מֽוֹת־ יוּמַ֥ת	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must certainly put both of them to death”
2000	20:11	p7fh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	יִשְׁכַּב֙ אֶת־ אֵ֣שֶׁת אָבִ֔י⁠ו	1	This is a polite way of referring to sexual activity. Some languages use more direct phrases such as “has sex with his father’s wife.”
2001	20:12	vcw5			תֶּ֥בֶל עָשׂ֖וּ	1	Here God calls a man having sex with his son’s wife a perversion, an especially serious sin. See how you translated perversion in Leviticus 18:23.
2002	20:13	erg8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	יִשְׁכַּ֤ב אֶת	1	This is a euphemism for sexual activity. Alternate translation: “has sexual relations with”
2003	20:13	b2rv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	מִשְׁכְּבֵ֣י אִשָּׁ֔ה	1	The way he treats the man is the same way he would treat a woman. Alternate translation: “just like he would with a woman”
2004	20:13	t53e			תּוֹעֵבָ֥ה	1	Alternate translation: “something detestable” or “something detestable”
2005	20:13	au83		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	מ֥וֹת יוּמָ֖תוּ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must surely put them to death”
2006	20:14	du7x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	בָּ⁠אֵ֞שׁ יִשְׂרְפ֤וּ אֹת⁠וֹ֙ וְ⁠אֶתְ⁠הֶ֔ן	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must burn to death in the fire both the man and the women”
2007	20:15	h6tx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	יִתֵּ֧ן שְׁכָבְתּ֛⁠וֹ בִּ⁠בְהֵמָ֖ה	1	This is a euphemism for sexual activity. Alternate translation: “has sexual relations with an animal”
2008	20:15	c3hj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	מ֣וֹת יוּמָ֑ת	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must surely put him to death”
2009	20:16	wb4d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	לְ⁠רִבְעָ֣ה אֹתָ֔⁠הּ	1	This is a polite way of speaking of sexual relations. You may have to use other words in your translation. Alternate translation: “to have sexual relations with it”
2010	20:16	k7m4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וְ⁠הָרַגְתָּ֥ אֶת־ הָ⁠אִשָּׁ֖ה וְ⁠אֶת־ הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֑ה מ֥וֹת יוּמָ֖תוּ	1	Both clauses mean the same thing. They emphasize that the woman and animal must die.
2011	20:16	yw4l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	מ֥וֹת יוּמָ֖תוּ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must certainly put them to death”
2012	20:17	x8tw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	יִקַּ֣ח	1	This could mean: (1) this is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “has sexual relations with” or (2) it simply means “to marry.”
2013	20:17	cv3p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בַּת־ אָבִ֣י⁠ו א֣וֹ בַת־ אִ֠מּ⁠וֹ	1	This means a man cannot have sexual intercourse with his sister, even if she has a different mother or father. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “whether it is his full sister or half-sister”
2014	20:17	d1dr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וְ⁠רָאָ֨ה אֶת־ עֶרְוָתָ֜⁠הּ וְ⁠הִֽיא־ תִרְאֶ֤ה אֶת־ עֶרְוָת⁠וֹ֙	1	This is a polite way of referring to sexual activity. Alternate translation: “they have sexual relations”
2015	20:17	d2px		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	עֶרְוַ֧ת אֲחֹת֛⁠וֹ גִּלָּ֖ה	1	This is a polite way of referring to sexual activity. Alternate translation: “He has had sexual relations with his sister”
2016	20:17	hc1c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	עֲוֺנ֥⁠וֹ יִשָּֽׂא	1	This phrase means the man is responsible for his sin. Alternate translation: “He is responsible for his sin” or “You must punish him for his sin”
2017	20:18	azt4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וְ֠⁠אִישׁ אֲשֶׁר־ יִשְׁכַּ֨ב אֶת־ אִשָּׁ֜ה דָּוָ֗ה	1	This is a euphemism for sexual activity. Alternate translation: “And if a man has sexual relations with a menstruating woman”
2018	20:18	ay1j			אִשָּׁ֜ה דָּוָ֗ה	1	This means it is the time every month when a woman bleeds from her womb.
2019	20:18	xtb1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אֶת־ מְקֹרָ֣⁠הּ הֶֽעֱרָ֔ה וְ⁠הִ֕יא גִּלְּתָ֖ה אֶת־ מְק֣וֹר דָּמֶ֑י⁠הָ	1	This phrase compares having sex with a woman during her menstrual period to removing the cover off of something that should remain hidden.
2020	20:18	ym6o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֶת־ מְקֹרָ֣⁠הּ הֶֽעֱרָ֔ה וְ⁠הִ֕יא גִּלְּתָ֖ה אֶת־ מְק֣וֹר דָּמֶ֑י⁠הָ	1	The fact that this was a shameful thing to do can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “they have done a shameful thing by exposing and uncovering the flow of her blood”
2021	20:18	p47v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠נִכְרְת֥וּ שְׁנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם מִ⁠קֶּ֥רֶב עַמָּֽ⁠ם	1	People being excluded from their community is spoken of as if they had been cut off from their people, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. See how you translated a similar phrase in Leviticus 7:20. Alternate translation: “And both of them must be cut off among their people as a branch is cut from a tree”
2022	20:18	e4mn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִכְרְת֥וּ שְׁנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם מִ⁠קֶּ֥רֶב עַמָּֽ⁠ם	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that person may no longer live among his people” or “you must separate that person from his people”
2023	20:18	z4zf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠נִכְרְת֥וּ שְׁנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם	1	It can be stated clearly why this must be done. Alternate translation: “Because they have done this shameful thing, both the man and woman must be cut off”
2024	20:19	t9ja		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וְ⁠עֶרְוַ֨ת אֲח֧וֹת אִמְּ⁠ךָ֛ וַ⁠אֲח֥וֹת אָבִ֖י⁠ךָ לֹ֣א תְגַלֵּ֑ה	1	This is a polite way of speaking of sexual relations. You may have to use other words in your translation. Alternate translation: “You must not have sexual relations with your mother’s sister”
2025	20:19	rdn4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	עֲוֺנָ֥⁠ם יִשָּֽׂאוּ	1	The idiom “carry your own guilt” means “you are responsible for your own sin.” Alternate translation: “They are responsible for their own sin” or “You must punish them for their sin”
2026	20:20	kt2e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וְ⁠אִ֗ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֤ר יִשְׁכַּב֙ אֶת־ דֹּ֣דָת֔⁠וֹ	1	This is a polite way of speaking of sexual relations. You may have to use other words in your translation. Alternate translation: “And if a man has sexual relations with his aunt”
2027	20:21	a99a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וְ⁠אִ֗ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִקַּ֛ח אֶת־ אֵ֥שֶׁת אָחִ֖י⁠ו	1	This could mean: (1) this is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “If a man has sexual relations with his brother’s wife” or (2) it simply means “to marry.”
2028	20:22	qs8l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠לֹא־ תָקִ֤יא אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֨ר אֲנִ֜י מֵבִ֥יא אֶתְ⁠כֶ֛ם שָׁ֖מָּ⁠ה לָ⁠שֶׁ֥בֶת בָּֽ⁠הּ	1	This phrase describes the removal of the people from the land as if they were bad food that a person vomits out. See how you translated this metaphor in Leviticus 18:25. Alternate translation: “the land to which I am bringing you will not reject you”
2029	20:22	g9ny		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	וְ⁠לֹא־ תָקִ֤יא אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֨ר אֲנִ֜י מֵבִ֥יא אֶתְ⁠כֶ֛ם שָׁ֖מָּ⁠ה לָ⁠שֶׁ֥בֶת בָּֽ⁠הּ	1	Here, the land is describes as if it were a person who could vomit. Alternate translation: “the land to which I am bringing you will not reject you”
2030	20:23	lmg7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠לֹ֤א תֵֽלְכוּ֙ בְּ⁠חֻקֹּ֣ת הַ⁠גּ֔וֹי	1	Doing the actions of idol worshipers is spoken of as walking in their ways. Alternate translation: “And you must not act like the nations”
2031	20:23	ry5q			אֲנִ֥י מְשַׁלֵּ֖חַ	1	Alternate translation: “I will remove”
2032	20:24	bt1d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ	1	The phrase flowing with milk and honey means “that is rich and productive with enough food for everyone.” Alternate translation: “a land that is excellent for cattle and farming” or “a productive land”
2033	20:26	jdt7			וָ⁠אַבְדִּ֥ל אֶתְ⁠כֶ֛ם	1	Alternate translation: “and I have distinguished you” or “and I have set you apart”
2034	20:27	kt2g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	מ֣וֹת יוּמָ֑תוּ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they must certainly put them to death”
2035	21:intro	l1al				0	Leviticus 21 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Priests must be holy Priests must be separate from the rest of the world. Priests should not do anything that would be unclean. They also cannot be unclean because of a birth defect, and they must not marry an unclean woman. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
2036	21:1	nwz2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לֹֽא־ יִטַּמָּ֖א	1	A person who is not acceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if the person were physically unclean.
2037	21:1	gv2c			בְּ⁠עַמָּֽי⁠ו	1	Alternate translation: “among the Israelites”
2038	21:3	kba1			הַ⁠בְּתוּלָה֙	1	The word virgin is sometimes translated as “young woman.”
2039	21:5	fy55			וּ⁠פְאַ֥ת זְקָנָ֖⁠ם לֹ֣א יְגַלֵּ֑חוּ	1	It is impossible to be certain what the writer intended here. This could mean: (1) shave off certain parts of their beards or (2) cut or shave any part of their beards.
2040	21:6	q1bp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠לֹ֣א יְחַלְּל֔וּ שֵׁ֖ם אֱלֹהֵי⁠הֶ֑ם	1	This word name is used to represent Yahweh’s character. Alternate translation: “and they must not disgrace God’s reputation” or “and they must not disgrace their God”
2041	21:6	t99p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	לֶ֧חֶם אֱלֹהֵי⁠הֶ֛ם	1	Here, bread represents food in general. Yahweh does not actually eat these offerings. It is the sincerity of those offering the food that pleases God.
2042	21:6	vam1			וְ⁠הָ֥יוּ קֹֽדֶשׁ	1	Alternate translation: “so they must be set apart”
2043	21:7	h4wf			לֹ֣א יִקָּ֔חוּ & לֹ֣א יִקָּ֑חוּ	1	Alternate translation: “The priest must not take … the priest must not take”
2044	21:7	bxx7			כִּֽי־ קָדֹ֥שׁ ה֖וּא	1	Alternate translation: “For he is set apart”
2045	21:8	aim5			וְ⁠קִדַּשְׁתּ֔⁠וֹ	1	Alternate translation: “And you people must treat the priest as holy”
2046	21:8	t6iq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	כִּֽי־ אֶת־ לֶ֥חֶם אֱלֹהֶ֖י⁠ךָ ה֣וּא מַקְרִ֑יב	1	Here, bread represents food in general. Yahweh does not actually eat these offerings. Translate this in a way that makes it clear that Yahweh does not actually eat the food.
2047	21:8	l82b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	קָדֹשׁ֙ יִֽהְיֶה־ לָּ֔⁠ךְ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must regard him as holy”
2048	21:9	i1i1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	תִּשָּׂרֵֽף	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must burn her to death”
2049	21:10	jhq7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	שֶׁ֤מֶן הַ⁠מִּשְׁחָה֙	1	This is a reference to the anointing oil used in the ceremony consecrating a new the high priest. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit.
2050	21:10	i6rn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	אֲֽשֶׁר־ יוּצַ֥ק עַל־ רֹאשׁ֣⁠וֹ׀ שֶׁ֤מֶן הַ⁠מִּשְׁחָה֙ וּ⁠מִלֵּ֣א אֶת־ יָד֔⁠וֹ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “on whose head they poured anointing oil and whose hand they filled”
2051	21:10	bg4j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֶת־ רֹאשׁ⁠וֹ֙ לֹ֣א יִפְרָ֔ע וּ⁠בְגָדָ֖י⁠ו לֹ֥א יִפְרֹֽם	1	Loose hair and torn clothes were signs of mourning. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “he must not mourn for dead relatives”
2052	21:12	wlv9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וּ⁠מִן־ הַ⁠מִּקְדָּשׁ֙ לֹ֣א יֵצֵ֔א	1	This does not mean the high priest could never leave. God did not allow him to leave in order to grieve over someone who died.
2053	21:14	sbf8			מֵ⁠עַמָּ֖י⁠ו	1	Alternate translation: “from among his own tribe, the tribe of Levi”
2054	21:15	u8zz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠לֹֽא־ יְחַלֵּ֥ל זַרְע֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠עַמָּ֑י⁠ו	1	By marrying an unholy or ungodly woman, the priest would have children unworthy to be priest. Alternate translation: “And he will not have unworthy children by marrying an ungodly woman”
2055	21:17	hsd8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לֹ֣א יִקְרַ֔ב לְ⁠הַקְרִ֖יב לֶ֥חֶם אֱלֹהָֽי⁠ו	1	The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “must not come to burn the burnt offering of food on God’s altar”
2056	21:18	v2na			לֹ֣א יִקְרָ֑ב	1	A priest had to meet specific physical standards in order to approach Yahweh. This does not imply that physical defects were the result of immorality or that all people with physical defects are unable to approach Yahweh.
2057	21:21	x45u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	אֵ֚ת לֶ֣חֶם אֱלֹהָ֔י⁠ו לֹ֥א יִגַּ֖שׁ לְ⁠הַקְרִֽיב	1	Here, bread represents food in general. Alternate translation: “He must not make burnt offering of food on God’s altar”
2058	21:22	m8mz			לֶ֣חֶם אֱלֹהָ֔י⁠ו מִ⁠קָּדְשֵׁ֖י הַ⁠קֳּדָשִׁ֑ים וּ⁠מִן־ הַ⁠קֳּדָשִׁ֖ים יֹאכֵֽל	1	Parts of the sacrifices belonged to the priests and could be eaten. Alternate translation: “He may eat the food offering of his God, some of the holiest holy things and some of the holy things”
2059	21:22	n6gw			יֹאכֵֽל	1	Here, he refers to the priest with the bodily defect.
2060	21:22	f3nk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מִ⁠קָּדְשֵׁ֖י הַ⁠קֳּדָשִׁ֑ים וּ⁠מִן־ הַ⁠קֳּדָשִׁ֖ים	1	This also refers to the food that was sacrificed. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “some of the sacrifices offered in the most holy place or some of the sacrifices offered in the holy place”
2061	21:24	m5k8			וְ⁠אֶל־ בָּנָ֑י⁠ו	1	Alternate translation: “and to Aaron’s sons”
2062	22:intro	d2sr				0	Leviticus 22 General Notes Structure and formatting Special concepts in this chapter Holy things Priests who are unclean must not touch any holy thing. The things in the temple and involved in sacrifices must remain clean. An unclean priest would cause anything he touched to become unclean. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
2063	22:2	xs6u			וְ⁠יִנָּֽזְרוּ֙ מִ⁠קָּדְשֵׁ֣י	1	Yahweh is about to describe situations where a priest is unclean and not allowed to touch holy things. Alternate translation: “that there are times when they should keep away from the holy things”
2064	22:2	r1dd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠לֹ֥א יְחַלְּל֖וּ אֶת־ שֵׁ֣ם קָדְשִׁ֑⁠י	1	The word profane here means to dishonor. The word name represents Yahweh’s character. Alternate translation: “And they must not dishonor my reputation” or “And they must not dishonor me”
2065	22:3	t1cx			לְ⁠דֹרֹ֨תֵי⁠כֶ֜ם	1	Alternate translation: “from now on”
2066	22:3	psy4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠טֻמְאָת֖⁠וֹ עָלָ֑י⁠ו	1	A person who is not acceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if the person were physically unclean. Alternate translation: “while he is unclean”
2067	22:3	ewt8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֞ה הַ⁠נֶּ֧פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֛וא מִ⁠לְּ⁠פָנַ֖⁠י	1	A priest no longer being able to serve Yahweh is spoken of as if that person had been cut off from Yahweh’s presence, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. Alternate translation: “that person must be cut off from before me as a branch is cut from a tree”
2068	22:3	uwch		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֞ה הַ⁠נֶּ֧פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֛וא מִ⁠לְּ⁠פָנַ֖⁠י	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that person will no longer be able to serve as a priest”
2069	22:4	bbd6			צָר֨וּעַ֙	1	This refers to a disease on the skin easily spread from one person to another.
2070	22:4	j2zc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	עַ֖ד אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִטְהָ֑ר	1	A person who is acceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if the person were physically clean.
2071	22:4	r3xg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠הַ⁠נֹּגֵ֨עַ֙ בְּ⁠כָל־ טְמֵא	1	Something that Yahweh has said is unfit to touch or eat is spoken of as if it were physically unclean.
2072	22:5	in85		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אִישׁ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִגַּ֔ע בְּ⁠כָל־ שֶׁ֖רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִטְמָא־ ל֑⁠וֹ א֤וֹ בְ⁠אָדָם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִטְמָא־ ל֔⁠וֹ	1	This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “or whoever is unclean from touching a creeping animal or from touching another unclean person”
2073	22:6	a8tz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	נֶ֚פֶשׁ אֲשֶׁ֣ר תִּגַּע־ בּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠טָמְאָ֖ה	1	A person who is not acceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if the person were physically unclean.
2074	22:6	v9vm			עַד־ הָ⁠עָ֑רֶב	1	Alternate translation: “until sunset”
2075	22:7	w1dk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠טָהֵ֑ר	1	A person who is acceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if the person were physically clean. Alternate translation: “then he will be considered clean”
2076	22:8	tve2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	נְבֵלָ֧ה וּ⁠טְרֵפָ֛ה	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “an animal that someone found dead or that a wild animal has killed”
2077	22:12	dg4g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	בִּ⁠תְרוּמַ֥ת הַ⁠קֳּדָשִׁ֖ים	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word contributions, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “the holy offerings which people have contributed”
2078	22:14	rd8r			וְ⁠יָסַ֤ף חֲמִֽשִׁית⁠וֹ֙ עָלָ֔י⁠ו וְ⁠נָתַ֥ן לַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן אֶת־ הַ⁠קֹּֽדֶשׁ	1	This could mean: (1) that the person had to replace the food that he had eaten with the same kind of food or (2) that the person had to pay money to the priest for the food that he had eaten.
2079	22:14	kg3k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction	חֲמִֽשִׁית⁠וֹ֙	1	The term its fifth refers to one part out of five equal parts.
2080	22:15	qr33		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	אֵ֥ת אֲשֶׁר־ יָרִ֖ימוּ	1	Here the phrase lifted up refers to a symbolic gesture of respect that represents offering something to Yahweh. It means basically the same thing as “presented.” Alternate translation: “that they offered”
2081	22:16	dbv5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠הִשִּׂ֤יאוּ אוֹתָ⁠ם֙ עֲוֺ֣ן אַשְׁמָ֔ה	1	Here, guilt is spoken of as if it were an object that people can carry.
2082	22:16	t742		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠הִשִּׂ֤יאוּ אוֹתָ⁠ם֙ עֲוֺ֣ן אַשְׁמָ֔ה	1	This could mean: (1) they would be responsible for their sin and so become guilty. Alternate translation: “they would be guilty for the sin that they committed” or (2) the word guilt is a metonym for punishment for the sin that they committed. Alternate translation: “they would receive the punishment because they are guilty”
2083	22:18	nkn4			הַ⁠גֵּ֣ר	1	Alternate translation: “the foreigner”
2084	22:19	fhu4			לִֽ⁠רְצֹנְ⁠כֶ֑ם	1	Alternate translation: “in order for Yahweh to accept it”
2085	22:21	z634		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	לְ⁠רָצ֔וֹן	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for me to accept it” or “for Yahweh to accept it”
2086	22:22	x2kp			שָׁב֜וּר אוֹ־ חָר֣וּץ	1	The words disabled and maimed refer to defects caused by accidents.
2087	22:22	x5xy			יַבֶּ֗לֶת א֤וֹ גָרָב֙ א֣וֹ יַלֶּ֔פֶת	1	The words warts, eczema, and scabs refer to types of skin diseases.
2088	22:23	d9zb			שָׂר֣וּעַ וְ⁠קָל֑וּט	1	The words deformed andsmall refer to defects the animal has from birth.
2089	22:23	tmi7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	לֹ֥א יֵרָצֶֽה	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will not accept it” or “Yahweh will not accept it”
2090	22:25	as6g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	וּ⁠מִ⁠יַּ֣ד בֶּן־ נֵכָ֗ר לֹ֥א תַקְרִ֛יבוּ אֶת־ לֶ֥חֶם אֱלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֖ם מִ⁠כָּל־ אֵ֑לֶּה כִּ֣י מָשְׁחָתָ֤⁠ם בָּ⁠הֶם֙ מ֣וּם בָּ֔⁠ם	1	Here the word hand represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “And you must not offer as food to your God any deformed animal from a foreigner”
2091	22:25	pe4u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	לֹ֥א תַקְרִ֛יבוּ אֶת־ לֶ֥חֶם אֱלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֖ם	1	God did not actually eat the sacrifices. Priests would offer the sacrifice on God’s altar, and they would eat some of the meat. Alternate translation: “you must not present an animal as a food offering to your God”
2092	22:25	n9fu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וּ⁠מִ⁠יַּ֣ד בֶּן־ נֵכָ֗ר לֹ֥א תַקְרִ֛יבוּ אֶת־ לֶ֥חֶם אֱלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֖ם מִ⁠כָּל־ אֵ֑לֶּה כִּ֣י מָשְׁחָתָ֤⁠ם בָּ⁠הֶם֙ מ֣וּם בָּ֔⁠ם	1	It is implied that Israelites could not use animals as a sacrifice to God if they bought it from a foreigner, because foreigners castrated their animals making them unacceptable to God. Alternate translation: “And you must not offer to your God any animal that a foreigner has castrated, because that animal is deformed as a result”
2093	22:25	zq7w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	לֹ֥א יֵרָצ֖וּ לָ⁠כֶֽם	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will not accept them from you”
2094	22:27	m6tu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	יֵרָצֶ֕ה	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you may accept it”
2095	22:27	z5ck		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	אִשֶּׁ֖ה	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for a burnt offering”
2096	22:30	a239		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	יֵאָכֵ֔ל	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must eat it”
2097	22:31	x62z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	וּ⁠שְׁמַרְתֶּם֙ מִצְוֺתַ֔⁠י וַ⁠עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ם אֹתָ֑⁠ם	1	The words keep and do mean the same thing. They emphasize that the people must obey God’s commands. Alternate translation: “you must obey my commandments”
2098	22:32	nc63		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠לֹ֤א תְחַלְּלוּ֙ אֶת־ שֵׁ֣ם קָדְשִׁ֔⁠י	1	Here the word name represents Yahweh himself and his reputation and profane means to remove the honor that belongs to God as Creator and Lord of the universe. Alternate translation: “And you must not dishonor me, for I am holy” or “And you must not dishonor my holy reputation”
2099	22:32	dq3e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִ֨קְדַּשְׁתִּ֔י בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The people of Israel must treat me as holy”
2100	23:intro	j29n				0	Leviticus 23 General Notes Structure and formatting Special concepts in this chapter The feasts The people should celebrate the Sabbath, the Passover, the Feast of First Fruits, the Feast of Weeks, the Feast of Trumpets, the Day of Atonement and the Feast of Booths. These feasts were important for the religious life of Israel. They were a part of proper worship of Yahweh and the identity of Israel. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]], [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/other/firstfruit]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]])
2101	23:2	v493			מוֹעֲדֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה	1	These refers to festivals that the Lord had appointed to happen on specific dates. The people were to worship him at these festivals. Alternate translation: “the festivals for Yahweh” or “Yahweh’s festivals”
2102	23:3	vk4w			וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֗י שַׁבַּ֤ת שַׁבָּתוֹן֙	1	The people must rest habitually on the seventh day. After every six days in which they can work, they must rest on the seventh day.
2103	23:3	t53y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מִקְרָא־ קֹ֔דֶשׁ	1	The requirement that people assemble to worship God on that day is spoken of as if that day were the assembly. Alternate translation: “a holy day, when you must assemble together to worship me”
2104	23:4	l6ez			בְּ⁠מוֹעֲדָֽ⁠ם	1	Alternate translation: “at their proper times”
2105	23:5	nv3g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths	בַּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֗וֹן בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָׂ֛ר לַ⁠חֹ֖דֶשׁ	1	The first month of the Hebrew calendar marks when Yahweh brought the Israelites out of Egypt. The fourteenth day is around the beginning of April on the Western calendar.
2106	23:5	p2bw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	בַּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֗וֹן	1	The word first is the ordinal form of “one”. Alternate translation: “In month one”
2107	23:5	bbn4			בֵּ֣ין הָ⁠עַרְבָּ֑יִם	1	Alternate translation: “at sunset”
2108	23:6	b47g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths	וּ⁠בַ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֥ר יוֹם֙ לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה	1	Here, this month is the first month of the Hebrew calendar (verse 5). It was in the first month that Yahweh brought the Israelites out of Egypt. The fifteenth day is around the beginning of April on the Western calendar.
2109	23:7	z6ky			בַּ⁠יּוֹם֙ הָֽ⁠רִאשׁ֔וֹן מִקְרָא־ קֹ֖דֶשׁ יִהְיֶ֣ה לָ⁠כֶ֑ם	1	Alternate translation: “You must set apart the first day to gather together” or “You must treat the first day as different and gather together”
2110	23:8	fd7s			וְ⁠הִקְרַבְתֶּ֥ם אִשֶּׁ֛ה	1	They would present the offering to Yahweh by burning it on the altar.
2111	23:8	eif1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בַּ⁠יּ֤וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִי֙ מִקְרָא־ קֹ֔דֶשׁ	1	The requirement that people assemble on that day is spoken of as if that day were an assembly. Being holy means that when they assemble, they must worship Yahweh. Alternate translation: “The seventh day is a day when you must assemble together to worship Yahweh”
2112	23:11	l79v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	לִֽ⁠רְצֹנְ⁠כֶ֑ם	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh to accept it for you” or “and I will accept it for you”
2113	23:13	js1u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume	שְׁנֵ֨י עֶשְׂרֹנִ֜ים	1	An ephah is 22 liters. Alternate translation: “four and a half liters”
2114	23:13	awi9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume	רְבִיעִ֥ת הַ⁠הִֽין	1	A hin is 3.7 liters. Alternate translation: “a liter”
2115	23:14	ge4f			חֻקַּ֤ת עוֹלָם֙ לְ⁠דֹרֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם	1	This means that they and their descendants must obey this command forever. See how you translated this in Leviticus 3:17.
2116	23:16	aa6p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔ת	1	The word seventh is the ordinal for number seven.
2117	23:17	wz93		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	שְׁ֚תַּיִם שְׁנֵ֣י עֶשְׂרֹנִ֔ים סֹ֣לֶת תִּהְיֶ֔ינָה חָמֵ֖ץ תֵּאָפֶ֑ינָה	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They must be two loaves of bread that you have made from two-tenths of an ephah of flour and then baked with yeast”
2118	23:17	sd2q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume	שְׁנֵ֣י עֶשְׂרֹנִ֔ים	1	An ephah is 22 liters. Two-tenths of an ephah is is approximately 4.4 liters. Alternate translation: “four and a half liters”
2119	23:18	t6w3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	רֵֽיחַ־ נִיחֹ֖חַ לַ⁠יהוָֽה	1	The Lord’s pleasure with the aroma represents his pleasure with the person who burns the offering. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will be pleased with you” or “that pleases the Yahweh”
2120	23:22	cza3			וּֽ⁠בְ⁠קֻצְרְ⁠כֶ֞ם אֶת־ קְצִ֣יר אַרְצְ⁠כֶ֗ם לֹֽא־ תְכַלֶּ֞ה פְּאַ֤ת שָֽׂדְ⁠ךָ֙	1	Alternate translation: “And when you gather your crops, do not gather them all the way to the edges of your fields”
2121	23:24	awp8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths	בַּ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֜י בְּ⁠אֶחָ֣ד לַ⁠חֹ֗דֶשׁ	1	This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. The first day is near the middle of September on Western calendars.
2122	23:24	im9z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	בַּ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֜י	1	The word seventh is the ordinal form of “seven”. Alternate translation: “In month seven”
2123	23:24	j9ft			שַׁבָּת֔וֹן	1	This was a period of time that was only for worship and not for work.
2124	23:25	axe7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠הִקְרַבְתֶּ֥ם אִשֶּׁ֖ה לַ⁠יהוָֽה	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and you must offer a sacrifice that you make by fire to Yahweh” or “and you must burn an offering on the altar to Yahweh”
2125	23:27	b777		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths	בֶּ⁠עָשׂ֣וֹר לַ⁠חֹדֶשׁ֩ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֨י הַ⁠זֶּ֜ה	1	This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. The tenth day is near the end of September on Western calendars.
2126	23:27	qtyo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	לַ⁠חֹדֶשׁ֩ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֨י הַ⁠זֶּ֜ה	1	The word seventh is the ordinal form of “seven”. Alternate translation: “of month seven”
2127	23:27	ei44		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	י֧וֹם הַ⁠כִּפֻּרִ֣ים	1	On this day each year the high priest made a sacrifice to Yahweh so that Yahweh would forgive all the sins of the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “the Day of Sacrifice for Forgiveness”
2128	23:29	vh74		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֖ה מֵֽ⁠עַמֶּֽי⁠הָ	1	Being excluded is spoken of as being cut off. See how you translated this idea in Leviticus 7:20. Alternate translation: “then he must be cut off from his people as a branch is cut off”
2129	23:29	yhns		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֖ה מֵֽ⁠עַמֶּֽי⁠הָ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then you must exclude him from his people” or “then you must separate that person from his people”
2130	23:30	a1cb			בְּ⁠עֶ֖צֶם הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה	1	Alternate translation: “on the Day of Atonement”
2131	23:31	w1ug			חֻקַּ֤ת עוֹלָם֙ לְ⁠דֹרֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם	1	This means that they and their descendants must obey this command forever. See how you translated a similar phrase in Leviticus 3:17.
2132	23:32	vhl2			שַׁבַּ֨ת שַׁבָּת֥וֹן הוּא֙	1	This is not the same as the Sabbath they observed every week on the seventh day. This was a special Sabbath on the Day of Atonement.
2133	23:32	qw7i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠עִנִּיתֶ֖ם אֶת־ נַפְשֹׁתֵי⁠כֶ֑ם	1	In this case humbling themselves implies that they would not eat any food. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “and you must humble yourselves and eat nothing”
2134	23:32	jwy1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בְּ⁠תִשְׁעָ֤ה לַ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙	1	This refers to the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. The ninth day is near the end of September on Western calendars. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “the ninth day of the seventh month”
2135	23:32	q4wj			מֵ⁠עֶ֣רֶב עַד־ עֶ֔רֶב	1	Alternate translation: “From sunset to sunset on the next day”
2136	23:34	u83n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths	בַּ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֜ר י֗וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֤דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִי֙	1	This date is near the beginning of October on Western calendars.
2137	23:34	gg6x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	לַ⁠חֹ֤דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִי֙	1	The word seventh is the ordinal form of “seven”. Alternate translation: “of month seven”
2138	23:34	by89		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	חַ֧ג הַ⁠סֻּכּ֛וֹת	1	This is a celebration during which the people of Israel lived in temporary shelters for seven days as a way to remember the time they spent living in the wilderness after they left Egypt.
2139	23:37	ul95			אֵ֚לֶּה מוֹעֲדֵ֣י	1	This refers to the festivals mentioned in 23:1–36.
2140	23:39	s52d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths	בַּ⁠חֲמִשָּׁה֩ עָשָׂ֨ר י֜וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֗י	1	This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. The fifteenth day is near the beginning of October on Western calendars.
2141	23:39	fsue		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֗י	1	The word seventh is the ordinal form of “seven”. Alternate translation: “of month seven”
2142	23:39	mz9z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	בְּ⁠אָסְפְּ⁠כֶם֙ אֶת־ תְּבוּאַ֣ת	1	The word produce here represents various kinds of crops. Alternate translation: “after you have gathered the crops of”
2143	23:40	ven2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כַּפֹּ֣ת תְּמָרִ֔ים וַ⁠עֲנַ֥ף עֵץ־ עָבֹ֖ת וְ⁠עַרְבֵי־ נָ֑חַל	1	Possible uses for these branches are: (1) to make temporary shelters or (2) to wave them as part of their joyous celebration. Some translations state their use clearly; other translations leave it implicit.
2144	23:40	cnz9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠עַרְבֵי	1	The willows are trees with long, narrow leaves, which grow near water.
2145	24:intro	hb64				0	Leviticus 24 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Cursing God The punishment for someone who curses God is to have stones thrown at him until he is dead. This was acceptable in ancient Israel, but it is no longer considered acceptable. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
2146	24:1	s8ts				0	General Information: God gives Moses instructions about the things in the tent of meeting.
2147	24:2	d6z4			שֶׁ֣מֶן זַ֥יִת זָ֛ךְ כָּתִ֖ית	1	Alternate translation: “pure olive oil”
2148	24:2	aa52		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	נֵ֖ר	1	This refers to the lamp or lamps in Yahweh’s sacred tent. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “the lamp in the tent of meeting”
2149	24:3	wxd8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	מִ⁠חוּץ֩ לְ⁠פָרֹ֨כֶת הָ⁠עֵדֻ֜ת	1	Here, the testimony represents either the tablets that the decrees were written on or the box that the tablets were put in. These were kept in the very holy place, which was the room behind the curtain in the tent of meeting. Alternate translation: “Outside the curtain that is in front of the tablets of the covenant decrees” or “Outside the curtain that is in front of the box of the covenant”
2150	24:3	cr1j			לְ⁠פָרֹ֨כֶת	1	This curtain was a thick fabric hung as a wall. It was not like a light window curtain.
2151	24:3	x78g			מֵ⁠עֶ֧רֶב עַד־ בֹּ֛קֶר	1	Alternate translation: “from sunset to sunrise” or “all night”
2152	24:3	t1wc			חֻקַּ֥ת עוֹלָ֖ם לְ⁠דֹרֹֽתֵי⁠כֶֽם	1	This means that they and their descendants must obey this command forever. See how you translated a similar phrase in Leviticus 3:17.
2153	24:5	bwx9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume	שְׁנֵי֙ עֶשְׂרֹנִ֔ים	1	An ephah is about 22 litres. This two-tenths is about 4.4 liters. Alternate translation: “four and a half liters”
2154	24:6	e3he			הַ⁠שֻּׁלְחָ֥ן הַ⁠טָּהֹ֖ר לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה	1	This table is in the holy place, which is before the most holy place.
2155	24:7	ixi1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠נָתַתָּ֥ עַל־ הַֽ⁠מַּעֲרֶ֖כֶת לְבֹנָ֣ה זַכָּ֑ה	1	The incense was probably next to the loaves, rather than directly on the loaves. Alternate translation: “And you must put pure incense next to the loaves in each row”
2156	24:7	v5k2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠הָיְתָ֤ה לַ⁠לֶּ֨חֶם֙ לְ⁠אַזְכָּרָ֔ה	1	What the incense would represent can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “and it will represent the loaves as an offering” or “and it will be an offering that represents the loaves”
2157	24:9	x294			וְ⁠הָֽיְתָה֙	1	Alternate translation: “And this bread that is offered will be”
2158	24:9	c8b1			מֵ⁠אִשֵּׁ֥י יְהוָ֖ה	1	Alternate translation: “fro the burnt offerings to Yahweh” or “from the offerings that you burn to Yahweh”
2159	24:10	v13h			וַ⁠יֵּצֵא֙	1	This phrase marks a new section of the book.
2160	24:11	uzp5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וַ֠⁠יִּקֹּב בֶּן־ הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֨ה הַ⁠יִּשְׂרְאֵלִ֤ית אֶת־ הַ⁠שֵּׁם֙ וַ⁠יְקַלֵּ֔ל	1	The words blasphemed and cursed mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “And the son of the Israelite woman blasphemed Yahweh by cursing him” or “And the son of the Israelite woman said terrible things about Yahweh”
2161	24:11	x1rf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	שְׁלֹמִ֥ית	1	Shelomith is the name of a woman.
2162	24:11	y53u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בַּת־ דִּבְרִ֖י	1	** Dibri** is the name of a man.
2163	24:14	br93		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וְ⁠סָמְכ֧וּ כָֽל־ הַ⁠שֹּׁמְעִ֛ים אֶת־ יְדֵי⁠הֶ֖ם עַל־ רֹאשׁ֑⁠וֹ	1	They were to put their hands on his head to show that he was the guilty one.
2164	24:15	rj6p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠נָשָׂ֥א חֶטְאֽ⁠וֹ	1	Suffering for sin is spoken of if a person were to carry his guilt. Alternate translation: “then he must suffer for his sin” or “then he must be punished
2165	24:16	uv4b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	יוּמָֽת	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the people must put him to death” or “the people must kill him”
2166	24:17	mu9u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	מ֖וֹת יוּמָֽת	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must certainly put him to death”
2167	24:18	pg7s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	יְשַׁלְּמֶ֑⁠נָּה	1	How he would repay it can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “must pay it back by giving him a live animal”
2168	24:18	x28q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	נֶ֖פֶשׁ תַּ֥חַת נָֽפֶשׁ	1	This is an idiom that means that one life would replace the other. Alternate translation: “one life to replace the other life” or “to replace the one that he killed”
2169	24:19	p3k7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	כֵּ֖ן יֵעָ֥שֶׂה לּֽ⁠וֹ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must do the same to him”
2170	24:20	icn4			שֶׁ֚בֶר תַּ֣חַת שֶׁ֔בֶר עַ֚יִן תַּ֣חַת עַ֔יִן שֵׁ֖ן תַּ֣חַת שֵׁ֑ן	1	These phrases emphasize that a person should receive the same harm he did to someone else.
2171	24:20	ls9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	שֶׁ֚בֶר תַּ֣חַת שֶׁ֔בֶר	1	A fracture refers to broken bones. Alternate translation: “broken bone for broken bone” or “if he breaks someone’s bone, one of his bones must be broken” or “if he breaks someone’s bone, they will break one of his bones”
2172	24:20	u64z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	עַ֚יִן תַּ֣חַת עַ֔יִן	1	This refers to an eye being seriously injured or gouged out. Alternate translation: “if he destroys someone’s eye, one of his bones must be destroyed” or “if he destroys someone’s eye, they will destroy his eye”
2173	24:20	gu8y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	שֵׁ֖ן תַּ֣חַת שֵׁ֑ן	1	This refers to a tooth being knocked out of the mouth. Alternate translation: “if he knocks out someone’s tooth, one of his teeth must be knocked out” or “if he knocks out someone’s tooth, they will knock out one of his teeth”
2174	24:21	vq5t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וּ⁠מַכֵּ֥ה אָדָ֖ם יוּמָֽת	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And they must put to death anyone who kills a person”
2175	25:intro	z6ra				0	Leviticus 25 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Over-farming There is a provision made in this chapter to prevent over-farming of the land. If a land is farmed every year with the same crops, it will quickly become unable to grow anything. Sabbath and Jubilee Years Every seventh year, the land should not be planted. Every fiftieth year Israelite slaves must be freed and all land that has been bought returned to its original owners. This prevented people from getting trapped by their poverty.
2176	25:2	e4st		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	וְ⁠שָׁבְתָ֣ה הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ שַׁבָּ֖ת לַ⁠יהוָֽה	1	The land is spoken of as if it were a person that could obey the Sabbath by resting.
2177	25:2	id1e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠שָׁבְתָ֣ה הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ שַׁבָּ֖ת לַ⁠יהוָֽה	1	Here the people honoring God by not farming the land every seventh year is spoken of as if the land were taking a sabbath rest. Alternate translation: “you must let the land rest every seventh year to honor Yahweh” or “you must obey Yahweh’s Sabbath by not farming the land every seventh year”
2178	25:3	bf66			תִּזְמֹ֣ר כַּרְמֶ֑⁠ךָ	1	To prune a vineyard is to cut the branches and vines to help the fruit grow better.
2179	25:4	dc2m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	שַׁבַּ֤ת שַׁבָּתוֹן֙ יִהְיֶ֣ה לָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	Not farming the land is spoken of as letting the land rest. Alternate translation: “you must observe a Sabbath of solemn rest for the land by not farming it” or “you must obey the Sabbath law by not farming the land every seventh year”
2180	25:5	jtb8			אֵ֣ת סְפִ֤יחַ קְצִֽירְ⁠ךָ֙ לֹ֣א תִקְצ֔וֹר וְ⁠אֶת־ עִנְּבֵ֥י נְזִירֶ֖⁠ךָ לֹ֣א תִבְצֹ֑ר	1	Yahweh will not allow the owner of a field to organize his workers and harvest the land as he does the other six years. However, Yahweh will allow individuals to go through the fields to pick and eat the fruit they find.
2181	25:5	mxc6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	נְזִירֶ֖⁠ךָ	1	To be unpruned means that no one has taken care of the vines and cut them as they do during the other six years. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “your vines that you do not prune”
2182	25:6	ixl4			וְ֠⁠הָיְתָה שַׁבַּ֨ת הָ⁠אָ֤רֶץ לָ⁠כֶם֙ לְ⁠אָכְלָ֔ה לְ⁠ךָ֖ וּ⁠לְ⁠עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֣ וְ⁠לַ⁠אֲמָתֶ֑⁠ךָ וְ⁠לִ⁠שְׂכִֽירְ⁠ךָ֙ וּ⁠לְ⁠תוֹשָׁ֣בְ⁠ךָ֔ הַ⁠גָּרִ֖ים עִמָּֽ⁠ךְ	1	Yahweh will not allow the owner of a field to organize his workers and harvest the land as he does the other six years. However, Yahweh will allow individuals to go through the fields to pick and eat the fruit they find.
2183	25:7	v4ie			כָל־ תְּבוּאָתָ֖⁠הּ	1	Alternate translation: “whatever grows on the land”
2184	25:8	g6u6			שֶׁ֚בַע שַׁבְּתֹ֣ת הַ⁠שָּׁנִ֔ים	1	Alternate translation: “seven sets of seven years”
2185	25:9	cf78		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths	בַּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִעִ֔י בֶּ⁠עָשׂ֖וֹר לַ⁠חֹ֑דֶשׁ	1	This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. The tenth day is near the end of September on Western calendars.
2186	25:9	igkl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	בַּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִעִ֔י בֶּ⁠עָשׂ֖וֹר לַ⁠חֹ֑דֶשׁ	1	The words seventh and tenth are the ordinals of “seven” and “ten”. Alternate translation: “in month seven, on day ten of the month”
2187	25:9	l873			בְּ⁠יוֹם֙ הַ⁠כִּפֻּרִ֔ים	1	On ** the Day of Atonement** each year the high priest would make a sacrifice to Yahweh so that Yahweh would forgive all the sins of the people of Israel. See how you translated this in Leviticus 23:27.
2188	25:10	gq84			יוֹבֵ֥ל הִוא֙ תִּהְיֶ֣ה לָ⁠כֶ֔ם	1	The Jubilee was a year when the Jews had to return land to its’ original owners and set slaves free. Alternate translation: “it will be a year of restoration for you” or “it will be a year for you to return land and free slaves”
2189	25:11	a5fs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	יוֹבֵ֣ל & תִּהְיֶ֣ה לָ⁠כֶ֑ם	1	You can state clearly who they were returning the land to. Alternate translation: “will be a year for you to return the land to me”
2190	25:12	ccr2			מִן־ הַ֨⁠שָּׂדֶ֔ה תֹּאכְל֖וּ אֶת־ תְּבוּאָתָֽ⁠הּ	1	Yahweh did not allow the land owner to organize his workers and harvest the land as he did the other six years. However, he did allow individuals to go through the fields and eat what they find.
2191	25:13	gq74			בִּ⁠שְׁנַ֥ת הַ⁠יּוֹבֵ֖ל הַ⁠זֹּ֑את	1	Alternate translation: “In this year of restoration” or “In this year to return land and free slaves”
2192	25:18	r63d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וַ⁠עֲשִׂיתֶם֙ אֶת־ חֻקֹּתַ֔⁠י וְ⁠אֶת־ מִשְׁפָּטַ֥⁠י תִּשְׁמְר֖וּ וַ⁠עֲשִׂיתֶ֣ם אֹתָ֑⁠ם	1	All of these phrases mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that the people must obey everything Yahweh says.
2193	25:19	cf3a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠אֲכַלְתֶּ֖ם לָ⁠שֹׂ֑בַע	1	This means that they would eat enough until their stomach was full. Alternate translation: “and you will eat till you are full” or “snd you will eat plenty”
2194	25:20	m3ed		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	תֹאמְר֔וּ	1	Here, you refers to the people of Israel.
2195	25:21	qk7b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	וְ⁠צִוִּ֤יתִי אֶת־ בִּרְכָתִ⁠י֙ לָ⁠כֶ֔ם	1	God speaks of Yahweh’s blessing as if it were a person that could obey him. Alternate translation: “Then I will send my blessing on you” or “Then I will bless you”
2196	25:23	gm2n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֗רֶץ לֹ֤א תִמָּכֵר֙	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must not sell your land”
2197	25:24	af5k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	גְּאֻלָּ֖ה תִּתְּנ֥וּ לָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word redemption, you can express the same idea with the verbs “redeem” or “buy back.” Alternate translation: “you must remember that the original owner has the right to redeem the land whenever he wants”
2198	25:27	c8fs			אֶת־ שְׁנֵ֣י מִמְכָּר֔⁠וֹ	1	Alternate translation: “the number of years since he sold the land”
2199	25:27	lw57		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠הֵשִׁיב֙ אֶת־ הָ֣⁠עֹדֵ֔ף לָ⁠אִ֖ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֣ר מָֽכַר־ ל֑⁠וֹ	1	This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “and repay to the purchaser who bought it the money the purchaser would have made”
2200	25:28	gbe7			שְׁנַ֣ת הַ⁠יּוֹבֵ֑ל	1	See how you translated this in Leviticus 25:10. Alternate translation: “the year of restoration” or “the year to return land”
2201	25:28	me5x			וְ⁠שָׁ֖ב לַ⁠אֲחֻזָּתֽ⁠וֹ	1	Alternate translation: “and he will go back to his land”
2202	25:29	ibe6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	גְּאֻלָּת֔⁠וֹ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word redemption, you can express the same idea with the verbs “redeem” or “buy back.” Alternate translation: “the right to redeem it”
2203	25:30	h32c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠אִ֣ם לֹֽא־ יִגָּאֵ֗ל	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And if he or his family does not redeem the house”
2204	25:31	hgm4			וּ⁠בָתֵּ֣י הַ⁠חֲצֵרִ֗ים אֲשֶׁ֨ר אֵין־ לָ⁠הֶ֤ם חֹמָה֙ סָבִ֔יב	1	Some villages did not have a wall around them.
2205	25:33	yf5t			מִמְכַּר־ בַּ֛יִת	1	Alternate translation: “a house that he has sold”
2206	25:33	kaj1			בַּ⁠יֹּבֵ֑ל	1	Alternate translation: “in the year of restoration” or “in the year to return land and free slaves”
2207	25:33	js2l			הִ֚וא אֲחֻזָּתָ֔⁠ם בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	The land of Canaan was divided up among the people of Israel, but of that land, the Levites were only given 48 cities with the fields around them. Alternate translation: “it is their part of the land that the Israelites possessed” or “it is their property in the land of Israel”
2208	25:34	ehh8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וּֽ⁠שְׂדֵ֛ה מִגְרַ֥שׁ עָרֵי⁠הֶ֖ם לֹ֣א יִמָּכֵ֑ר	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And the Levites must not sell the fields around their cities”
2209	25:36	pkf5			אַל־ תִּקַּ֤ח מֵֽ⁠אִתּ⁠וֹ֙ נֶ֣שֶׁךְ וְ⁠תַרְבִּ֔ית	1	Alternate translation: “Do not make him pay you back more than what you lend him”
2210	25:39	mgw3			לֹא־ תַעֲבֹ֥ד בּ֖⁠וֹ עֲבֹ֥דַת עָֽבֶד	1	The owner was to treat the Israelite with more respect than he would treat a slave.
2211	25:40	si62			כְּ⁠שָׂכִ֥יר כְּ⁠תוֹשָׁ֖ב יִהְיֶ֣ה עִמָּ֑⁠ךְ	1	The owner was to treat the Israelite with more respect than he would treat a slave.
2212	25:40	u2tl			שְׁנַ֥ת הַ⁠יֹּבֵ֖ל	1	Alternate translation: “the year of restoration” or “the year to return land and free slaves”
2213	25:42	ucx8			עֲבָדַ֣⁠י הֵ֔ם	1	Alternate translation: “your fellow countrymen are my servants”
2214	25:42	i1ab		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	לֹ֥א יִמָּכְר֖וּ מִמְכֶּ֥רֶת עָֽבֶד	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must not sell them as slaves”
2215	25:48	u2as		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	אַחֲרֵ֣י נִמְכַּ֔ר גְּאֻלָּ֖ה תִּהְיֶה־ לּ֑⁠וֹ אֶחָ֥ד מֵ⁠אֶחָ֖י⁠ו יִגְאָלֶֽ⁠נּוּ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “after the foreigner buys your fellow Israelite, someone in the Israelite’s family may buy him back”
2216	25:50	c6m4			עַ֖ד שְׁנַ֣ת הַ⁠יֹּבֵ֑ל	1	An Israelite could be a slave only until the year of Jubilee. These instructions are for when an Israelite wanted to buy back his freedom before the year of Jubilee.
2217	25:50	fa22			שְׁנַ֣ת הַ⁠יֹּבֵ֑ל	1	Alternate translation: “the year of restoration” or “the year to return land and to free slaves”
2218	25:50	twu2			בְּ⁠מִסְפַּ֣ר שָׁנִ֔ים	1	Alternate translation: “according to the number of years until the jubilee that the Israelite would have continued to work but will not”
2219	25:50	cqg2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	כִּ⁠ימֵ֥י שָׂכִ֖יר יִהְיֶ֥ה עִמּֽ⁠וֹ	1	If the Israelite bought back his freedom, the foreigner would have to hire a servant to do the work that the Israelite would have done but will not. If your language does not use the passive verb hired in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “according to the rate a person would pay to hire a servant”
2220	25:51	iq2q			יָשִׁ֣יב	1	Alternate translation: “the Israelite slave must pay back”
2221	25:54	yn4a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠אִם־ לֹ֥א יִגָּאֵ֖ל בְּ⁠אֵ֑לֶּה	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If no one redeems him by these means”
2222	25:54	lr8h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠אִם־ לֹ֥א יִגָּאֵ֖ל בְּ⁠אֵ֑לֶּה	1	You can state explicitly who he is to be redeemed from. Alternate translation: “If no one redeems him by these means from the one who bought him as a slave”
2223	25:54	e1ni			וְ⁠יָצָא֙ בִּ⁠שְׁנַ֣ת הַ⁠יֹּבֵ֔ל ה֖וּא וּ⁠בָנָ֥י⁠ו עִמּֽ⁠וֹ	1	The Israelite slave and his children would serve the foreigner until the Year of Jubilee, and then the foreigner would have to set the Israelite and his children free.
2224	25:55	g12z			לִ֤⁠י בְנֵֽי־ יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ עֲבָדִ֔ים	1	This is the reason that God wanted the Israelites to be set free in the year of jubilee. They were his servants. They were not permitted to be anyone else’s permanent slave. Alternate translation: “it is to me that the people of Israel are servants”
2225	26:intro	tb8x				0	Leviticus 26 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Worship only Yahweh If people obey God and worship only him, he will bless and protect them. If people disobey his law and if they worship other gods, then he will severely punish them to help them to repent and begin obeying him. This takes the form of a promise. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
2226	26:1	cd19				0	General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
2227	26:2	rh4n			אֶת־ שַׁבְּתֹתַ֣⁠י תִּשְׁמֹ֔רוּ	1	Alternate translation: “You must obey the rules for my Sabbaths”
2228	26:3	wkx2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	בְּ⁠חֻקֹּתַ֖⁠י תֵּלֵ֑כוּ וְ⁠אֶת־ מִצְוֺתַ֣⁠י תִּשְׁמְר֔וּ וַ⁠עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ם אֹתָֽ⁠ם	1	These are three ways of saying the same thing. They emphasize that the people must obey everything that God commands them to do. Alternate translation: “If you carefully obey my laws and commands”
2229	26:3	kv48		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠חֻקֹּתַ֖⁠י תֵּלֵ֑כוּ	1	Behaving according to the statutes is spoken of as if they were to walk in the laws. Alternate translation: “you behave according to my laws” or “you live according to my laws”
2230	26:5	t78x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	וַ⁠אֲכַלְתֶּ֤ם לַחְמְ⁠כֶם֙ לָ⁠שֹׂ֔בַע	1	Here bread represents food. Alternate translation: “will eat your food to satisfaction”
2231	26:5	unad		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וַ⁠אֲכַלְתֶּ֤ם לַחְמְ⁠כֶם֙ לָ⁠שֹׂ֔בַע	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word satisfaction, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “And you will eat food until you are satisfied” or “And you will have plenty of food to eat”
2232	26:6	m5jk			וְ⁠נָתַתִּ֤י שָׁלוֹם֙ בָּ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	Alternate translation: “And I will cause there to be peace in the land”
2233	26:6	s3gb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠חֶ֖רֶב לֹא־ תַעֲבֹ֥ר בְּ⁠אַרְצְ⁠כֶֽם	1	Here the word sword represents enemy armies or enemy attacks. Alternate translation: “and no armies will attack you”
2234	26:7	xxd1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠נָפְל֥וּ לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם לֶ⁠חָֽרֶב	1	Here, fall represents dying, and the sword represents either attacking people with a sword or battle in general. Alternate translation: “and they will die when you attack them with the sword” or “and you will kill them in battle”
2235	26:8	nd6t			וְ⁠רָדְפ֨וּ מִ⁠כֶּ֤ם חֲמִשָּׁה֙ מֵאָ֔ה וּ⁠מֵאָ֥ה מִ⁠כֶּ֖ם רְבָבָ֣ה יִרְדֹּ֑פוּ	1	This means the Israelites will have victory against larger armies.
2236	26:9	p7zz			וּ⁠פָנִ֣יתִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֔ם	1	Alternate translation: “And I will show you favor” or “And I will bless you”
2237	26:9	fq7x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	וְ⁠הִפְרֵיתִ֣י אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠הִרְבֵּיתִ֖י אֶתְ⁠כֶ֑ם	1	These two phrases refer to God causing them to have many descendants so they become a large group.
2238	26:9	l7q1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠הִפְרֵיתִ֣י אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם	1	God speaks of them having many children as if they were trees that bear a lot of fruit. Alternate translation: “and cause you to have many children”
2239	26:10	u1ax			וַ⁠אֲכַלְתֶּ֥ם יָשָׁ֖ן נוֹשָׁ֑ן	1	Alternate translation: “And you will have enough food stored to eat for a long time” or “And you will have enough food to store and eat it for a long time”
2240	26:11	cl4q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	וְ⁠לֹֽא־ תִגְעַ֥ל נַפְשִׁ֖⁠י אֶתְ⁠כֶֽם	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the double-negative not detest in positive form. Alternate translation: “and I will accept you”
2241	26:12	xh2c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠הִתְהַלַּכְתִּי֙ בְּ⁠ת֣וֹכְ⁠כֶ֔ם	1	Walking among them represents living with them. Alternate translation: “And I will live with you”
2242	26:13	wh35		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וָ⁠אֶשְׁבֹּר֙ מֹטֹ֣ת עֻלְּ⁠כֶ֔ם	1	God speaks of their slavery as if they had to wear a yoke that animals wear in order to do hard work. Breaking the bars of the yoke represents setting them free. Alternate translation: “I have set you free from the hard labor they made you do”
2243	26:16	u8mf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠הִפְקַדְתִּ֨י עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֤ם בֶּֽהָלָה֙	1	Here, terror represents the things that will cause them to be terrified. Alternate translation: “I will send disasters that will terrify you”
2244	26:16	k4xi			וּ⁠מְדִיבֹ֣ת נָ֑פֶשׁ	1	It is the diseases and the fever that will do this. Alternate translation: “and will slowly take away your life” or “and will slowly make you die”
2245	26:16	a48w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וּ⁠זְרַעְתֶּ֤ם לָ⁠רִיק֙ זַרְעֲ⁠כֶ֔ם	1	The phrase for nothing means that they would get nothing from their work. Alternate translation: “And you will plant your seeds in vain” or “And you will plant your seeds, but you will not get anything from them”
2246	26:17	ae65		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠נָתַתִּ֤י פָנַ⁠י֙ בָּ⁠כֶ֔ם	1	This idiom means he “firmly decided.” Alternate translation: “And I have made up my mind to oppose you”
2247	26:18	kng3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	שֶׁ֖בַע	1	Here, seven times is not literal. It means Yahweh will increase the severity of his punishment.
2248	26:19	q54p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠שָׁבַרְתִּ֖י אֶת־ גְּא֣וֹן עֻזְּ⁠כֶ֑ם	1	Using force to cause them not to be proud is spoken of as if he were to break their pride. Alternate translation: “And I will punish you and so end the pride that you feel about your power” or “And I will punish you so that you will no longer be proud of your power”
2249	26:19	wsq1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	וְ⁠נָתַתִּ֤י אֶת־ שְׁמֵי⁠כֶם֙ כַּ⁠בַּרְזֶ֔ל וְ⁠אֶֽת־ אַרְצְ⁠כֶ֖ם כַּ⁠נְּחֻשָֽׁה	1	This means God will stop the rain from falling from the sky. This will make the ground hard so that people cannot plant seed or grow crops.
2250	26:20	j47f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠תַ֥ם לָ⁠רִ֖יק כֹּחֲ⁠כֶ֑ם	1	Working very hard is spoken of as if they were to use all their strength until they had no more strength.
2251	26:20	c0hd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠תַ֥ם לָ⁠רִ֖יק כֹּחֲ⁠כֶ֑ם	1	The phrase for nothing means that they would get nothing from working so hard. Alternate translation: “You will work very hard in vain” or “You will work very hard, but you will not receive anything good from working so hard”
2252	26:21	fy3n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	תֵּֽלְכ֤וּ עִמִּ⁠י֙	1	Walking represents behavior. To walk against God represents opposing him or rebelling against him. Alternate translation: “you rebel against me”
2253	26:21	mar9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠יָסַפְתִּ֤י עֲלֵי⁠כֶם֙ מַכָּ֔ה שֶׁ֖בַע	1	Yahweh causing disasters to happen to the Israelites is spoken of as if he would strike them with blows or hit them. Alternate translation: “I will cause seven times as many disasters to come against you” or “I will punish you seven times more severely”
2254	26:21	tp4i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	שֶׁ֖בַע	1	Here, seven times is not literal. It means Yahweh will increase the severity of his punishment.
2255	26:21	uyk7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	כְּ⁠חַטֹּאתֵי⁠כֶֽם	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word sins, you can express the same idea with the verb “sin.” Alternate translation: “according to how much you have sinned”
2256	26:22	qpn6			וְ⁠נָשַׁ֖מּוּ דַּרְכֵי⁠כֶֽם	1	Here, deserted means that there is no one there. Alternate translation: “And so no one will travel on your roads”
2257	26:23	u17j			וְ⁠אִ֨ם־ בְּ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה	1	Alternate translation: “And if when I punish you like this” or “And if I discipline you like this and”
2258	26:23	a4z5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לֹ֥א תִוָּסְר֖וּ לִ֑⁠י	1	Accepting his discipline represents responding rightly to it. In this case responding rightly to it is choosing to obey him. Alternate translation: “you still do not listen to my correction” or “you still do not obey me”
2259	26:23	l9uu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠הֲלַכְתֶּ֥ם עִמִּ֖⁠י קֶֽרִי	1	To walk represents behavior. Walking in opposition to him means opposing him or fighting against him. Alternate translation: “and you oppose me” or “and you fight against me”
2260	26:24	v5bm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠הָלַכְתִּ֧י אַף־ אֲנִ֛י עִמָּ⁠כֶ֖ם בְּ⁠קֶ֑רִי	1	To walk represents behavior. Walking in opposition to him means opposing him or fighting against him. Alternate translation: “then I myself will also oppose you” or “ then I myself will also fight against you”
2261	26:24	e1h9			וְ⁠הִכֵּיתִ֤י אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ גַּם־ אָ֔נִי שֶׁ֖בַע	1	The number seven represents completeness. Alternate translation: “And I will personally punish you many times” or “And I myself will punish you most severely”
2262	26:24	rqi5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	עַל־ חַטֹּאתֵי⁠כֶֽם	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word sins, you can express the same idea with the verb “sin.” Alternate translation: “because you continue to sin against me”
2263	26:25	ca56		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠הֵבֵאתִ֨י עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֜ם חֶ֗רֶב	1	Here the word sword represents an army or an attack from an army. Alternate translation: “And I will bring an enemy army against you” or “And I will cause an enemy army to attack you”
2264	26:25	z45g			נֹקֶ֨מֶת֙ נְקַם־ בְּרִ֔ית	1	Alternate translation: “that will punish you because you broke the covenant”
2265	26:25	tfd5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נֶאֱסַפְתֶּ֖ם	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and you will gather together” or “and you will run to hide”
2266	26:25	y2qp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠נִתַּתֶּ֖ם בְּ⁠יַד־ אוֹיֵֽב	1	Here “into the hand” means “into the control” and refers to defeat by their enemy. Alternate translation: “and you will be place under the control of your enemy”
2267	26:25	pytz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִתַּתֶּ֖ם בְּ⁠יַד־ אוֹיֵֽב	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will deliver you into the hand of your enemy” or “I will allow your enemy to control you”
2268	26:26	c11s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠שִׁבְרִ֣⁠י לָ⁠כֶם֮ מַטֵּה־ לֶחֶם֒	1	Destroying the food that people have stored or stopping people from being able to get it is spoken of as breaking the staff of their bread. Alternate translation: “When I destroy the food you have stored” or “When I cut off your food supply”
2269	26:26	nw44			וְ֠⁠אָפוּ עֶ֣שֶׂר נָשִׁ֤ים לַחְמְ⁠כֶם֙ בְּ⁠תַנּ֣וּר אֶחָ֔ד	1	This implies that there will be so little flour that one small oven will be able to hold all the bread that many women have to put into it.
2270	26:26	jm66			וְ⁠הֵשִׁ֥יבוּ לַחְמְ⁠כֶ֖ם בַּ⁠מִּשְׁקָ֑ל	1	This means there will be so little bread that they will have to measure how much each person gets.
2271	26:27	l2dr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לֹ֥א תִשְׁמְע֖וּ לִ֑⁠י	1	To listen represents obeying what he has said. Alternate translation: “you do not obey me”
2272	26:27	gbl4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠הֲלַכְתֶּ֥ם עִמִּ֖⁠י בְּ⁠קֶֽרִי	1	To walk represents behavior. Walking against someone represents opposing him or fighting against him. Alternate translation: “and you oppose me” or “and you fight against me”
2273	26:28	y7le		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠הָלַכְתִּ֥י עִמָּ⁠כֶ֖ם	1	To walk represents behavior. Walking against someone represents opposing him or fighting against him. Alternate translation: “then I will oppose you”
2274	26:28	l1fi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠יִסַּרְתִּ֤י אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ אַף־ אָ֔נִי שֶׁ֖בַע	1	Here, seven times is not literal. It means Yahweh will increase the severity of his punishment.
2275	26:30	i3eb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠הִשְׁמַדְתִּ֞י אֶת־ בָּמֹֽתֵי⁠כֶ֗ם וְ⁠הִכְרַתִּי֙ אֶת־ חַמָּ֣נֵי⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠נָֽתַתִּי֙ אֶת־ פִּגְרֵי⁠כֶ֔ם עַל־ פִּגְרֵ֖י גִּלּוּלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם	1	Because God would send an army to do these things, he speaks as if he would do them. Alternate translation: “I will send an enemy army to destroy your high places, and cut down your incense altars, and put your corpses on the corpses of your idols”
2276	26:30	hay8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	פִּגְרֵ֖י גִּלּוּלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם	1	God speaks of idols not being alive as if they had been alive and then died. Alternate translation: “your lifeless idols”
2277	26:31	d1nw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠נָתַתִּ֤י אֶת־ עָֽרֵי⁠כֶם֙ חָרְבָּ֔ה וַ⁠הֲשִׁמּוֹתִ֖י אֶת־ מִקְדְּשֵׁי⁠כֶ֑ם	1	Because God would send armies to do these things, he speaks as if he would do them. Alternate translation: “I will send enemy armies to turn your cities into ruins and destroy your sanctuaries”
2278	26:31	w7pu			אֶת־ מִקְדְּשֵׁי⁠כֶ֑ם	1	These holy places were places where people worshiped idols instead of God.
2279	26:31	fx76		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠לֹ֣א אָרִ֔יחַ בְּ⁠רֵ֖יחַ נִיחֹֽחֲ⁠כֶֽם	1	Normally the Lord’s pleasure with the aroma represents his pleasure with those who burn the offering. But in this case, people would burn offerings, but God would not be pleased with them. Alternate translation: “You will burn offerings, but I will not be pleased with you”
2280	26:33	zv5m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וַ⁠הֲרִיקֹתִ֥י אַחֲרֵי⁠כֶ֖ם חָ֑רֶב	1	To ** unsheathe a sword** represents sending armies to chase them. Alternate translation: “and I will send enemy armies to chase you” or “and I will send enemy armies to attack you with their swords”
2281	26:34	uf4v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	אָז֩ תִּרְצֶ֨ה הָ⁠אָ֜רֶץ אֶת־ שַׁבְּתֹתֶ֗י⁠הָ	1	The people were supposed to obey the sabbath law by not farming the land every seventh year. God speaks about this as if the land were a person that would obey the sabbath law and rest. Alternate translation: “Then the land will rest according to the sabbath law” or “Then, as required by the sabbath law, the land will not be farmed”
2282	26:35	h58y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	תִּשְׁבֹּ֑ת	1	God speaks about the land not being farmed as if it were a person that would rest. Alternate translation: “it will not be farmed”
2283	26:36	y4ha		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠הֵבֵ֤אתִי מֹ֨רֶךְ֙ בִּ⁠לְבָבָ֔⁠ם	1	To bring despair into their hearts represents making them afraid. Alternate translation: “I will make you terribly afraid”
2284	26:36	l3gz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מְנֻֽסַת־ חֶ֛רֶב	1	The sword represents either someone who is ready to kill using a sword or an attack from an enemy army. Alternate translation: “as though you were fleeing from someone who was chasing you with a sword” or “as though you were fleeing from an enemy army”
2285	26:37	fz4e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	כְּ⁠מִ⁠פְּנֵי־ חֶ֖רֶב	1	The sword represents either someone who is ready to kill using a sword or an attack from an enemy army. Alternate translation: “as though you were running away from someone who was chasing you with a sword” or “as though you were running away from an enemy army”
2286	26:37	kn1c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	תְּקוּמָ֔ה לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י אֹֽיְבֵי⁠כֶֽם	1	Standing before the enemies represents not falling when the enemies attack and fighting against them. Alternate translation: “power to resist your enemies when they attack you” or “power to fight back against your enemies”
2287	26:38	ae6m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	וְ⁠אָכְלָ֣ה אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם אֶ֖רֶץ אֹיְבֵי⁠כֶֽם	1	Yahweh speaks about the enemies’ land as if it were a wild animal that would eat the Israelites. The word devour emphasizes that most of the Israelites will die there. Alternate translation: “and you will die in your enemies’ land”
2288	26:39	dj82			וְ⁠הַ⁠נִּשְׁאָרִ֣ים בָּ⁠כֶ֗ם	1	Alternate translation: “And those of you who do not die”
2289	26:39	rvh2			יִמַּ֨קּוּ֙ בַּֽ⁠עֲוֺנָ֔⁠ם	1	To rot in their * iniquity** represents wasting away because of their sins.
2290	26:39	yg26		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בַּ⁠עֲוֺנֹ֥ת אֲבֹתָ֖⁠ם	1	Here, their fathers represents their ancestors.
2291	26:40	dys3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	עֲוֺ֣ן אֲבֹתָ֔⁠ם	1	Here, their fathers represents their ancestors.
2292	26:40	bz79			בְּ⁠מַעֲלָ֖⁠ם אֲשֶׁ֣ר מָֽעֲלוּ־ בִ֑⁠י	1	Alternate translation: “the way that they were unfaithful to me and tuned against me after I had been so good to them”
2293	26:41	n8ms		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אֵלֵ֤ךְ עִמָּ⁠ם֙ בְּ⁠קֶ֔רִי	1	To go against them represents opposing them. Alternate translation: “opposed them”
2294	26:41	u7i8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	אוֹ־ אָ֣ז יִכָּנַ֗ע לְבָבָ⁠ם֙ הֶֽ⁠עָרֵ֔ל	1	Here the term uncircumcised hearts refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “if they will be humble instead of stubbornly disobedient”
2295	26:42	zpa2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠זָכַרְתִּ֖י אֶת־ בְּרִיתִ֣⁠י יַעֲק֑וֹב	1	Here, remember represents fulfilling his covenant. Alternate translation: “then I will fulfill the covenant I made with Jacob”
2296	26:42	r2ih		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ אֶזְכֹּֽר	1	Here, remember represents fulfilling his promise concerning the land. Alternate translation: “And I will fulfill my promise about the land”
2297	26:43	u8qp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠הָ⁠אָרֶץ֩ תֵּעָזֵ֨ב מֵ⁠הֶ֜ם	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The people of Israel will abandon their land”
2298	26:43	cad8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	וְ⁠תִ֣רֶץ אֶת־ שַׁבְּתֹתֶ֗י⁠הָ	1	Yahweh speaks about the land as if it were a person who will rejoice about resting, because no one will be planting seed or growing crops on it. This will allow the land to become more fertile. Alternate translation: “so it will benefit from the sabbaths”
2299	26:45	x7p9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠זָכַרְתִּ֥י לָ⁠הֶ֖ם בְּרִ֣ית רִאשֹׁנִ֑ים	1	Here, remember represents fulfilling his covenant. Alternate translation: “And I will fulfill my covenant with their ancestors”
2300	26:45	b2vu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לְ⁠עֵינֵ֣י הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֗ם	1	Here , eyes represents the knowledge of the nations. Alternate translation: “in the knowledge of the nations” or “and the nations knew about it”
2301	26:45	js1r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֗ם	1	Here, nations represents the people of the nations. Alternate translation: “the people of the nations”
2302	27:intro	u6u9				0	Leviticus 27 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Dedicated to Yahweh This chapter records the manner in which people make vows of dedication to Yahweh. There are many reasons why a person would dedicate something to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]])
2303	27:2	ds9v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אִ֕ישׁ כִּ֥י יַפְלִ֖א נֶ֑דֶר בְּ⁠עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֥ נְפָשֹׁ֖ת לַֽ⁠יהוָֽה	1	In this case the vow would involve giving oneself or another person to God. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “If anyone vows to give someone to Yahweh”
2304	27:2	w962		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בְּ⁠עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֥ נְפָשֹׁ֖ת	1	Instead of giving the person, he would give the Lord a certain amount of silver. Alternate translation: “according to the following values for the person” or “according to the following amounts of silver instead of the person”
2305	27:3	dj1b			עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֙ & עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֗	1	Alternate translation: “the amount … the amount”
2306	27:3	hy8z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight	חֲמִשִּׁ֛ים שֶׁ֥קֶל כֶּ֖סֶף	1	If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “50 pieces of silver, each of which weighs ten grams” or “500 grams of silver”
2307	27:3	fr3t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight	בְּ⁠שֶׁ֥קֶל הַ⁠קֹּֽדֶשׁ	1	There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. It weighed about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “the kind of shekel that is used in the sanctuary” or “the weight that is used in the sanctuary”
2308	27:4	mcw3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight	שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים שָֽׁקֶל	1	If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “30 pieces of silver, each of which weighs ten grams” or “300 grams of silver”
2309	27:5	pit4			עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֛	1	Alternate translation: “the amount you must pay”
2310	27:5	e8ag		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight	עֶשְׂרִ֣ים שְׁקָלִ֑ים	1	If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “20 pieces of silver” or “200 grams of silver”
2311	27:5	y1cx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠לַ⁠נְּקֵבָ֖ה עֲשֶׂ֥רֶת שְׁקָלִֽים	1	The phrases “of that age” and “your standard value must be” are left out, but are meant to be understood. Alternate translation: “for the female of that age your standard value must be ten shekels”
2312	27:5	z1uc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight	עֲשֶׂ֥רֶת שְׁקָלִֽים	1	If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “ten pieces of silver” or “100 grams of silver”
2313	27:6	r5vd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight	חֲמִשָּׁ֥ה שְׁקָלִ֖ים כָּ֑סֶף	1	If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “five pieces of silver” or “50 grams of silver”
2314	27:6	r13l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight	שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת שְׁקָלִ֖ים כָּֽסֶף	1	If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “three pieces of silver” or “30 grams of silver”
2315	27:7	cry4			שִׁשִּׁ֨ים שָׁנָ֤ה וָ⁠מַ֨עְלָ⁠ה֙	1	Alternate translation: “60 years old and older”
2316	27:7	n5vt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight	חֲמִשָּׁ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר שָׁ֑קֶל	1	If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “15 pieces of silver” or “150 grams of silver”
2317	27:7	wau8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠לַ⁠נְּקֵבָ֖ה עֲשָׂרָ֥ה שְׁקָלִֽים	1	The phrases “of that age” and “your standard value must be” are left out, but are meant to be understood. Alternate translation: “for a female of that age your standard value must be ten shekels”
2318	27:10	a66v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠הָֽיָה־ ה֥וּא וּ⁠תְמוּרָת֖⁠וֹ יִֽהְיֶה־ קֹּֽדֶשׁ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will set apart both it and the one he exchanges it for”
2319	27:11	dz9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠אִם֙ כָּל־ בְּהֵמָ֣ה טְמֵאָ֔ה אֲ֠שֶׁר לֹא־ יַקְרִ֧יבוּ מִמֶּ֛⁠נָּה קָרְבָּ֖ן לַֽ⁠יהוָ֑ה	1	If Yahweh will not accept a certain animal as an offering, the animal is spoken of as if it were physically dirty. It may be unclean because it is a certain kind of animal or because it has a defect. Alternate translation: “And if it is in fact one that Yahweh will not accept”
2320	27:12	yzw5			כְּ⁠עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֥	1	This refers to the value the animal is normally worth when someone buys or sells it.
2321	27:13	f9my			גָּאֹ֖ל יִגְאָלֶ֑⁠נָּה	1	Alternate translation: “he every buys it back”
2322	27:15	ugc7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction	וְ֠⁠יָסַף חֲמִישִׁ֧ית כֶּֽסֶף־ עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֛ עָלָ֖י⁠ו	1	A fifth is a part of something that is divided into five equal parts. Alternate translation: “then he must divide the value of the house into five equal parts, add the amount equal to one of those parts, and pay all of it”
2323	27:16	l7we		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠הָיָ֥ה עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֖ לְ⁠פִ֣י זַרְע֑⁠וֹ זֶ֚רַע חֹ֣מֶר שְׂעֹרִ֔ים בַּ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֖ים שֶׁ֥קֶל כָּֽסֶף	1	Here, a homer of barley seed represents a piece of land that would need one homer of barley in order to plant on all of it. Alternate translation: “then you will value a piece of land that requires one homer of barley in order to plant all of it at 50 shekels of silver” or ‘then the value of land that requires one homer of barley will be 50 shekels”
2324	27:16	ub6b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume	חֹ֣מֶר	1	A homer is 220 liters.
2325	27:16	pve5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight	בַּ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֖ים שֶׁ֥קֶל כָּֽסֶף	1	If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two way of doing it. Alternate translation: “50 pieces of silver, each of which weighs ten grams” or “500 grams of silver”
2326	27:17	b2qb			מִ⁠שְּׁנַ֥ת הַ⁠יֹּבֵ֖ל	1	The Jubilee occurs every 50 years. See how you translated Jubilee in Leviticus 25:10.
2327	27:17	wa1x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	כְּ⁠עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֖ יָקֽוּם	1	Here, stand represents “remain” or “remain the same.” Alternate translation: “its value will remain the same” or “its value will be the full amount”
2328	27:18	as3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִגְרַ֖ע מֵֽ⁠עֶרְכֶּֽ⁠ךָ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and he must reduce the estimated value”
2329	27:20	grb9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠אִם־ לֹ֤א יִגְאַל֙ אֶת־ הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֔ה	1	The time for redeeming the field can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “And if he does not redeem the field before the year of Jubilee”
2330	27:20	kl7j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	לֹ֥א יִגָּאֵ֖ל עֽוֹד	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he can no longer buy it back”
2331	27:21	ip9r			בַ⁠יֹּבֵ֗ל	1	The Jubilee was a year when the Jews had to return land to its original owners and set slaves free. See how you translated it in Leviticus 25:13. Alternate translation: “in the year of restoration” or “the year for you to return land and free slaves”
2332	27:21	nx1t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	הַ⁠חֵ֑רֶם	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that someone has completely given to Yahweh”
2333	27:24	aiu1			לַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר קָנָ֖⁠הוּ מֵ⁠אִתּ֑⁠וֹ לַ⁠אֲשֶׁר־ ל֖⁠וֹ אֲחֻזַּ֥ת הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	These two phases refer to the same person. Normally the land would be bought from its owner.
2334	27:25	sj13		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight	בְּ⁠שֶׁ֣קֶל הַ⁠קֹּ֑דֶשׁ	1	There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent.
2335	27:25	y6zj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight	עֶשְׂרִ֥ים גֵּרָ֖ה יִהְיֶ֥ה הַ⁠שָּֽׁקֶל	1	The purpose of this sentence is to tell how much the sanctuary shekel weighs. The gerah was the smallest unit of weight that the Israelites used. Alternate translation: “one shekel must equal 20 gerahs”
2336	27:25	b3gq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight	עֶשְׂרִ֥ים גֵּרָ֖ה יִהְיֶ֥ה הַ⁠שָּֽׁקֶל	1	If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here is a way to do it. Alternate translation: “one shekel must weigh ten grams”
2337	27:26	pji9			לֹֽא־ יַקְדִּ֥ישׁ אִ֖ישׁ אֹת֑⁠וֹ	1	Alternate translation: “no one may set it apart to Yahweh”
2338	27:27	ng2y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠אִם־ לֹ֥א יִגָּאֵ֖ל	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And if the person does not buy back the animal”
2339	27:27	vfw8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִמְכַּ֥ר בְּ⁠עֶרְכֶּֽ⁠ךָ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “then the priest must sell it at the set value”
2340	27:28	adb4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	כָּל־ חֵ֡רֶם אֲשֶׁ֣ר יַחֲרִם֩ אִ֨ישׁ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֜ה מִ⁠כָּל־ אֲשֶׁר־ ל֗⁠וֹ מֵ⁠אָדָ֤ם וּ⁠בְהֵמָה֙ וּ⁠מִ⁠שְּׂדֵ֣ה אֲחֻזָּת֔⁠וֹ לֹ֥א יִמָּכֵ֖ר וְ⁠לֹ֣א יִגָּאֵ֑ל	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one may sell or redeem anything a man has devoted to Yahweh, from all that he has, whether it is a human, an animal, or his family land” or “if a man devotes to Yahweh anything he has, whether human or animal, or his family land, no one may sell or redeem it”
2341	27:28	yy2u			כָּל־ חֵ֕רֶם קֹֽדֶשׁ־ קָֽדָשִׁ֥ים ה֖וּא לַ⁠יהוָֽה	1	Alternate translation: “Everything that anyone devotes to Yahweh is very holy to Yahweh”
2342	27:29	i8d2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כָּל־ חֵ֗רֶם אֲשֶׁ֧ר יָחֳרַ֛ם	1	Why a person would be dedicated to destruction can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Any person whom Yahweh has determined should die because of his sin”
2343	27:29	k4sd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	לֹ֣א יִפָּדֶ֑ה	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “no one may pay a ransom for it”
2344	27:29	epj5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	מ֖וֹת יוּמָֽת	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must surely execute him”
2345	27:31	n1ly			וְ⁠אִם־ גָּאֹ֥ל יִגְאַ֛ל אִ֖ישׁ מִ⁠מַּֽעַשְׂר֑⁠וֹ	1	Alternate translation: “And if a man wants to buy back any of his tithe”
2346	27:32	h1au		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	כֹּ֥ל אֲשֶׁר־ יַעֲבֹ֖ר תַּ֣חַת הַ⁠שָּׁ֑בֶט	1	This refers to the way they would count their animals. Alternate translation: “any animals you count by raising your shepherd rod and having them walk under it to the other side” or “any animals you count”
2347	27:32	y6be		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	הָֽ⁠עֲשִׂירִ֕י יִֽהְיֶה־ קֹּ֖דֶשׁ לַֽ⁠יהוָֽה	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must set apart one-tenth to Yahweh”
2348	27:32	rzb2			הָֽ⁠עֲשִׂירִ֕י	1	Alternate translation: “every tenth animal”
2349	27:33	j4n9			וְ⁠הָֽיָה־ ה֧וּא וּ⁠תְמוּרָת֛⁠וֹ יִֽהְיֶה־ קֹ֖דֶשׁ	1	Alternate translation: “then you will set apart both animals”
2350	27:33	f56x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	לֹ֥א יִגָּאֵֽל	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He cannot redeem it” or “He cannot buy it back”
2351	27:34	dxq6			אֵ֣לֶּה הַ⁠מִּצְוֺ֗ת	1	This is a summary statement. It refers to the commandments that were given in the past chapters.